DRS

As confidentially submitted with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Apptio, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	7372	26-1175252
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

11100 NE 8^th Street, Suite 600

Bellevue, WA 98004

(866) 470-0320

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Sunny Gupta

President and Chief Executive Officer

11100 NE 8^th Street, Suite 600

Bellevue, WA 98004

(866) 470-0320

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Patrick J. Schultheis Michael Nordtvedt John Brust Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100 Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 883-2500 John Morrow Executive Vice President Apptio, Inc. 11100 NE 8^th Street, Suite 600 Bellevue, WA 98004 (866) 470-0320 Andrew Williamson David Peinsipp Eric Jensen Cooley LLP 1700 Seventh Avenue, Suite 1900 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 452-8700

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	þ  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Aggregate   Offering Price(1)	Amount of Registration Fee
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share	$	$

⁽¹⁾  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of the additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated August 21, 2015

             Shares

Class A Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Apptio, Inc.

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the closing of this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We intend to apply for listing of our Class A common stock on              under the symbol “             .”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the Class A common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per Share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discount	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2015.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. J.P. Morgan BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays Jefferies RBC Capital Markets Pacific Crest Securities a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets

Prospectus dated                     , 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1

RISK FACTORS 12

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 42

USE OF PROCEEDS 44

DIVIDEND POLICY 45

CAPITALIZATION 46

DILUTION 48

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 52

BUSINESS 79

MANAGEMENT 97

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 105

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 119

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 123

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 126

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 134

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK 137

UNDERWRITING 141

LEGAL MATTERS 146

EXPERTS 146

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 146

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

-i-

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes.

Overview

We are the leading provider of Technology Business Management, or TBM, solutions. We pioneered the TBM software category to provide the strategic business management system for the CIO because IT needed a data-driven system comparable to those leveraged by other enterprise functions such as sales, human resources and finance. Our cloud-based platform and SaaS applications enable IT leaders to analyze, optimize and plan technology investments, and to benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. We empower IT leaders to transform IT into a service provider, to navigate the cloud transition, and to shift technology resources to drive more business innovation.

Our TBM solutions consist of a powerful, cloud-based platform and a suite of SaaS applications: Cost Transparency, IT Benchmarking, Business Insights, Bill of IT and IT Planning. Our data and analytics platform leverages proprietary modeling capabilities, powerful self-service analytics and planning workflows to enable customers to make actionable, data-driven strategic and operational decisions. Our platform automatically aggregates, cleanses and establishes relationships across large amounts of customer data from disparate sources and maps the data into our standard IT operating model. Our solutions are the business system of record for IT organizations.

Our growing customer base, which includes over one third of the FORTUNE 100, spans a broad spectrum of industries, including financial services, professional services, technology, energy, consumer goods, manufacturing, healthcare, media, retail and transportation, as well as federal and state government agencies. We offer our solutions on a subscription basis, with subscription fees based on spend managed by our applications and the number of applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. Our customers’ annual IT spend ranges from less than $10 million to billions of dollars.

We formed the Technology Business Management Council, or TBM Council, as a separate non-profit entity in 2012 to foster the growth of the TBM category. The TBM Council has become the leading community for CIOs, IT professionals and IT finance professionals in the world, with over 1,700 members. This community establishes industry-endorsed best practices for TBM and helps create a powerful network effect for TBM solutions.

We had total revenue of $73.8 million and $106.6 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively, reflecting a year-over-year increase of 45%. For 2013 and 2014, our net losses were $23.7 million and $32.9 million, respectively, as we focused on growing our business.

Industry Background

Digitalization of business processes has increasingly made technology a strategic priority for enterprises of all sizes and across industries. Rapid innovation in technology, particularly the emergence of cloud computing, is simultaneously increasing the complexity of technology decision making and fundamentally transforming the way IT services are delivered. To gain and maintain a competitive advantage, IT leaders must focus more time and resources on transforming their IT business, and less time managing legacy infrastructure and applications.

-1-

In today’s world, IT professionals must not only measure and manage traditional infrastructure, but also a wide array of modern IT options, such as cloud computing and IT purchased directly by business units. IT leaders are faced with the need to evaluate hybrid approaches to IT, using a mixture of public cloud, private cloud and owned infrastructure solutions in order to best suit their application, workload and business needs.

The challenge with traditional approaches to managing IT is that technology and business leaders do not always have the data and analytics to understand how technology spending and services align to business priorities. The IT function has historically lacked the insight into costs, capacity, and utilization necessary to make data-driven decisions. However, business and IT leaders desire the ability to make fast decisions, drive innovation and adopt new technology to drive better business results, while also demanding better control, cost management and asset utilization. In order to be aligned on objectives, business and IT leaders need data and analytical solutions to drive optimal business results. The benefits the cloud provides in agility and cost are driving greater urgency by IT leaders to adopt solutions enabling them to understand their existing infrastructure and make decisions on how their infrastructure needs evolve as part of an ongoing transition.

Given these factors, we believe that there is significant pent up demand for a single system of record to manage the business of IT.

Our Opportunity

We believe the total addressable market for TBM solutions is large and largely unpenetrated. The total addressable market for our solutions is driven by global IT spend, which Gartner, an independent technology industry and market research firm, expects to be $2.8 trillion in 2016, which is the sum of all enterprise IT spending by vertical industry market worldwide. Subscription fees for our applications are based primarily on the customer’s annual costs being managed by our applications and the number of applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. We typically sell a subset of the five applications we offer so that customers can realize a rapid time to value from a targeted implementation, and seek to sell additional applications over time. Assuming full deployment of all of our current applications, subscription fees typically range from 0.1% to 0.5% of a customer’s annual IT spend. With a reasonable expectation of our ability to penetrate the market, we believe that the current total addressable market for our existing TBM solutions is approximately $6 billion.

We also believe that, with the development of additional capabilities and applications, our platform can be extended to other areas of customers’ businesses. In fact, our solutions are currently deployed by several customers to address a variety of non-IT, enterprise business management use cases in shared services such as legal, human resources and facilities and for analyzing operational metrics, and we believe that enterprise business management use cases such as these represent future market opportunities. If we are successful in our strategy of developing and selling additional applications beyond our current offerings, we believe that our market opportunity will expand.

Our Technology Business Management Solutions

We provide the business system of record used by IT organizations to analyze, optimize and plan investments, and benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. Our TBM solutions consist of a powerful, cloud-based platform and a suite of SaaS applications that empower IT leaders to understand, communicate and transform IT to drive greater value from technology investments.

Key elements of our solutions include:

• Adaptive Data Management. Our purpose-built, cloud-based data and analytics platform aggregates, cleanses and correlates large amounts of customer data from a wide variety

-2-

of disparate sources. Our typical customer starts with a handful of data sources and has the option to integrate data from hundreds of sources ranging from general ledger data, human resources data, billing data, and service management and other operational data.

• Standard IT Operating Model and Taxonomy. Our platform is underpinned by a flexible framework that provides a standard model for how IT costs are captured, categorized and allocated to IT services and business services.

• Visual Modeling and Powerful Calculation Engine. Our visual modeling capabilities allow users to intuitively build and manage the financial and operational model of their IT organization.

• Intuitive, Self-Service Analytics. Our analytics interface is powerful, yet easy to use by a broad range of IT and business users.

• Modular Applications. Our platform currently includes five SaaS applications that can be deployed in a modular fashion: Cost Transparency, IT Benchmarking, Business Insights, Bill of IT and IT Planning.

Our platform provides the following benefits:

• Increase the Value of IT. Our solutions deliver transparency and actionable insights to IT leaders, enabling them to manage IT in the context of the business. As a result, our solutions enable IT leaders to change their IT organizations from a reactive cost center to a proactive service provider and increase the return on business investments through initiatives such as application rationalization and infrastructure optimization.

• Understand and Communicate IT Costs. Our solutions provide IT and business leaders with a business system of record that gives a comprehensive, transparent and up-to-date view of the costs of IT services associated with specific business functions and services. With this insight, IT leaders can work with business leaders to evaluate different IT options, such as cloud versus owned infrastructure and custom-built or purchased versus SaaS applications, and make better, data-driven decisions.

• Optimize IT Investments to Drive Better Business Results. Our solutions enable IT professionals to more efficiently manage existing IT investments and focus incremental effort and spend on innovating and expanding technology investments where they can drive the most value for the business. In addition, our solutions, with their dynamic analytics, key performance indicators, and benchmarking capabilities, allow professionals to optimize investments on an ongoing basis, unlike initiatives based on the advice of consultants or internally developed legacy business processes held together by spreadsheets.

• Plan IT Investments. IT professionals can collaborate with the business to understand their demand for IT services, and then plan efficiently and predictably to meet these demands.

• Transform IT into a Service Provider. Our solutions enable IT to be delivered as a service regardless of whether it is provided by internal resources, cloud providers or other external service providers. Using our solutions, IT leaders can provide transparency into

-3-

total and unit costs of alternatives and are able to correlate costs to expected value. This empowers business leaders with real, data-driven choices to better align IT and business objectives.

Our Competitive Strengths

The following strengths are key to our success:

• TBM Category Creation and Thought Leadership. We pioneered the TBM category and are its market and thought leader. We believe our efforts and position at the center of the TBM ecosystem allow us to benefit from a network effect, accelerating market adoption of TBM solutions and customer acquisition.

• High Profile Reference Accounts and CIO Engagement. We currently have over 250 customers across various industries, with over one third of the FORTUNE 100 using our solutions. Our high profile customers and CIO engagement leads to enhanced credibility and better lead generation and conversion.

• Deep IT Business Process Expertise. We have a deep and unique understanding of the role of IT, IT business processes and how IT can maximize business value. We embed this expertise into our purpose-built solutions and these efforts allow us to deliver a compelling value proposition to customers.

• Unique Data Set. We have built a large and unique aggregated data set of customer IT spend across a spectrum of industries, geography and amount of spend. We believe that this data set is the most extensive, granular and up-to-date data set of its kind. This allows us to deliver solutions that provide unique benchmarking capabilities. As our customer base continues to grow, our data set will become deeper and richer, increasing its value.

• Unbiased Approach. Our focus on TBM allows us to provide customers an unbiased assessment of IT solutions offered by providers of infrastructure, applications and services. We believe this has led to deep customer trust. Customers need not be concerned that we have a competing agenda and seek to drive technology decisions that will benefit us economically.

• Proven, Enterprise Class Cloud-Based Platform. Our solutions are cloud-based, allowing us to provide enterprise-class software solutions that are regularly updated and highly scalable to customers around the globe.

Our Growth Strategy

We are pursuing the following strategies to grow our business:

• Expand Our Customer Base. We believe the market for TBM solutions is large, growing and under-penetrated. We intend to leverage our strong brand, leadership position, high-profile customer base from a wide range of industries and experienced sales team to target customers with a wide range of IT spend and across industries.

• Further Maximize Our Existing Customer Base. Many customers initially subscribe for a subset of the applications we offer so they can realize rapid time to value by reducing costs or shifting technology investments to where they will be most productive. We seek to

-4-

generate additional revenue from customers by selling subscriptions to other existing or newly developed applications and modules, and expanding the use of our solutions to additional business units.

• Continue to Foster the IT Leader Community. We will continue to support the TBM Council and leverage our leadership position in a large and growing IT leader community to increase awareness and adoption of TBM solutions. Our relationship with the TBM Council helps us introduce a growing body of CIOs and other leaders to the advantages of TBM and to our solutions, and continues to create a network effect as members exchange information, ideas and experiences with TBM.

• Continue to Deliver Innovative Products. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in product development to enhance the capabilities of our existing applications and expand the number of applications on our extensible platform to address customers’ evolving needs.

• Leverage Our Unique Position to Deliver Valuable Benchmarking Data. Over time, we believe there will be substantial opportunities to leverage our large, unique and growing aggregated data set by embedding data insights in our solutions or by selling data to customers or third parties on a standalone basis.

• Expand Internationally. We have a growing presence in Europe and Australia. We believe that there is significant opportunity for our TBM solutions outside of the United States, and we intend to expand our direct sales force and third-party relationships to further penetrate these and other regions.

• Expand into Enterprise Business Management. Many shared services groups, such as legal, facilities and human resources, face similar challenges to IT in making data-driven decisions and lack a software solution to help them do so. We believe a substantial market exists for enterprise business management outside of the IT organization.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

• We have a history of losses, our revenue growth rate may decline and we expect our costs to increase. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

• The TBM market is relatively new and increasingly competitive and if the market fails to further develop or we are unable to compete effectively, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be harmed.

• If we fail to acquire new customers, convince our existing customers to adopt our solutions, renew their subscriptions and purchase additional subscriptions, or to adapt our solutions to changing market dynamics and customer preferences, or to achieve increased market acceptance of our TBM solutions, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be harmed.

-5-

• We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate and be unpredictable, and because we recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near-term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

• We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force or from our development efforts, if at all.

• The market in which we participate is increasingly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600, Bellevue, Washington 98004. Our telephone number is (866) 470-0320. Our website address is www.apptio.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Apptio,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Apptio, Inc. and its subsidiaries, Apptio Europe Limited, Apptio GmbH, Apptio Nordic ApS, Apptio NL B.V., Apptio Pty Ltd and Apptio Technology Canada Ltd. We use “APPTIO^®”, “APPTIO TBM UNIFIED MODEL^®”, “ATUM^®”, the Dissolving Circle Logo Design and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ^® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Additionally, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” until these standards apply to private companies.

-6-

The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us             shares.

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering             shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering             shares.

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering             shares.

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us             shares.

Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon the assumed initial price to public of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including making investments in our sales, marketing, professional services and product development organizations. Additionally, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in other complementary businesses, technologies, or other assets. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Voting rights Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our certificate of incorporation. The holders

-7-

of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections of this prospectus captioned “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Proposed trading symbol “            ”.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we had one class of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have authorized a new class of Class A common stock and a new class of Class B common stock. All currently outstanding shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants described below) will convert into shares of new Class B common stock. In addition, all currently outstanding options to purchase shares of capital stock will become exercisable for shares of new Class B common stock.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 30,871,154 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

• 9,209,293 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $7.25 per share;

• 1,028,234 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2007 Stock Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2007 Stock Plan;

• 421,450 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan;

• an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

• 38,043 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, other than in our consolidated financial statements, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

• the reclassification of outstanding common stock into an equivalent number of shares of newly authorized Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the authorization of Class A common stock;

-8-

• the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

• the filing of the certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

• no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock.

-9-

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

We derived the following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. The summary financial data set forth below should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
Revenue:
Subscription	$	54,206		$	78,719		$	37,217		$	47,242
Professional services		19,562			27,896			13,127			14,913
Total revenue		73,768			106,615			50,344			62,155
Cost of revenue:
Subscription(1)		8,325			14,686			5,511			11,142
Professional services(1)		19,034			25,731			12,565			13,036
Total cost of revenue(1)		27,359			40,417			18,076			24,178
Gross profit		46,409			66,198			32,268			37,977
Operating expenses:
Research and development(1)		17,804			23,099			10,850			14,674
Sales and marketing(1)		43,415			60,775			29,380			33,274
General and administrative(1)		8,597			14,245			6,642			7,698
Total operating expenses		69,816			98,119			46,872			55,646
Loss from operations		(23,407	)		(31,921	)		(14,604	)		(17,669	)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		(51	)		2			(26	)		19
Foreign exchange loss		(163	)		(697	)		(98	)		(607	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(23,621	)		(32,616	)		(14,728	)		(18,257	)
Provision for income taxes		(114	)		(256	)		(119	)		(149	)
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted	$	(2.11	)	$	(2.72	)	$	(1.24	)	$	(1.47	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted		11,256			12,080			11,947			12,485
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)				$	(1.08	)				$	(0.60	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)					30,320						30,725

-10-

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
	(in thousands)
Cost of revenue:
Subscription	$	75	$	220	$	61	$	196
Professional services		314		609		262		395
Research and development		836		1,465		590		1,160
Sales and marketing		1,047		2,006		911		1,210
General and administrative		789		1,466		576		894
Total stock-based compensation	$	3,061	$	5,766	$	2,400	$	3,855

(2) See Note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

	As of June 30, 2015
	Actual			Pro Forma(1)			Pro Forma   As Adjusted(2)
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,517		$	22,517		$
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue		53,729			53,729
Total assets		87,861			87,861
Deferred revenue, current and non-current		58,226			58,226
Preferred stock warrant liability		404			—
Convertible preferred stock		133,809			—
Accumulated deficit		(146,170	)		(146,170	)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(124,568	)		9,645

(1) Reflects (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock which conversion will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June 30, 2015; and (b) the conversion of warrants to purchase 27,321 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 27,321 shares of Class B common stock.

(2) Gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (b) the sale and issuance by us of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, excluding deferred revenue, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of             in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, excluding deferred revenue, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

-11-

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are the material risks associated with our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, operating results or growth prospects could be harmed by any of these risks. In that event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses and we expect our revenue growth rate to decline. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We incurred net losses of $23.7 million and $32.9 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $14.8 million and $18.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $146.2 million at June 30, 2015. We expect that our revenue growth rate will decline over time. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and we expect our costs to increase in future periods as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

• sales and marketing, including a continued expansion of our direct sales organization which will require time before these investments generate sales results;

• hiring of additional employees for our research and development team to support growth, our technology and datacenter infrastructure, enhancements to our cloud architecture, improved disaster recovery protection, increasing security, compliance and operations expenses, and expenses related to required certifications and third-party attestations;

• other software development, including enhancements and modifications related to our business applications, including investments in our software development team;

• international expansion in an effort to increase our customer base and sales;

• continued growth of the customer success team; and

• general and administration, including significantly increasing expenses in accounting and legal related to the increase in the sophistication and resources required for public company compliance and other work arising from the growth and maturity of the company.

These expenditures may not result in additional revenue or the growth of our business. If we fail to continue to grow revenue or to achieve or sustain profitability, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future operating results.

We were incorporated in 2007 and introduced our first application in 2008. Our limited operating history makes our ability to forecast future operating results difficult and subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan and model future growth. Our revenue grew 46%

-12-

and 45% in 2013 and 2014, respectively, compared to the prior year; however, our historical revenue growth is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Our revenue growth is expected to decline in future periods due to a number of reasons, which may include the maturation of our business, increase in overall revenue over time, slowing demand for our applications, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of the markets in which we compete, or if we fail, for any reason, to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities, a decrease in our renewal rates, or a decline in available opportunities as a result of our increased market penetration in one or more of our markets.

We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market adoption of our current and future applications, competition from other companies, acquiring and retaining customers, hiring, integrating, training and retaining skilled personnel, developing new applications, determining prices and contract terms for our applications, and unforeseen expenses and challenges in forecasting accuracy. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our prospects, operating results and business could be harmed.

If the TBM market fails to develop, or we are unable to maintain our leadership within that market category, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects could be harmed.

Our business model depends upon the development and adoption of the market for TBM solutions and our leadership within that market category. We derive and expect to continue to derive for some period of time the majority of revenue and cash flows from our core TBM solutions. The TBM market is relatively new and is evolving rapidly, and overall market acceptance of the importance of TBM and our solutions is critical to our continued success. If the market for TBM solutions does not continue to grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, or if the market for TBM solutions does not develop as we anticipate, our operating results would be harmed. In addition, successful market adoption will depend in part on our ability to correctly anticipate, identify and build the key features, functions, reports, metric selection, and packaging that is most useful and attractive to the market, all while maintaining sufficient flexibility with the platform as needed to accommodate customer-specific needs.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue and operating cash flows from TBM solutions and related professional services. If we fail to adapt our solutions to changing market dynamics and customer preferences or to achieve increased market acceptance of our TBM solutions, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects would be harmed.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from TBM solutions and related professional services. As such, the market acceptance of TBM solutions is critical to our success. Demand for our TBM solutions is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as continued market acceptance of our solutions by customers for existing and new use cases, the timing of development and release of new applications, features, and functionality introduced by our competitors, technological change, and growth or contraction in our addressable market. Although we may expand our efforts in the marketplace beyond the TBM category, there can be no certainty that any such expansion will generate returns capable of offsetting the costs associated with any such expansion. You should consider our business and prospects based on our current solutions within the TBM category and, and in light of the various challenges we and TBM as a category face, including those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section.

-13-

Our business model heavily depends on the acquisition of new customers, adoption by current customers of our solutions, renewals of their subscriptions and the purchase of additional subscriptions from us.

In order to maintain or improve our operating results, we depend on the acquisition of new customers, the adoption of additional applications by existing customers and the decision by existing and new customers to renew their subscriptions upon the expiration of their current contract term. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and three years and our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their initial subscription periods. Our customers may elect not to renew, may seek to renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths and may choose to renew for the same or fewer applications and modules over time. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including leadership changes within our customers resulting in loss of sponsorship, limited customer resources, pricing changes by us or our competitors, adoption and utilization of our solutions by our customers, customer satisfaction with our applications, the acquisition of our customers by other companies, procurement or budgetary decisions from legislative or other regulatory bodies, and deteriorating general economic conditions. To the extent our customer base continues to grow, renewals and the subscriptions to additional applications and modules by renewing customers will become an increasingly important part of our results. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our applications, or decrease the amount they spend with us, revenue will decline and our business will be harmed.

Because our recent growth has resulted in the rapid expansion of our business, we do not have a long history upon which to base forecasts of customer renewal rates, customer upgrade rates or future revenue. As a result, our future operating results may be significantly below the expectations of investors, which could harm the market price of our Class A common stock.

If we fail to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, our ability to increase our customer base and increase acceptance of our TBM solutions could be harmed.

To increase the number of customers and increase the market acceptance of our solutions, we will need to expand our sales and marketing operations, including our domestic and international sales force. We will continue to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs. We believe that there is significant competition for direct sales personnel with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales personnel. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new sales territories. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as we would like, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. The effectiveness of our sales and marketing has also varied over time and, together with the effectiveness of any partners or resellers we may engage, may vary in the future. Our business will be harmed if our efforts do not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

-14-

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect them to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance, and comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risks described in this prospectus, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include:

• changes in spending on TBM solutions by our current or prospective customers;

• pricing our applications effectively so that we are able to attract and retain customers without compromising our operating results;

• attracting new customers and increasing existing customers’ use of our solutions;

• unexpected sales and transaction execution delays;

• customer renewal rates and the amounts for which agreements are renewed;

• awareness of our brand;

• changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers and the introduction of new applications or capabilities;

• changes to the commission plans, quotas and other compensation-related metrics for our sales representatives;

• the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development, sales and marketing expenses and employee benefit expenses;

• our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers for our solutions and the introduction and adoption of our solutions in the United States and globally;

• unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including disruptions in our hosting network infrastructure and privacy and data security;

• the level of international sales and the pricing of sales;

• foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

• general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets.

We may not be able to accurately forecast the amount and mix of future subscriptions, size or duration of contracts, revenue and expenses and, as a result, our operating results may fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors, or below any estimates we may provide, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

-15-

We target sales efforts at enterprise customers and the length, cost and uncertainty associated with sales cycles may result in fluctuations in our operating results and our failure to achieve the expectations of investors.

We target sales efforts at enterprises and face long sales cycles, complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, and a relatively low and difficult to predict volume of sales on a quarter-by-quarter basis. This makes it difficult to predict with certainty our sales and related operating performance in any given period. Our typical sales cycle is approximately six months, but is variable and difficult to predict and can be longer. Customers often undertake a prolonged evaluation of our solutions, including assessing their own readiness, scoping the professional services involved, and comparing our solutions to products offered by our competitors and their ability to solve the problem internally. Moreover, our customers often begin to deploy our solutions on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services and pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these customers will deploy our solutions widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. Adherence to our financial plan in part depends on a predictable growth rate in the acquisition of new customers that represent high annual contract value, while additional growth and enhanced predictability in part depends on an increased volume of new customers with a relatively lower annual contract value. Our financial performance and the predictability of our quarterly financial results may be harmed by intermittent failures to secure the higher value enterprise agreements, or increase the volume of transactions overall, according to our forecasts, and depends in large part on the successful execution of our direct sales team. In addition, because of the relatively small and tightly knit nature of the community of IT leaders within the enterprises that we sell into, our business is vulnerable to negative feedback or opinions even if held by a few influential leaders within this community.

Additionally, our quarterly sales cycles are generally more heavily weighted toward the end of the quarter with an increased volume of sales in the last few weeks of the quarter. This could negatively impact the timing of recognized revenue and billings, cash collections and delivery of professional services in subsequent periods. Furthermore, the concentration of contract negotiations in the last few weeks of the quarter could require us to expend more in the form of compensation for additional sales, legal and finance employees and contractors. Compression of sales activity to the end of the quarter also greatly increases the likelihood that sales cycles will extend beyond the quarter in which they are forecasted to close for some sizeable transactions, which will harm forecasting accuracy and adversely impact billings and new customer acquisition metrics for the quarter in which they are forecasted to close.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near-term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

We offer our applications primarily through multi-year subscription agreements, which typically vary in length between one and three years. All subscription fees that are billed in advance of service are recorded in deferred revenue. Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term. As a result, most of the revenue that we report in each period is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous periods. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter is not likely to have a material impact on results for that quarter. However, declines would negatively affect revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our applications, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is recognized over the applicable subscription term.

-16-

Because we expense commissions associated with subscriptions to our applications immediately upon the execution of a subscription agreement with a customer, our operating income in any period may not be indicative of our financial health and future performance.

We expense commissions paid to sales personnel in the period in which we enter into an agreement for the subscription to our applications. In contrast, we recognize the revenue associated with a subscription to our applications ratably over the related subscription period. Although we believe higher sales is a positive indicator of the long-term health of our business, higher sales increases our operating expenses and could decrease earnings in any particular period. Thus, we may report poor operating results due to higher sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our applications. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to the reduction of sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. Therefore, you should not necessarily rely on our operating income during any one quarter as an indication of our financial health and potential future performance.

If we fail to attract and retain additional qualified personnel we may be unable to execute our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled product development, marketing, sales and operations professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the professionals we need, in particular in the Seattle, Washington area where we are headquartered. We have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications which may, among other things, impede our ability to execute our software development and sales strategies. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel are more well known and have greater resources than we do. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. If the price of our stock declines, or experiences significant volatility, our ability to attract or retain qualified employees will be adversely affected. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be harmed.

The market in which we participate is increasingly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for TBM solutions is relatively new and rapidly evolving. In many cases, our primary competition is the use of legacy spreadsheet-based business processes, or occasionally we encounter either custom software developed, or general purpose business intelligence solutions repurposed, by in-house IT and finance departments of our potential customers to meet specific business needs. As we look to sell our solutions to potential customers with existing internal solutions, we must convince internal stakeholders that our TBM solutions are superior to the legacy solutions that the organization has previously adopted. If we are unable to effectively convince internal stakeholders at our prospective customers to abandon their legacy solutions, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Larger companies, such as VMware, provide a suite of products and services that includes TBM capabilities. These competitors have greater name recognition, much longer operating histories, more and better-established customer relationships, larger sales forces, larger marketing and software development budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. These large vendors commonly have an enterprise-wide license agreement in place with the Fortune 2000 enterprise company customer base and are able to leverage that license to easily transact for their services. In some

-17-

cases, these large vendors may be willing to provide their competing software for free as part of enterprise-wide agreements that include other products or services, which has resulted in pricing pressures and lost sales. Further, such large vendors frequently benefit from existing system integrator and other go-to-market relationships that facilitate their sales and marketing efforts, and that can be easily redirected to competition with us in the TBM market. In addition, certain of our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements, or simply accelerate product development and improvements at greater velocity.

Several specialized companies target the TBM market through solutions that are tailored to a specific TBM use case or industry. Some of our principal competitors in these situations offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures and lost sales. Potential customers with discrete and immediate needs that may be addressed by these niche solutions may choose to deploy these solutions instead of an offering from our integrated suite of TBM solutions. If we fail to compete effectively against these more specific, niche providers of TBM solutions, our business will be harmed.

We expect competition to intensify in the future. We expect that the large software vendors who currently do not have an offering in the TBM category, some of which operate in adjacent product categories today, may in the future bring such a solution to market through product development, acquisitions or other means. Such vendors would potentially benefit from the same advantages described above regarding our existing larger competitors, but perhaps on an even greater scale. Also, a simpler solution could gain traction in the market and acceptance by medium sized businesses, which may result in downward pressure on our pricing and potentially a decrease in market share and market opportunity for us.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs or requirements, our solutions may become less competitive.

Our success depends on our ability to adapt and enhance our solutions. To attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers, we need to continue to enhance and improve our solutions, capabilities and enhancements to meet customer needs at prices that our customers are willing to pay. Such efforts will require adding new functionality and responding to technological advancements, which will increase our research and development costs. If we are unable to develop solutions that address customers’ needs, or enhance and improve our offerings in a timely manner, we may not be able to maintain or increase market acceptance of our solutions. Further, many of our existing and potential future competitors expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to competitors’ research and development programs. If we fail to maintain adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors our business could be harmed. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver TBM solutions at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely affect our ability to compete.

We may not receive significant revenue from our current development efforts for several years, if at all.

Developing software applications is expensive and the investment in product development often involves a long return on investment cycle. We have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in development and related product opportunities. Accelerated product

-18-

introductions and short product life cycles require high levels of expenditures that could adversely affect our operating results if not offset by revenue increases. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not receive significant revenue from these investments for several years, if at all.

Our planned further expansion of our business outside the United States exposes us to risks associated with international operations.

Our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customers located outside of the United States. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, 22% of our revenue was derived from customers located outside North America, primarily from customers in Europe. A key element of our growth strategy is to expand our international operations and develop a worldwide customer base. While we have initiated efforts to expand our business into Asia-Pacific through a limited presence in Australia, our investment may never be recouped. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

• the need to make significant investments in people, solutions and infrastructure, typically well in advance of revenue generation;

• the need to localize and adapt our application for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

• potential changes in public or customer sentiment regarding cloud-based services or the ability of non-local enterprises to provide adequate data protection, particularly in the European Union;

• technical or latency issues in delivering our applications;

• dependence on certain third parties, including resellers with whom we do not have extensive experience;

• the lack of reference customers and other marketing assets in regional markets that are new or developing for us, as well as other adaptations in our market generation efforts that we may be slow to identify and implement;

• unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes or trade laws;

• differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

• challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

• difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distant workforce;

• difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;

-19-

• currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we choose to do so in the future;

• limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

• limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;

• political instability or terrorist activities;

• requirements to comply with foreign privacy and information security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

• likelihood of potential or actual violations of domestic and international anticorruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, or of U.S. and international export control and sanctions regulations, which likelihood may increase with an increase of sales or operations in foreign jurisdictions and operations in certain industries;

• requirements to comply with U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations and other restrictions on international trade;

• likelihood that the United States and other governments and their agencies impose sanctions and embargoes on certain countries, their governments and designated parties, which may prohibit the export of certain technology, products, and services to such persons; and

• adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash should we desire to do so.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will be harmed.

Increased sales to customers outside the United States and/or paid for in currency other than the U.S. dollar exposes us to potential currency exchange losses.

As our international sales and operations increase, so too will the number and significance of transactions, including intercompany transactions, occurring in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, our international subsidiaries may begin to maintain or accumulate assets that are denominated in currencies other than the functional operating currencies of these entities. Accordingly, changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar can affect our revenue and operating results due to transactional and translational remeasurement that is reflected in our earnings. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge transactional exposures in foreign currencies. However, in the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments. Additionally, our license fees are largely based on our customers’ anticipated spend managed by our solutions expressed in U.S. dollars, which fee construct may increase the exposure of our revenue to currency fluctuations.

-20-

If we fail to manage our rapid growth effectively or our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer.

Our employee base and operations have grown substantially in a relatively short period of time. Our full-time employee base grew from 498 employees as of June 30, 2014 to 628 employees as of June 30, 2015. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our operational, financial and management infrastructure. We anticipate further increases in headcount will be required to support increases in our application offerings and continued expansion. To manage this growth effectively, we must continue to improve operational, financial and management systems and controls by, among other things:

• effectively attracting, training and integrating a large number of new employees, particularly technical personnel and members of our management and sales teams;

• further improving key business systems, processes and IT infrastructure to support our business needs;

• enhancing information and communication systems to ensure that employees are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and customers; and

• improving internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely and accurate reporting of operational and financial results.

If we fail to effectively manage expansion or implement new systems, or if we fail to implement improvements or maintain effective internal controls and procedures, costs and expenses may increase more than expected and we may not expand our customer base, increase renewal rates, enhance existing applications, develop new applications, satisfy customers, respond to competitive pressures, or otherwise execute our business plan. If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our operating results will be harmed.

Our growth strategy depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and their continued performance and alignment.

To continue our growth we will need to continue to develop various third-party relationships. In particular, our growth strategy depends on continuing to develop successful go-to-market partnerships with key technology, system integrator and consultant partners both domestically and internationally to help validate our solutions and provide introductions to certain potential customers, and in some cases to resell our solutions, or provide professional services related to them. Failure to successfully develop and implement strategic third-party relationships with resellers, technology providers and service providers could significantly harm our operating results. For example, results may suffer if efforts towards developing our go-to-market relationships consume resources and incur costs, but do not result in a commensurate increase in revenue for us. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our solutions or our ability to provide our solutions in international locations, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies. The cost of developing and maintaining such relationships may go unrecovered or unrewarded.

-21-

If we fail to offer high-quality professional services and support, our business and reputation may suffer. If we fail to reduce the cost of those services, our operating results may be harmed.

High-quality professional services and support, including training, implementation and consulting services, are important for the successful marketing, sale and use of our solutions and for the renewal of subscriptions by existing customers. The importance of high-quality professional services and support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not provide effective ongoing support, our ability to retain and sell additional functionality and applications or modules to existing customers may suffer, and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be harmed.

At the same time, these services are provided at relatively high cost to us with resulting fees to the customer. These factors may negatively impact the future revenue growth for our solutions or lengthen the sales cycle, either of which would be detrimental to our business. We continue to pursue strategies to reduce the amount of professional services required for a customer to begin to use and gain value from our solutions, lower the overall costs of professional service fees to our customers, and improve the gross margin of our professional services business. If we are unable to successfully accomplish these objectives, our operating results, including our profit margins, may be harmed.

We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team, including Sunny Gupta, one of our founders and our chief executive officer, and other key employees in the areas of engineering, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers and information technology personnel because of the complexity of our software, technologies and infrastructure. We may terminate any employee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause. We do not maintain any “key man” insurance for any employee. The loss of one or more of our management team members or key employees could harm our business.

If our network or computer systems are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our applications may be perceived as insecure and we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, our reputation may be damaged and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of our customers’ sensitive and proprietary information. Cyber-attacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and cloud-based platform providers of software and services have been targeted. If any unauthorized access to or security breaches of our platform, or those of our service providers, occurs, or is believed to have occurred, such an event or perceived event could result in the loss of data, loss of intellectual property, loss of business, severe reputational or brand damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, and significant costs for remediation that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repair of system damage that may have been caused, incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach, and other liabilities. Additionally, any such event or perceived event could impact our reputation, harm customer

-22-

confidence, hurt our sales and expansion into existing and new markets, or cause us to lose existing customers. We could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such actual or perceived breaches and to remediate our systems, we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability, and our ability to operate our business may be impaired. Additionally, actual, potential or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants.

In addition, if the security measures of our customers are compromised, even without any actual compromise of our own systems, we may face negative publicity or reputational harm if customers or anyone else incorrectly attributes the blame for such security breaches to us or our systems. If customers believe that our applications do not provide adequate security for the storage of personal or other sensitive information or its transmission over the internet, our business will be harmed. Customers’ concerns about security or privacy may deter them from using our platform for activities that involve personal or other sensitive information.

Our errors and omissions insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all liability. Although we maintain insurance for liabilities incurred as a result of some security and privacy damages, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Because the techniques used and vulnerabilities exploited to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or vulnerabilities or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period.

Because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we make public statements in our privacy policies, on our website, and elsewhere describing the security of our platform. Should any of these statements be untrue, become untrue, or be perceived to be untrue, even if through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims, including claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, brought by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state, local, or foreign regulators, and private litigants.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our applications at any time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new capabilities, human or technology errors, distributed denial of service attacks, or other security related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our platform becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our applications are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our applications within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business will be harmed.

Moreover, our customer agreements often include performance guarantees and service level standards that may obligate us to provide credits or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our platform. To the extent that our third-party service providers experience outages, or to the extent we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

-23-

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to offer our applications and subject us to possible litigation.

Our applications use “open source” software that we, in some cases, have obtained from third parties. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the software. In addition, certain open source licenses, like the GNU Affero General Public License, or AGPL, may require us to offer for no cost the components of our software that incorporate the open source software, to make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create by incorporating or using the open source software, or to license our modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If we are required, under the terms of an open source license, to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public, our competitors could create similar applications with lower development effort and time, which ultimately could result in a loss of sales for us.

We may also face claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to re-engineer our applications, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results, including being enjoined from the offering of the components of our software that contained the open source software. We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to re-engineer our applications.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our applications to unintended conditions, few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our applications. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that will not subject us to liability, or in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures.

Our business is dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and if we fail to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation, our business could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and to our ability to attract new customers. We also believe that our brand and reputation will be increasingly important as competition in our market continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

• the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

• our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and error- and bug-free applications;

• our ability to maintain the security and privacy of our customer’s sensitive and proprietary information;

• our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

-24-

• our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

• the quality and perceived value of our applications;

• our ability to successfully differentiate our applications from those of our competitors;

• actions of competitors and other third parties;

• our ability to provide high quality customer support and professional services;

• any data breach or data loss or misuse or perceived misuse of our applications;

• positive or negative publicity;

• interruptions, delays or attacks on our platform or applications; and

• litigation, legislative or regulatory-related developments.

If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be harmed.

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, employees, partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our applications and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

We are materially invested in the formation and growth of the TBM Council, and our efforts in that area may fail to have a positive effect on our overall growth.

We have invested a significant amount of our money and time into the formation and growth of the TBM Council. Our ability to help build that organization, maintain strong relationships with the individuals involved, and build a positive public profile of the TBM Council and our association with the council, may have an effect on our overall success. It is possible that our efforts in this area will not yield the results that we are anticipating or the benefits of such efforts will not offset the costs.

We rely upon data centers and other systems and technologies provided by third parties, and technology systems and electronic networks supplied and managed by third parties, to operate our business and interruptions or performance problems with these systems, technologies and networks may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely on data centers and other technologies and services provided by third parties in order to operate our business. If any of these services becomes unavailable or otherwise is unable to serve our requirements due to extended outages, interruptions, facility closure, or because it is no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our operations otherwise could be disrupted or otherwise impacted until appropriate substitute services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented.

We do not control, or in some cases have limited control over, the operation of the data center facilities we use, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins,

-25-

sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct, and to adverse events caused by operator error. We may not be able to rapidly switch to new data centers or move customers from one data center to another in the event of any adverse event. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism or other act of malfeasance, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service and the loss of customer data.

Our ability to provide services and solutions to our subscribers also depends on our ability to communicate with our subscribers through the public internet and electronic networks that are owned and operated by third parties. In addition, in order to provide services on-demand and promptly, our computer equipment and network servers must be functional 24 hours per day, which requires access to telecommunications facilities managed by third parties and the availability of electricity, which we do not control. A severe disruption of one or more of these networks or facilities, including as a result of utility or third-party system interruptions, could impair our ability to process information and provide services to our customers.

Any unavailability of, or failure to meet our requirements by, third-party data centers or other third-party technologies or services, or any disruption of the internet or the third-party networks or facilities that we rely upon, could impede our ability to provide services to our subscribers, harm our reputation, result in a loss of subscribers, cause us to issue refunds or service credits to customers, subject us to potential liabilities, result in contract terminations, and adversely affect our renewal rates. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business and impair our ability to provide our solutions to our customers, resulting in costs for remediation, customer dissatisfaction, and other business or financial losses.

Our operations depend, in part, on our ability to protect our facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. Despite precautions taken at our facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, spikes in usage volume or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our applications. Our headquarters are located in Bellevue, Washington, which is situated near active earthquake fault lines. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

We may not timely and effectively scale our existing technology, including our computing architecture, to meet the performance and other requirements placed on our systems, which could increase expenditures unexpectedly and create risk of outages and other performance and quality of service issues for our customers.

Our future growth and renewal rates depend on our ability to meet our customers’ expectations with respect to the speed and other performance attributes of our solutions, and to meet the expanding needs of our customers as their use of our solutions grows. The number of users, the amount and complexity of data ingested, created, transferred, processed and stored by us, the number of locations where our applications are being accessed, and the number of processes and systems managed by us on behalf of these customers, among other factors, separately and combined, can have an effect on the performance of our applications. In order to ensure that we meet the performance and other requirements of our customers, we continue to make significant investments to develop and implement new technologies in our software and infrastructure operations. These technologies, which include

-26-

database, application and server advancements, revised network and hosting strategies, and automation, are often advanced, complex, and sometimes broad in scope and untested via industry-wide usage. We may not be successful in developing or implementing these technologies. To the extent that we do not develop offerings and scale our operations in a manner that maintains performance as our customers expand their use, our business and operating results may be harmed.

We may not accurately assess the capital and operational expenditures required to successfully fulfill our objectives and our financial performance may be harmed as a result. Further, we may make mistakes in the technical execution of these efforts to improve our solutions, which may affect our customers. Issues that may arise include performance (speed), data loss, and outages as well as other issues that could give rise to customer satisfaction issues, loss of business, and harm to our reputation. If any of these were to occur there would be a negative and potentially significant impact to our financial performance. Lastly, our ability to generate new applications, and improve our current solutions may be limited if and to the extent resources are necessarily allocated to address issues related to the performance of existing solutions.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our applications could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

We update our applications on a frequent basis. Despite efforts to test our updates, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our applications until after they are deployed to our customers. We have discovered and expect we will continue to discover errors, failures and bugs in our applications and anticipate that certain of these errors, failures and bugs will only be discovered and remediated after deployment to customers. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our applications could result in negative publicity, government inquiries, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our applications, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regular system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of inaccuracies in the data we collect for our customers, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release or exposure of confidential or other sensitive data could cause our reputation to be harmed and result in claims against us, and customers may elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us or we may incur increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our applications or other performance problems may be substantial and could harm our operating results.

Because many of our customers use our applications to store and retrieve critical information, we may be subject to liability claims if our applications do not work properly. We cannot be certain that the limitations of liability set forth in our licenses and agreements would be enforceable or would otherwise protect us from liability for damages. A material liability claim against us, regardless of its merit or its outcome, could result in substantial costs, significantly harm our business reputation and divert management’s attention from our operations.

We are subject to governmental laws, regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

Personal privacy and information security are significant issues in the United States and the other jurisdictions where we offer our applications. The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable

-27-

future. We collect personally identifiable information, or PII, and other data from our customers and users. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and various state, local and foreign agencies.

In the United States, the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use and dissemination of data. Many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union, Canada, and other relevant jurisdictions where we conduct business, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of PII obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol addresses. In the European Union, where companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, commonly referenced as the Data Protection Directive, and EU member state implementations of the Data Protection Directive, require comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to PII collected about them.

We certify adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and comply with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the European Union and Switzerland, which establish a means for legitimating the transfer of PII by U.S. companies doing business in Europe from the European Economic Area to the U.S. However, it is not clear whether data protection authorities in the European Union will continue to recognize the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework as a valid method of compliance with restrictions set forth in the Data Protection Directive (and member states’ implementations thereof) regarding the transfer of data outside of the European Economic Area. We publicly post our privacy policies and practices concerning our processing, use and disclosure of PII. Our publication of our Safe Harbor certifications, our privacy policy, and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices. Additionally, we may find it necessary or desirable to join industry or other self-regulatory bodies or other privacy-or data protection-related organizations that require compliance with their rules pertaining to privacy and data protection. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use and disclosure of PII and other data.

Although we are working to comply with those federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations that apply to us, those laws, regulations, standards and obligations are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another, other requirements or legal obligations, our practices or the features of our applications or platform. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of PII or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations, or other legal obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business.

-28-

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our or our customers’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our applications, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Such laws and regulations may require companies to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use PII for certain purposes. In addition, a foreign government could require that any PII collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we may face difficulty in complying with any such requirement for certain geographic regions. If we fail to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulations our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals could be harmed.

Third-party claims that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or require us to obtain expensive licenses, and our business could be harmed.

The technology industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the technology industry must often defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Third parties, including our competitors, may own patents or other intellectual property rights that cover aspects of our technology or business methods and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights against us and others in the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our applications and business operations infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses. Claims of intellectual property infringement might require us to stop using technology found to infringe a third party’s rights, redesign our application, which could require significant effort and expense and cause delays of releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our applications. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, we could be forced to limit or stop selling our applications, we may not be able to meet our obligations to customers under our customer contracts, revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted, and we may be unable to compete effectively. Additionally, our customers may not purchase our applications if they are concerned that they may infringe third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may harm our business.

In our subscription agreements with our customers, we generally agree to indemnify our customers against any losses or costs incurred in connection with claims by a third party alleging that the customer’s use of our applications infringes the intellectual property rights of the third party. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may seek indemnification from us. If

-29-

any claim is successful, or if we are required to indemnify or defend our customers from any of these or other claims, these matters could be disruptive to our business and management and result in additional legal expenses.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. As of June 30, 2015, we had three issued U.S. patents. We also had 13 patent applications pending for examination in the United States. Our issued patents, and any patents issued in the future, may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties, and our patent applications may never be granted. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain.

Any patents that are issued may subsequently be invalidated or otherwise limited, allowing other companies to develop offerings that compete with ours, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we have a right to practice the patented invention. Patent applications in the United States are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all, and publications of discoveries in industry-related literature lag behind actual discoveries. We cannot be certain that we were the first to use the inventions claimed in our issued patents or pending patent applications or otherwise used in our software, that we were the first to file for protection in our patent applications, or that third parties do not have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from marketing or practicing our patented software or technology. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States (in particular, some foreign jurisdictions do not permit patent protection for software), and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States (including the recent “America Invents Act”) and other national governments and from interpretations of the intellectual property laws of the United States and other countries by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

Although we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with our customers and the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our applications and propriety information or prevent reverse engineering. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our applications, and we may be unable to prevent this competition.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could subject us to substantial costs, divert

-30-

resources and the attention of management and technical personnel from our business and adversely affect our business. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation, could delay further sales or the implementation of our software and offerings, impair the functionality of our software and offerings, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our software and offerings, or injure our reputation.

We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our proprietary rights or to establish the validity of our proprietary rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially viable. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and may divert management’s attention and if unsuccessful, harm our business.

We may choose to expand by making acquisitions that could be material to our business. To date, we have completed one minor acquisition, in 2012, and our ability as an organization to successfully acquire and integrate technologies or businesses is unproven and limited. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

• an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

• we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

• an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase expenses and distract management;

• an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company we acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

• we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

• an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;

• challenges inherent in effectively managing an increased number of employees in diverse locations;

• the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

-31-

• potential known and unknown liabilities associated with an acquired company;

• our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

• if we incur debt to fund such acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business as well as financial maintenance covenants;

• the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets or goodwill in future acquisitions;

• to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity or equity-linked securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease; and

• managing the varying intellectual property protection strategies and other activities of an acquired company.

We may not succeed in addressing these or other risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the integration of any acquired business. The inability to integrate successfully the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any acquired business, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could harm our business and operating results.

Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Our credit facility requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

• dispose of assets;

• complete mergers or acquisitions;

• incur indebtedness;

• encumber assets;

• pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock;

• make specified investments;

• change certain key management personnel; and

• engage in transactions with our affiliates.

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. In addition, we are subject to a financial covenant based on subscription and professional services performance. If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default was not cured or waived, the lenders could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts then outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under any other debt instruments then outstanding. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.

-32-

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and if we fail to raise capital when needed, we could be prevented from growing.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to support our planned operations for at least the next 12 months, in the future, we may need to raise additional funds to invest in future growth opportunities. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business and operating results. If we incur debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets. In addition, our credit facility imposes, and future debt instruments may impose, restrictions on our ability to dispose property, make changes in our business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur additional indebtedness, and make investments and distributions. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. As a result, stockholders bear the risk that future securities offerings reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their interest.

We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could harm our business.

We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable in certain jurisdictions. State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our software in various jurisdictions is unclear. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding tax nexus are complex and vary significantly. As a result, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits. Our liability for these taxes and associated penalties and interest could exceed our original estimates, and we could be required to collect additional taxes in the future. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our application or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could increase the costs of our applications and adversely impact our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could affect the tax treatment of our (and our subsidiaries’) domestic and foreign earnings. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. Specifically, taxation of cloud-based applications is constantly evolving as many state and local

-33-

jurisdictions consider the taxability of software services provided remotely. These events could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts deemed to be due. If we raise our prices to offset the costs of these changes, existing and potential future customers may elect not to continue or purchase our platform or applications in the future. Additionally, new, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our software. Any or all of these events could harm our business and operating results.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain, and significant judgment and estimates are required in determining our provision for taxes. Our tax expense may be impacted if our intercompany transactions, which are required to be computed on an arm’s-length basis, are challenged and successfully disputed by tax authorities. Our policies governing transfer pricing may be determined to be inadequate and could result in additional tax assessments. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could harm our liquidity and operating results. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements or other taxes apply to us or our subsidiaries (including withholding and indirect taxes on software licenses and related intercompany transactions) or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $112.2 million, which will expire between 2027 and 2033. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative change (by value) in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change taxable income or taxes may be limited. We may experience such an ownership change in connection with this offering or in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. Furthermore, our ability to utilize the net operating losses or other tax attributes of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of net operating losses, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing net operating losses could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset post-change taxable income or taxes may be subject to limitation, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

Future changes in the regulations and laws of the United States, or those of the international markets in which we do business, could harm our business.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the internet and software, in the United States as well as the international markets in which we do business. These regulations and laws may cover employment, taxation,

-34-

privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, mobile communications, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, unencumbered internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites, and the characteristics and quality of software and services. It is possible changes to these regulations and laws, as well as compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing sets of applicable regulations and laws, may impact our sales, operations, and future growth.

Increased sales to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign governments expose us to risks inherent in government sales and procurement.

Contracts with U.S. federal, state, local and foreign government entities are subject to various procurement regulations and other requirements relating to their formation, administration and performance. We may be subject to audits and investigations relating to our government contracts and any violations could result in various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contract, refunding or suspending of payments, forfeiture of profits, payment of fines and suspension or debarment from future government business. Further, in order to obtain, and in some cases expedite, sales to certain government customers, we may enter into subcontractor agreements with existing approved government contractors subjecting us to further risks associated with those subcontractor agreements as well as the potential default or breach of the underlying agreements between the approved government contractors and government entity to which we are not a party.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the closing of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering by means of this prospectus, has one vote per share. Upon the closing of this offering, stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will collectively hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between Class B common stock and Class A common stock, after the closing of this offering, the holders of Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until the earlier of (1) the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering and (2) the date on which the Class B common stock ceases to represent at least 20% of our outstanding common stock, on which date all of the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert to Class A common stock. These holders of Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning or charitable purposes. The conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long

-35-

term, which may include our executive officers and directors and their affiliates. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section of the prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of Class A common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in revenue and other operating results, including as a result of the addition or loss of any number of customers;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

• the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

• failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in ratings and financial estimates and the publication of other news by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

• changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of cloud-based software or other technology companies, or those in our industry in particular;

• the size of our public float;

• price and volume fluctuations in the trading of our Class A common stock and in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole or in the technology industry;

• new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business or industry, including data privacy and data security;

• lawsuits threatened or filed against us for claims relating to intellectual property, employment issues or otherwise;

• changes in our board of directors or management;

• short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our Class A common stock;

• sales of large blocks of our common stock including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders; and

• other events or factors, including changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends, as well as any natural disasters that may affect our operations.

The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our operating

-36-

performance. In several recent situations when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock and an active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial price to the public for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the Class A common stock after the offering. The lack of an active market may impair investors’ ability to sell their shares at the time they wish to sell them or at a price that they consider reasonable, may reduce the market value of their shares and may impair our ability to raise capital.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. We do not have any control over these analysts. If no or few analysts commence research coverage of us, or one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases research coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock could cause our stock price to fall.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the closing of this offering,              shares of our Class A common stock will be outstanding (             shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding assuming exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) and 30,871,154 shares of our Class B common stock will be outstanding, based on our shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015. All shares of Class A common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the 30,871,154 shares of Class B common stock, or     % of our outstanding shares after this offering, is currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, of which options and warrants to purchase 9,209,293 shares and 38,043 shares, respectively, were outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option and equity incentive plans will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and

-37-

Rule 701 under the Securities Act. For more information see the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 27,824,377 shares (including the shares underlying a warrant described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale – Warrants”), or approximately     % of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and shares to be issued under our equity incentive plans, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act in the case of our affiliates, described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible For Future Sale.”

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into Class A common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, commercial relationship, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our management team has broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and its investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. They may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways with which investors disagree.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in other complementary businesses, technologies, or other assets. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

In addition, within the scope of our plan, and in light of the various risks to our business that are set forth in this “Risk Factors” section, our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware or Washington law could make an acquisition of us difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and adversely affect our stock price.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Among other things, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

• permit the board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;

• provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

-38-

• provide that all vacancies, including newly-created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

• divide the board of directors into three classes;

• provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

• require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent;

• provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

• prevent cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

• require that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a stockholder reimburse us for all fees, costs and expenses incurred by us in connection with a proceeding initiated by such stockholder in which such stockholder does not obtain a judgment on the merits that substantially achieves the full remedy sought;

• provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer (or president, in the absence of a chief executive officer) or by the board of directors;

• provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend the bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the total votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

• authorize two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in Washington, the anti-takeover provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. These provisions prohibit a “target corporation” from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any stockholder constituting an “acquiring person” for a period of five years following the date on which the stockholder became an “acquiring person.” See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for additional information.

-39-

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the closing of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

As an “emerging growth company” the JOBS Act, allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As an “emerging growth company,” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

-40-

We will incur increased costs by being a public company.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur greater legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with relatively recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements of the SEC and                     . We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

-41-

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements in the sections of this prospectus captioned “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

• our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate cash flow and ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

• the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

• the anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the TBM market;

• maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with go-to-market partners;

• our liquidity and working capital requirements;

• our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth and effect these strategies;

• our ability to sell our solutions and expand internationally;

• our involvement with, and the activities of, the TBM Council;

• the reliability of the third-party infrastructure on which our solutions depend;

• our ability to hire and retain necessary qualified employees to expand our operations;

• our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

• the effect on our business of litigation to which we are or may become a party;

• our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

-42-

• the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company;

• our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud;

• our use of the net proceeds from this offering; and

• the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices.

In addition, you should refer to the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications like those generated by Gartner, Inc. In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our service and related solutions. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information. While we believe the market position, opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Gartner reports (1) “Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending by Vertical Industry Market, Worldwide, 2013-2019, 2Q15 Update,” July 2015 and (2) “IT Key Metrics Data 2015: Executive Summary,” December 2014, described herein, or the Gartner Reports, represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

-43-

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of                      in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including making investments in our sales, marketing, professional services and product development organizations. Additionally, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other complementary businesses, technologies, or other assets. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments. Additional purposes of this offering are to improve brand awareness, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors. Pending other uses, we intend to invest the proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, or hold as cash. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive from our initial public offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds.

-44-

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facility materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

-45-

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

• on an actual basis;

• on a pro forma basis, to reflect: (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June 30, 2015; (2) the conversion of warrants to purchase 27,321 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 27,321 shares of Class B common stock; and (3) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

• on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Investors should read the information in this table together with the financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

	As of June 30, 2015
	Actual			Pro Forma			Pro Forma   As Adjusted(1)
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,517		$	22,517		$
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; issuable in series, 18,430,604 shares authorized, 18,239,475 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted	$	133,809		$	—		$
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 43,000,000 shares authorized, 12,631,679 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		1			—
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted		—			—
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 30,871,154 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		—			3
Additional paid-in capital		21,601			155,812
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		—			—
Accumulated deficit		(146,170	)		(146,170	)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(124,568	)		9,645
Total capitalization	$	9,241		$	9,645		$

-46-

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share, would increase (decrease) each of the pro forma as adjusted cash and equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of                  in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of the pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 30,871,154 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of June 30, 2015:

• 9,209,293 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $7.25 per share;

• 1,028,234 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2007 Stock Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2007 Stock Plan;

• 421,450 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan;

• an aggregate of              shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

• 38,043 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share.

-47-

DILUTION

Investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of their shares of Class A common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the price to public per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

After giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering and (3) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial price to public per share		$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering	$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering
Pro forma dilution per share to investors participating in this offering		$

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $         per share, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or approximately $         per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each decrease of              in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase             additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be         $         per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share

-48-

to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

	Shares Purchased			Total Consideration		Weighted- Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percent		Amount	Percent
Existing stockholders before this offering			%	$		$
Investors participating in this offering
Total

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $         per share, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of             in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of June 30, 2015:

• 9,209,293 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $7.25 per share;

• 1,028,234 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2007 Stock Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2007 Stock Plan;

• 421,450 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015; provided, however, that immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan;

• an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

• 38,043 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock.

Share reserves for the equity incentive plans will also be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that new options are issued under the equity benefit plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

-49-

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 from audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. The selected financial data set forth below should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
Revenue:
Subscription	$	54,206		$	78,719		$	37,217		$	47,242
Professional services		19,562			27,896			13,127			14,913
Total revenue		73,768			106,615			50,344			62,155
Cost of revenue:
Subscription(1)		8,325			14,686			5,511			11,142
Professional services(1)		19,034			25,731			12,565			13,036
Total cost of revenue(1)		27,359			40,417			18,076			24,178
Gross profit		46,409			66,198			32,268			37,977
Operating expenses:
Research and development(1)		17,804			23,099			10,850			14,674
Sales and marketing(1)		43,415			60,775			29,380			33,274
General and administrative(1)		8,597			14,245			6,642			7,698
Total operating expenses		69,816			98,119			46,872			55,646
Loss from operations		(23,407	)		(31,921	)		(14,604	)		(17,669	)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		(51	)		2			(26	)		19
Foreign exchange loss		(163	)		(697	)		(98	)		(607	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(23,621	)		(32,616	)		(14,728	)		(18,257	)
Provision for income taxes		(114	)		(256	)		(119	)		(149	)
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted	$	(2.11	)	$	(2.72	)	$	(1.24	)	$	(1.47	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted		11,256			12,080			11,947			12,485
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)				$	(1.08	)				$	(0.60	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)					30,320						30,725

-50-

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
	(in thousands)
Cost of revenue:
Subscription	$	75	$	220	$	61	$	196
Professional services		314		609		262		395
Research and development		836		1,465		590		1,160
Sales and marketing		1,047		2,006		911		1,210
General and administrative		789		1,466		576		894
Total stock-based compensation	$	3,061	$	5,766	$	2,400	$	3,855

(2) See Note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

	As of December 31,						As of
	2013			2014			June 30, 2015
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents	$	35,816		$	19,686		$	22,517
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue		77,198			66,574			53,729
Total assets		110,509			108,462			87,861
Deferred revenue, current and non-current		46,259			63,289			58,226
Preferred stock warrant liability		241			357			404
Convertible preferred stock		133,809			133,809			133,809
Accumulated deficit		(94,892	)		(127,764	)		(146,170	)
Total stockholders’ deficit		(86,147	)		(111,827	)		(124,568	)

-51-

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere, particularly in the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are the leading provider of Technology Business Management, or TBM, solutions. Our cloud-based platform and SaaS applications enable IT leaders to analyze, optimize and plan technology investments, and benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. We empower IT leaders to transform IT into a service provider, navigate the cloud transition, and shift technology resources to drive more business innovation.

We were founded in 2007 to deliver cloud-based TBM solutions to global enterprises. Our cycle of frequent updates has facilitated rapid innovation and the introduction of new applications throughout our history. We began offering our first TBM application via our extensible platform in 2008. Since then, we have continued to invest in product innovation and have consistently introduced new applications and capabilities to the market. Our customer base has grown from approximately 160 as of January 1, 2014 to over 250 as of June 30, 2015.

Because we offer our applications on a subscription basis, typically on contracts with one- to three-year terms, we have visibility into a substantial portion of future revenue. Subscription fees are based on two primary factors: (1) the customer’s annual costs being managed by the applications; and (2) the applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. For some applications, pricing is also impacted by the number of users. We recognize revenue from subscription fees ratably over the term of the contract. We currently derive a significant portion of subscription revenue from subscriptions to our Cost Transparency application. We sell our offerings primarily through a direct sales force and we engage in a variety of marketing activities, including traditional and online activities as well as participation in, and support of, the TBM Council, which are designed to provide sales lead generation, sales support and market awareness. Customers may subscribe for one or more of our applications, and within those applications they may choose to subscribe for all or a portion of the respective application’s capabilities, which are segmented into modules. For those customers that do not initially implement all of our applications, we seek to sell additional applications and modules over time. We believe that there is a significant opportunity to continue to expand the number of applications deployed by existing customers. We also derive revenue from professional services. Professional services revenue includes revenue from application configuration, integration, change management, education and training services, and conference registration and sponsorship fees. This revenue is largely driven by the number and mix of implementations that we perform in a quarter.

We generate the majority of our revenue in North America; however, we are focused on growing our international business. Revenue generated from our customers outside of North America accounted for 12%, 19% and 22% of total revenue in 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively.

We have grown significantly in a relatively short period of time. Our diverse customer base includes companies across industries and sizes, and our direct sales force has historically targeted organizations with annual IT spend of $100 million or more. An increasing number of our customers

-52-

have less than $100 million of annual IT spend, and we expect that such customers will account for an increasing amount of our total revenue over time. A substantial majority of our revenue growth in 2014 and 2015 has come from new customers. Our current financial focus is on growing our revenue and expanding our customer base. While we are incurring losses today, we strive to invest in a disciplined manner across all of our functional areas to sustain continued near-term revenue growth and support our long-term initiatives. Our operating expenses have increased significantly in absolute dollars in recent periods, primarily due to our significant growth in employees. We had 554 and 628 employees as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, respectively.

We intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We plan to continue to expand our sales and marketing organizations to sell our offerings globally. In addition, we have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in our product development efforts to deliver additional compelling applications and to address customers’ evolving needs. We are also investing in personnel to service our growing customer base. These investments will increase operating expenses on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future. Many of these investments will occur in advance of our experiencing any direct benefit from them and will make it difficult to determine if we are allocating our resources efficiently. However, we expect research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over the long term as revenue grows, and we anticipate that we will gain economies of scale as our customer base grows.

Since our inception, we have invested in professional services to help ensure that customers successfully deploy and adopt our applications. Additionally, we continue to expand our professional services partner ecosystem to further support our customers. We believe that our investment in professional services, as well as partners building consulting practices around Apptio, will drive additional customer subscriptions and continued growth in revenue. In addition, over the long term, we expect professional services revenue to decrease as a percentage of total revenue as our customer base continues to grow and as the effort required to deploy our solutions decreases, through product enhancements and our efforts to drive increased customer adoption of our standardized IT operating model, the Apptio TBM Unified Model, or ATUM.

As of June 30, 2015, the average annual subscription contract value from all active customers was approximately $385,000. Average annual contract value has been affected by our historical focus on selling our applications to customers with relatively large amounts of annual IT spend, many of which have subscribed for multiple applications in connection with their initial deployment of our solutions. Key elements of our strategy are to target potential customers with a wider range of IT spend and limit the initial sale to just the applications needed immediately, increasing the number of applications and modules sold over time. As a result, we expect average annual contract value to decrease for the foreseeable future.

We had total revenue of $73.8 million and $106.6 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively, reflecting a year-over-year increase of 45%. Subscription revenue was $54.2 million and $78.7 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively, reflecting a year-over-year increase of 45%. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, total revenue was $50.3 million and $62.2 million, respectively, reflecting a period-over-period increase of 23%. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, subscription revenue was $37.2 million and $47.2 million, respectively, reflecting a period-over-period increase of 27%. We have incurred significant net losses since our inception, including net losses of $23.7 million and $32.9 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, net losses were $14.8 million and $18.4 million, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $146.2 million as of June 30, 2015. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

-53-

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Number of Customers

Since we launched our first application, we have made the expansion of our customer base a priority. We believe that our ability to expand our customer base is an indicator of our market penetration, the growth of our business and our potential future business opportunities. We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of customers with signed agreements for subscriptions with service periods that run through the current or future periods. Multiple companies or divisions within a single consolidated enterprise that each have a separate paid subscription for our applications are each treated as a separate customer. In cases where our customers have subscriptions to our platform obtained through resellers or other distributors, each end customer is counted separately. As of June 30, 2015, we had over 250 customers.

Net Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

We believe that our net subscription dollar retention rate provides insight into our ability to retain and increase revenue from our customers, as well as their potential long-term value to us. Accordingly, we compare the aggregate annual contract value of our customer base at the end of the prior year, which we refer to as the base annual contract value, to the aggregate annual contract value from the same group of customers at the end of the current year, which we refer to as the retained annual contract value. We calculate our net subscription dollar retention rate on an annual basis by dividing the retained annual contract value by the base annual contract value. In the event a customer renews a subscription for a period that begins and ends in the same year, the value of that partial-year subscription is included in our calculation of retained annual contract value. Our net subscription dollar retention rate was approximately 100% for each of 2013 and 2014.

Investment in Growth

We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, in our sales and marketing organization to drive additional revenue and support the growth of our customer base. Any investments we make in our sales and marketing organization will occur in advance of experiencing any benefits from such investments, so it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas. We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, in expanding our operations, increasing our headcount and developing technology to support our growth. As a result, we expect total operating expenses to increase for the foreseeable future.

Investment in Infrastructure

We have made, and intend to continue to make, substantial investments in infrastructure that will impact cost of revenue, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We intend to invest to support growth at our leased data centers and with public cloud infrastructure providers to deliver enhanced levels of service to our customers. We intend to continue to invest in enhancements to our cloud architecture, which are designed to provide our customers with enhanced security, scalability and availability. We intend to continue to evaluate the expansion of our data center locations to address additional geographic markets. In addition, we intend to expand existing and establish new facilities in the future to accommodate our projected headcount growth at various locations around the world. We expect to incur substantial costs in connection with such expansion efforts, including leasehold improvements, equipment costs, and, if headcount increases faster than we expect, potentially lease termination payments to enter into new leases for larger space.

-54-

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our platform, fees for additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees, and fees for subscription-based online training; and (2) professional services, which consist of fees associated with the implementation and configuration of our applications, as well as fees for in-person training and conference registration and sponsorship fees for the TBM Council, the operations of which we consolidate in our financial statements given the nature of our relationship.

Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the acquisition of new customers and renewals by existing customers, the amount of annual spend our customers are licensed to manage with our applications and the number of applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. Support revenue is derived from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and three years. All subscription and support fees that are billed in advance of service are recorded in deferred revenue. Subscription and support-based revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term. As a result, most of the revenue that we report in each period is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous periods. Pricing includes multiple environments, hosting and support services, data backup and disaster recovery services, as well as future upgrades, when and if available, offered during the subscription period. We typically invoice our customers for subscription fees in annual increments upon execution of the initial contract or subsequent renewal but contract lengths and billing frequencies may vary. Therefore, the annualized value of the arrangements that we enter into with our customers may not be fully reflected in deferred revenue at any single point in time. Accordingly, we do not believe that the change in deferred revenue for any period is an accurate indicator of future revenue for a given period of time. Our contracts are generally non-cancelable during the subscription term, though a customer can terminate for breach if we materially fail to perform.

A typical new customer implementation takes three to six months depending on the customer’s complexity and timeliness. All professional services fees that are billed in advance of service are recorded in deferred revenue. Most of our professional services engagements are priced on a time-and-materials basis, with the balance priced on a fixed-fee basis. In addition, sometimes partners will perform implementation services directly to our customers for which we do not receive professional services revenue. For time-and-materials arrangements, we recognize revenue as hours are worked at the stated hourly rate. For fixed-fee arrangements, we recognize professional services revenue using the percentage of completion method measured on an hours incurred basis. Professional services yield lower gross margins than subscriptions due to the labor-intensive nature of professional services.

On occasion, we sell our applications through third-party resellers. These arrangements typically call for the reseller to retain a portion of the subscription fee paid by the customer as compensation. Since we are typically responsible for the acceptability of the services purchased by the customer, we are the primary obligor in the transaction and, therefore, record revenue on a gross basis based on the amount billed to the customer. Reseller fees are recognized as sales and marketing expense as incurred.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of employee-related costs, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our technology operations and customer support teams, fees paid to our managed hosting providers and other third-party service providers,

-55-

amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which include rent, facilities and costs related to internal IT. We expect cost of subscription revenue to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as our customer base grows.

Subscription gross margin, or subscription revenue less cost of subscription revenue expressed as a percentage of subscription revenue, can and does fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the timing and extent of the fees that we pay to our hosting providers and other third-party service providers and the timing and extent of the investments that we make in additional data center infrastructure and capabilities. Due to investments we made in additional data centers and public cloud hosting capabilities prior to June 30, 2015, we expect subscription gross margin to increase modestly over the long term, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of the factors discussed above. Because we have data centers in each of our three primary geographies, we expect to be able to more efficiently add capacity within these data centers to support our anticipated customer growth.

Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, employee benefits, travel expenses, bonuses and stock-based compensation expense, as well as allocated overhead costs. In addition, cost of professional services excludes costs associated with TBM Council conferences, which we record as sales and marketing expenses. We expect cost of professional services revenue to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we further expand our professional services organization to serve our growing customer base.

Professional services gross margin, or professional services revenue less cost of professional services revenue expressed as a percentage of professional services revenue, can and does fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the timing and extent of our investments in our professional services organization. The primary focus of our professional services business will continue to be providing high-quality customer deployments that allow customers to realize rapid value from our solutions and become long-term, loyal customers. In the future, we may choose to invest in our professional services organization at a pace faster than professional services revenue growth, in which case we may experience a decline in professional services gross margin. We also expect professional services gross margin to be positively affected in periods, particularly the fourth quarter, in which we recognize revenue related to TBM Council events. We expect professional services gross margin to increase modestly over the long term as our customer base continues to grow and as the effort required to deploy solutions decreases, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of the factors discussed above.

We expect total gross margin to increase modestly over the long term as our subscription revenue increases as a percentage of total revenue, as we realize operational efficiencies in our data centers and public cloud hosting environments, and as we continue to leverage our partners to help us provide professional services, although total gross margin may fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of the factors discussed above.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, employee benefits, stock-based compensation expense and other headcount-related costs associated with product development, depreciation of equipment used in research and development, and allocated overhead costs. For development costs related to our software and internal use software, qualifying internally developed software costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. We expect research and development expenses to

-56-

continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to increase the functionality and otherwise enhance our platform and develop new applications. However, we expect research and development expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over the long term as our customer base and revenue grows, although research and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of revenue and the timing and extent of these expenses.

Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales and marketing employees, including sales commissions and incentives, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expense, marketing programs for lead generation, the costs associated with TBM Council events and allocated overhead costs. We immediately expense sales commissions related to acquiring new customers and subsequent renewals from existing customers. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase and continue to be our largest component of operating expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to expand our direct sales teams, increase our marketing activities, grow our international operations, build brand awareness and sponsor additional marketing events. However, we expect sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over the long term, although sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of revenue and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related expenses, including payroll, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expense for executive, finance, legal, human resources, and administrative personnel, professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services and allocated overhead costs. We expect general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow and incur the costs of compliance associated with being a publicly traded company, including increased legal, audit and consulting fees. Although general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of revenue and the timing and extent of these expenses, in the near term, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase as a percentage of total revenue; however, we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over the long term as we focus on processes, systems and controls to enable our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense and Other, net.  Interest expense and other, net consists primarily of interest on our capital leases and fair value adjustments for our preferred stock warrant liability. Interest income is derived from our available-for-sale investments.

Foreign Exchange Loss.  Foreign exchange loss consists primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the impact of transactions denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currency (U.S. dollars). As we have expanded our international operations, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased, and we expect this trend to continue.

Provision for Income Taxes.  Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. As we have expanded our international operations, we have incurred increased foreign tax expense, and we expect this trend to continue. We have a full valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

-57-

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth certain consolidated financial data in dollar amounts and as a percentage of total revenue.

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Subscription	$	54,206		$	78,719		$	37,217		$	47,242
Professional services		19,562			27,896			13,127			14,913
Total revenue		73,768			106,615			50,344			62,155
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		8,325			14,686			5,511			11,142
Professional services		19,034			25,731			12,565			13,036
Total cost of revenue		27,359			40,417			18,076			24,178
Gross profit		46,409			66,198			32,268			37,977
Operating expenses:
Research and development		17,804			23,099			10,850			14,674
Sales and marketing		43,415			60,775			29,380			33,274
General and administrative		8,597			14,245			6,642			7,698
Total operating expenses		69,816			98,119			46,872			55,646
Loss from operations		(23,407	)		(31,921	)		(14,604	)		(17,669)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		(51	)		2			(26	)		19
Foreign exchange loss		(163	)		(697	)		(98	)		(607	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(23,621	)		(32,616	)		(14,728	)		(18,257	)
Provision for income taxes		(114	)		(256	)		(119	)		(149	)
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(as a percentage of total revenue)
Revenue:
Subscription		73	%		74	%		74	%		76	%
Professional services		27			26			26			24
Total revenue		100			100			100			100
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		11			14			11			18
Professional services		26			24			25			21
Total cost of revenue		37			38			36			39
Gross profit		63			62			64			61
Operating expenses:
Research and development		24			22			22			24
Sales and marketing		59			57			58			54
General and administrative		12			13			13			12
Total operating expenses		95			92			93			90
Loss from operations		(32	)		(30	)		(29	)		(29	)

-58-

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(as a percentage of total revenue)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		—			—			—			—
Foreign exchange loss		—			(1	)		—			(1	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(32	)		(31	)		(29	)		(30	)
Provision for income taxes		—			—			—			—
Net loss		(32	)%		(31	)%		(29	)%		(30	)%

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenue by geography:
North America	$	64,646	$	86,565	$	42,106	$	48,778
Europe		8,217		16,077		6,793		10,377
APAC		905		3,973		1,445		3,000
	$	73,768	$	106,615	$	50,344	$	62,155

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(as a percentage of total revenue)
Revenue by geography:
North America		88	%		81	%		84	%		78	%
Europe		11			15			13			17
APAC		1			4			3			5
		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015

Revenue

	Six Months Ended June 30,				Change
	2014		2015		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Subscription	$	37,217	$	47,242	$	10,025		27	%
Professional services		13,127		14,913		1,786		14
Total revenue	$	50,344	$	62,155	$	11,811		23

Subscription revenue increased for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to the impact of new customer acquisition. Our customer base increased 41% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015. Professional services revenue increased for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in implementation fees associated with the growth in our customer base.

-59-

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Change
	2014			2015			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue:
Subscription	$	5,511		$	11,142		$	5,631		102	%
Professional services		12,565			13,036			471		4
Total cost of revenue	$	18,076		$	24,178		$	6,102		34
Gross margin:
Subscription		85	%		76	%
Professional services		4			13
Total gross margin		64			61

The overall increase in cost of subscription revenue was primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs of $2.9 million driven by headcount growth, which was comprised of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $2.8 million, and additional stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. In addition, consulting fees increased by $0.8 million to assist with the enhancement of our disaster recovery functionality in each of our data centers, data center fees increased by $0.5 million as we increased data center capacity to support our growth, and allocated overhead expenses increased by $0.4 million. Additionally, professional services personnel are, on occasion, utilized for services associated with general subscription support. As a result, we reallocate the related personnel costs from cost of professional services to cost of subscription. This cost allocation increased by $0.4 million due to an overall growth in our customer base and increase in the number of customers migrating to new versions of our applications. At June 30, 2015, we delivered our service from three data centers in the United States and three data centers internationally, compared to two data centers in the United States and one data center internationally at June 30, 2014. Depreciation and amortization expense also increased by $0.2 million as we expanded our hosting infrastructure to support our customer growth.

The overall increase in cost of professional services revenue was primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs of $1.4 million driven by headcount growth, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $1.3 million and additional stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. Outside services decreased $0.7 million, due to a reduction in the use of third parties to supplement internal staff in providing implementation services in 2015.

Subscription gross margin decreased as a result of an increase in the number of data centers employed in anticipation of increased capacity requirements from customer base growth. These capacity increases are occurring in advance of generating significant revenue from new customers. Additionally, we increased the use of consulting services in 2015 to assist with the enhancement of disaster recovery functionality in each of our data centers.

Professional services gross margin improved as a result of changes in the way we deploy our applications to our customers, product enhancements that allow deployments to be more efficient, and increased customer adoption of our standardized cost model, ATUM.

Total headcount associated with cost of revenue increased 31% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015 as we invested in additional resources to continue to support our solutions and further develop our professional services group.

-60-

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Change
	2014			2015			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Research and development	$	10,850		$	14,674		$	3,824		35	%
Percentage of total revenue		22	%		24	%

Research and development expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel-related costs of $3.1 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits costs of $2.5 million and an increase in stock-based compensation of $0.6 million. Additionally, allocated overhead costs increased by $0.6 million. Total headcount in research and development increased 29% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015 as we continued to upgrade and enhance our platform and applications and develop new technologies.

Sales and Marketing

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Change
	2014			2015			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing	$	29,380		$	33,274		$	3,894		13	%
Percentage of total revenue		58	%		54	%

Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the expansion of our sales force, increases in marketing programs to address additional opportunities in new and existing markets, and increased allocated overhead costs. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 18% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015, contributing to a $2.5 million increase in personnel-related costs, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and increased travel costs associated with our direct sales force of $2.2 million, and additional stock-based compensation of $0.3 million. Marketing and event costs increased $0.5 million due to our continued efforts to generate sales leads and build brand awareness, and allocated overhead costs increased by $0.7 million as a result of higher building rent and additional IT resources.

General and Administrative

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Change
	2014			2015			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
General and administrative	$	6,642		$	7,698		$	1,056		16	%
Percentage of total revenue		13	%		12	%

General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to a 24% increase in headcount from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015. Personnel-related expenses increased by $1.2 million, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $0.9 million, and additional stock-based compensation of $0.3 million as we added employees to support the growth of our business.

Other Income (Expense)

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Change
	2014			2015			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest (expense) income and other, net	$	(26	)	$	19		$	45			(173	)%
Foreign exchange loss		(98	)		(607	)		(509	)		519

-61-

The decrease in interest expense and other, net was primarily attributable to a decrease in interest expense associated with fair value adjustments related to our preferred stock warrants. The increase in foreign exchange loss was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

Provision for income taxes

	Six Months Ended June 30,				Change
	2014		2015		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Provision for income taxes	$	(119)	$	(149)	$	(30)		25%

The increase in provision for income taxes was due to an increase in foreign taxes related to our growing foreign operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenue

	Year Ended December 31,				Change
	2013		2014		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Subscription	$	54,206	$	78,719	$	24,513		45	%
Professional services		19,562		27,896		8,334		43
Total revenue	$	73,768	$	106,615	$	32,847		45

Subscription revenue increased in 2014 primarily due to the impact of new customer acquisition during prior periods. We increased our customer base 42% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Professional services revenue increased in 2014 primarily due to an increase in implementation fees associated with the growth in our customer base.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue:
Subscription	$	8,325		$	14,686		$	6,361		76	%
Professional services		19,034			25,731			6,697		35
Total cost of revenue	$	27,359		$	40,417		$	13,058		48
Gross margin:
Subscription		85	%		81	%
Professional services		3			8
Total gross margin		63			62

The overall increase in cost of subscription revenue was primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs of $3.2 million, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $3.1 million and additional stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. In addition, professional services personnel are occasionally utilized for services associated with general subscription support. As a result, we reallocate the related personnel costs from cost of professional services to cost of subscriptions. This cost allocation increased by $1.2 million due to an overall growth

-62-

in our customer base and increase in the number of customers migrating to new versions of our applications. Depreciation expense also increased $0.6 million as we expanded our hosting infrastructure to support our customer growth. Additionally, data center fees increased $0.3 million as we increased data center capacity to support our growth and consulting fees increased by $0.2 million. At December 31, 2014, we delivered our service from two data centers in the United States and two data centers internationally, compared to two data centers in the United States and no data centers internationally at December 31, 2013.

The overall increase in cost of professional services revenue was primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs of $6.5 million, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $6.2 million and additional stock-based compensation of $0.3 million. In addition, allocated overhead costs increased by $0.6 million and outside services costs increased by $0.5 million, primarily related to additional fees paid to third parties to supplement internal staff in providing implementation services. These increases were partially offset by the $1.2 million cost reallocation for subscription support services discussed above.

Subscription gross margin decreased as a result of the same factors described in the comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 above.

Professional services gross margin improved as a result of changes in the way we deploy our customers, product enhancements that allow deployments to be more efficient, and increased customer adoption of our standardized cost model, ATUM.

Total headcount associated with cost of revenue increased 49% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 as we invested in additional resources to continue to support our growing customer base and further develop our professional services group.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Research and development	$	17,804		$	23,099		$	5,295		30	%
Percentage of total revenue		24	%		22	%

Research and development expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel-related costs of $4.7 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits costs of $4.1 million and an increase in stock-based compensation of $0.6 million. Total headcount in research and development increased 17% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 as we enhanced our existing platform and applications and developed new technologies.

Sales and Marketing

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing	$	43,415		$	60,775		$	17,360		40	%
Percentage of total revenue		59	%		57	%

Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the expansion of our sales force and increases in marketing programs to address additional opportunities in new and existing markets. Total

-63-

headcount in sales and marketing increased 19% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, contributing to an $11.7 million increase in personnel-related costs, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs associated with our direct sales force of $10.7 million attributable to the increase in headcount and commission expense from increased sales, and additional stock-based compensation of $1.0 million. Marketing and event costs increased by $2.9 million due to our continued efforts to generate sales leads and build brand awareness.

General and Administrative

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
General and administrative	$	8,597		$	14,245		$	5,648		66	%
Percentage of total revenue		12	%		13	%

General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to a 68% increase in headcount from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Personnel-related expenses increased by $4.1 million, consisting of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs of $3.4 million and additional stock-based compensation of $0.7 million, as we added employees to support the growth of our business. Professional and outside service costs increased by $0.5 million, due primarily to fees incurred in 2014 associated with the development of our internal control and compliance program.

Other Income (Expense)

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest (expense) income and other, net	$	(51	)	$	2		$	53			(104	)%
Foreign exchange loss		(163	)		(697	)		(534	)		328

The increase in interest expense and other, net was primarily attributable to an increase in the fair value adjustments associated with our preferred stock warrants, offset by an increase in interest income and a decrease in losses from the sale of fixed assets. The increase in foreign exchange loss was due to the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

Provision for income taxes

	Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2013			2014			Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Provision for income taxes	$	(114	)	$	(256	)	$	(142	)		125	%

The increase in provision for income taxes was due to an increase in foreign taxes related to our growing foreign operations.

-64-

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated, as well as the percentage of total revenue that each line item represented for each quarter. We prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2014			June 30, 2014			September 30, 2014			December 31, 2014			March 31, 2015			June 30, 2015
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Subscription	$	17,834		$	19,383		$	20,549		$	20,953		$	23,087		$	24,155
Professional services		5,795			7,332			6,967			7,802			7,384			7,529
Total revenue		23,629			26,715			27,516			28,755			30,471			31,684
Cost of revenue:
Subscription(1)		2,594			2,917			4,021			5,154			5,547			5,595
Professional services(1)		6,164			6,401			6,593			6,573			6,602			6,434
Total cost of revenue		8,758			9,318			10,614			11,727			12,149			12,029
Gross profit		14,871			17,397			16,902			17,028			18,322			19,655
Operating expenses:
Research and development(1)		5,405			5,445			5,949			6,300			7,258			7,416
Sales and marketing(1)		13,747			15,633			12,997			18,398			15,727			17,547
General and administrative(1)		3,090			3,552			3,743			3,860			3,837			3,861
Total operating expenses		22,242			24,630			22,689			28,558			26,822			28,824
Loss from operations		(7,371	)		(7,233	)		(5,787	)		(11,530	)		(8,500	)		(9,169	)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		20			(46	)		(17	)		45			16			3
Foreign exchange loss		(68	)		(30	)		(106	)		(493	)		(643	)		36
Loss before provision for income taxes		(7,419	)		(7,309	)		(5,910	)		(11,978	)		(9,127	)		(9,130	)
Provision for income taxes		(53	)		(66	)		(72	)		(65	)		(68	)		(81	)
Net loss	$	(7,472	)	$	(7,375	)	$	(5,982	)	$	(12,043	)	$	(9,195	)	$	(9,211	)

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statement of operations data was as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2014		June 30, 2014		September 30, 2014		December 31, 2014		March 31, 2015		June 30, 2015
	(in thousands)
Cost of revenue:
Subscription	$	24	$	37	$	77	$	82	$	87	$	109
Professional services		116		146		160		187		190		205
Research and development		277		313		416		459		569		591
Sales and marketing		418		493		606		489		567		643
General and administrative		294		282		387		503		463		431
Total stock-based compensation	$	1,129	$	1,271	$	1,646	$	1,720	$	1,876	$	1,979

-65-

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2014			June 30, 2014			September 30, 2014			December 31, 2014			March 31, 2015			June 30, 2015
	(as a percentage of total revenue)
Revenue:
Subscription		75	%		73	%		75	%		73	%		76	%		76	%
Professional services		25			27			25			27			24			24
Total revenue		100			100			100			100			100			100
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		11			11			15			18			18			18
Professional services		26			24			24			23			22			20
Total cost of revenue		37			35			39			41			40			38
Gross profit		63			65			61			59			60			62
Operating expenses:
Research and development		23			20			22			22			24			23
Sales and marketing		58			59			47			64			52			55
General and administrative		13			13			14			13			13			12
Total operating expenses		94			92			83			99			89			90
Loss from operations		(31	)		(27	)		(22	)		(40	)		(29	)		(28	)
Other income (expense):
Interest (expense) income and other, net		—			—			—			—			—			—
Foreign exchange loss		—			—			—			(2	)		(2	)		—
Loss before provision for income taxes		(31	)		(27	)		(22	)		(42	)		(31	)		(28	)
Provision for income taxes		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net loss		(31	)%		(27	)%		(22	)%		(42	)%		(31	)%		(28	)%

Revenue has increased in each of the periods presented above primarily due to the increase in customer count. Operating expenses generally have increased sequentially in every quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support growth. We anticipate operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in the long-term growth of our business.

We may experience variances in total customers over a particular quarter for a variety of business reasons, and the extent to which we gain or lose customers over a particular quarter will not necessarily correlate to the changes in revenue in that quarter or in future periods. As a result of the foregoing factors, a slowdown in our ability to enter into customer agreements or to renew customer agreements may not be apparent in revenue for the quarter, as the revenue recognized in any quarter is primarily from customer agreements entered into in prior quarters.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into agreements with customers. We typically enter into a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new customers, as well as renewal agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter and, to a lesser extent, the second quarter. The increase in customer agreements for the fourth quarter is attributable to large enterprise account buying patterns typical in the software industry. Fourth quarter professional services

-66-

revenue is also typically positively impacted by recognition of TBM Council conference registration and sponsorship fees.

Furthermore, we usually enter into a significant portion of agreements with customers during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the subscription agreement, which is generally one to three years. Although these seasonal factors are common in the technology industry, historical patterns should not be considered a reliable indicator of future sales activity or performance.

Backlog

Backlog represents future amounts to be invoiced under subscription agreements. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, we had backlog of approximately $48.8 million and $76.8 million, respectively.

We often sign multiple-year subscription agreements for our applications. The timing of invoices to customers is a negotiated term and thus varies among our subscription agreements. For multiple-year agreements, it is common to invoice an initial annual amount at contract signing followed by subsequent annual invoices. At any point in the contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as we have the contractual right to invoice, they are not recorded in deferred revenue or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements, and are considered by us to be backlog.

We expect that the amount of backlog relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year-to-year for several reasons, including the amount invoiced early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of large customer subscription agreements, varying invoicing cycles of subscription agreements, the specific timing of customer renewals, changes in customer financial circumstances, and foreign currency fluctuations.

Backlog may also vary based on changes in the average non-cancellable term of subscription agreements. The change in backlog that results from changes in the average non-cancellable term of subscription agreements may not be an indicator of the likelihood of renewal or expected future revenue. Accordingly, we believe that fluctuations in backlog are not a reliable indicator of future revenue, and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2015, we had $33.9 million of cash and investments and $25 million in available borrowing under our credit facility. We believe that existing cash and investments, any positive cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our credit facility and the proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to support working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Since inception, we have financed operations primarily through the sale of equity securities and sales of subscriptions and professional services. Our principal uses of cash are funding operations and capital expenditures.

Sources of Funds

In May 2013, we sold shares of Series E convertible preferred stock which generated proceeds after offering expenses of $44.2 million. In June 2015, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our credit facility, to allow for the incurrence of up to $10 million in term loan borrowings and up to $15 million in a revolving accounts receivable line of credit.

-67-

From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources and means to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Credit Facility

Our credit facility consists of up to $10 million in term loan borrowings and up to $15 million in revolver borrowings. Interest on the term loan borrowings is determined at the time of borrowing and accrues at a floating rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25%. Term loan borrowings must be made by April 30, 2016 and the term loan matures on April 1, 2019. Through April 30, 2016, we are required to pay only interest on outstanding term borrowings on a monthly basis. Following the expiration of the interest only payment period, we are required to pay principal and interest in 36 equal monthly payments. We can also incur revolver borrowings of up to the lesser of $15 million, or a borrowing base tied to the amount of eligible accounts receivable. Interest on the revolver borrowings accrues at a floating rate equal to the prime rate and is payable monthly. The revolver matures on June 16, 2016. As of June 30, 2015, we had not borrowed any amounts under either the term loan or revolver.

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with affiliates. If cash, cash equivalents and investments held with the lender are below $25 million as of the last day of the applicable monthly measuring period, we will be required to comply with a financial covenant based on subscription and professional services performance. This financial covenant is measured both monthly and quarterly, generally on a trailing six month basis. We were in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2015. Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property.

In 2008, we issued a warrant to purchase 27,321 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in connection with entering into a prior credit facility with our lender. The warrant has a 10-year term and an exercise price of $1.37255 per share. In connection with entering into our credit facility in June 2015, we issued a warrant to purchase 10,722 shares of common stock. The warrant has a 10-year term and an exercise price of $13.99 per share. In addition, if we incur any borrowings under the term loan under our credit facility, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant that we issued to the lenders will automatically be adjusted such that the holder of the warrant shall have the right to purchase up to an additional 10,722 shares of common stock at the same $13.99 exercise price. Assuming we incur the term loan borrowings in full, the warrants held by the lenders under our credit facility would provide for the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 21,444 shares of stock, inclusive of the 10,722 shares of common stock currently exercisable pursuant to such warrants. Such warrants will become exercisable for shares of our Class B common stock in connection with this offering.

Use of Funds

Our principal uses of cash are funding operations and other working capital requirements. Cash used in operations for 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 was $18.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. Over the past several years, revenue has increased significantly from year to year and, as a result, cash flows from customer collections have increased. However, operating expenses have also increased as we have invested in growing our business. Our operating cash requirements may increase in the future as we continue to invest in the strategic growth of our company.

To the extent existing cash and investments and cash from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness may have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities

-68-

and could contain covenants that restrict operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders. Although we are not currently a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity financing, incur indebtedness, or use cash resources. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions.

Historical Cash Flow Trends

The following table shows cash flows for 2013, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015:

	Years Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
	(in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(11,264	)	$	(17,957	)	$	(9,057	)	$	(3,312	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(7,434	)		521			(3,119	)		4,568
Net cash provided by financing activities		45,397			1,396			944			1,626

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including stock-based compensation, change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability, depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges, net.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily reflected our net loss of $18.4 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $3.9 million of stock-based compensation and $3.2 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a decrease of $15.8 million in accounts receivable due to collections on transactions originating in the fourth quarter of 2014, and a $0.2 million increase in other liabilities. These sources of cash were partially offset by a decrease of $5.1 million in deferred revenue, a $1.4 million decrease in accounts payable and a $1.5 million increase in prepaid expenses for licensed software subscriptions and maintenance fees.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily reflected our net loss of $14.8 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $2.4 million of stock-based compensation and $2.5 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a decrease of $3.9 million in accounts receivable, offset by a $1.5 million increase in prepaid expenses for licensed software subscriptions and maintenance fees, a $1.1 million decrease in deferred revenue and a $0.7 million decrease in other liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities during 2014 primarily reflected our net loss of $32.9 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $5.8 million in stock-based compensation and $5.2 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a $17.0 million increase in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $3.7 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred rent. These sources of cash were offset by a $15.2 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business and a $2.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The change in net cash used in operating activities from 2013 to 2014 is primarily due to increases in payments for employee payroll as we continued to invest in and grow our business.

-69-

Net cash used in operating activities during 2013 primarily reflected our net loss of $23.7 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $3.1 million of stock-based compensation and $4.2 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a $15.9 million increase in deferred revenue due to the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $4.0 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred rent resulting from a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $14.8 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of property and equipment purchases for computer-related equipment, leasehold improvements to leased office facilities and capitalization of software development costs. Capitalized software development costs are related to new applications or improvements to existing software platform that expands the functionality for customers.

Net cash provided by investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 was $4.6 million, consisting primarily of $11.1 million of cash maturities from available-for-sale securities, offset by $4.8 million of purchased property and equipment and capitalized software development costs and $2.0 million in purchases of available-for-sale securities.

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $3.1 million, consisting primarily of $2.8 million of purchased property and equipment and capitalized software development costs, and $15.2 million in purchases of available-for-sale securities, offset by $15.0 million of cash maturities from available-for-sale securities.

Net cash provided by investing activities during 2014 was $0.5 million, consisting primarily of $28.4 million of cash maturities from available-for-sale securities. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $20.7 million in purchases of available-for-sale securities and $6.3 million of purchased property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2013 was $7.4 million, consisting primarily of $29.9 million in purchases of available-for-sale securities and $4.2 million of purchased property and equipment, offset by $21.1 million of cash maturities and $5.5 million of sales of available-for-sale securities.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of issuances of convertible preferred stock to fund operations and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from the exercise of options. Cash flows used in financing activities consist primarily of repayment of capital leases.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, consisted primarily of $1.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, from proceeds received from option exercises.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.4 million, consisting primarily of proceeds received from option exercises.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $45.4 million, consisting primarily of $44.2 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series E preferred stock and $1.3 million of proceeds received from option exercises.

-70-

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Contractual obligations are cash that we are obligated to pay as part of certain contracts that we have entered into during the normal course of business. Below is a table that shows the projected outlays as of December 31, 2014:

	Payments Due by Period:
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More Than 5 Years
	(in thousands)
Capital leases(1)	$	114	$	50	$	61	$	3	$	—
Operating leases(2)		28,259		2,950		7,666		7,798		9,845
Purchase obligations(3)		761		462		253		42		4
Total	$	29,134	$	3,462	$	7,980	$	7,843	$	9,849

(1) Includes interest totaling $13,000.

(2) Includes non-cancellable obligations for our amended headquarters lease signed in 2014 and other leases for office and facility space. As of December 31, 2014, we had leases that expire at various dates through 2023.

(3) Purchase obligations relate primarily to non-cancellable agreements for software and marketing services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Due to our international operations, we have foreign currency risks related to revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the British Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar. Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in the local currency of the customer making the purchase. In addition, a portion of operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, subscription fees are largely based on customers’ anticipated spend as expressed in U.S. dollars as managed by our system, which fee construct may increase the exposure of revenue to currency fluctuations. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect revenue and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on operating results.

We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in net loss as a result of transaction gains or losses related to remeasuring certain current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. We have not engaged in the hedging of foreign currency transactions to date. We are evaluating the costs and benefits of initiating such a program and may in the future hedge selected significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand international operations.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as any investments we enter into are primarily highly liquid investments. We have a credit facility, consisting of $25 million of term borrowings and an

-71-

accounts receivable line of credit, which was undrawn as of June 30, 2015. Interest accrues on term loan borrowings at a floating rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25%. Interest accrues on the accounts receivable line of credit at a floating rate equal to the prime rate. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not result in a material change in either our obligations under the credit facility, even at the borrowing limit, or in the returns on our cash.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, the Jump-start Our Business Start-ups, or JOBS Act, allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As an “emerging growth company,” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to:

• revenue recognition;

• stock-based compensation;

• common stock valuations;

• income taxes; and

• capitalized internal use software.

Revenue Recognition

We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

• there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

• the service has been provided to the customer;

• the collection of related fees is reasonably assured; and

• the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

-72-

Signed agreements are used as evidence of an arrangement. If a signed contract by the customer does not exist, we have historically used either a purchase order or a signed order form as evidence of an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and either a purchase order or signed order form exist, we consider the signed contract to be the final persuasive evidence of an arrangement.

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the commencement date of each subscription term, which is generally the date we make the subscribed applications available to customers. Once the subscribed application is available to customers, amounts that we have the contractual right to invoice are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue. Professional services are priced either on a fixed-fee or a time-and-materials basis. Professional services revenue is recognized as the services are delivered. In instances where final acceptance of non-standard service deliverables are required before revenue is recognized, revenue and the associated costs are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met.

We assess collectability based on a number of factors such as past collection history with the customer and creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine collectability is not reasonably assured, we defer the revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Our arrangements do not include general rights of return.

We derive revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing our applications, fees for additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees, and fees for subscription based online training offerings; and (2) professional services, which consist of fees associated with the implementation and configuration of our applications, as well as fees for in-person training and TBM Council conference registration and sponsorship fees. We present revenue from each of these sources separately in our consolidated financial statements.

We consider whether arrangements containing multiple deliverables contain more than one unit of accounting. Multiple element arrangements require the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. To qualify as a separate unit of accounting, the delivered item must have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis.

We believe both subscriptions and professional services have stand-alone value. Subscriptions have stand-alone value because such services are often sold separately from other professional services. Professional services have stand-alone value because those services may be sold separately by other vendors and there are trained third-party consultants capable of performing the professional services.

For certain multiple deliverable arrangements that include subscription and non-subscription deliverables, total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the deliverables using the relative estimated selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy in order of priority: vender-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available, or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE of selling price, nor TPE of selling price is available.

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, based on stated, fixed-dollar amount contracts with customers and consists of fees for the use of our applications and related

-73-

services. Our subscription arrangements generally do not allow the customer the contractual right to take possession of the software; as such, the arrangements are considered to be service contracts. In those limited situations where the customer takes possession of the software, we follow the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 985, Software Revenue Recognition.

Professional services revenue consists of fees associated with application configuration, integration, change management, education and training services, and conference registration and sponsorship fees. Professional services engagements are priced either on a time-and-materials basis or on a fixed-fee basis. For time-and-materials arrangements, we recognize revenue as hours are worked at the stated time-and-materials hourly rate. For fixed-fee arrangements, we recognize professional services revenue as delivered using the percentage of completion, or POC method, measured on an hours incurred basis. Under the POC method of accounting, revenue and expenses are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual hours incurred and total estimated hours at the completion of the project. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the project. Estimates of both hours and costs to complete a project are reviewed periodically and the effect of any change in the estimated hours to complete a project is reflected as an adjustment to revenue in the period the change becomes known. In the event current estimated costs to complete a project exceed the revenue allocated to the project, a loss equal to the amount of estimated excess costs will be recognized in the period the change becomes known. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. Associated out-of-pocket travel expenses related to the delivery of professional services is typically reimbursed by the customer. Out-of-pocket expense reimbursements are recognized as revenue and cost of service expense as incurred.

On occasion, we sell subscriptions through third-party resellers. These arrangements typically call for the reseller to retain a portion of the price to the customer as compensation. Since we are typically responsible for the acceptability of the services purchased by the customer, we are the primary obligor in the transaction and, therefore, record revenue on a gross-basis based on the amount billed to the customer. Reseller fees are recognized as sales and marketing expense as incurred.

Deferred revenue represents the unearned revenue on cash receipts or accounts receivable for the sale of subscriptions and for professional services for which services have not yet been provided.

Stock-based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant, and expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award based on the estimated portion of the award that is expected to vest.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of stock-based awards when they are granted. We make several estimates in determining stock-based compensation and these estimates generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

• Fair Value of Common Stock.   As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Valuation of Common Stock” below.

• Expected Term.   The expected term of options represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We estimate the expected term using the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise activity for our company.

-74-

• Risk-Free Interest Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available at the time of the option grant in U.S. Treasury securities at maturity with a term equivalent to the expected term of the option.

• Expected Volatility.   Expected volatility is based on an average volatility of stock prices for a group of publicly traded peer companies. In considering peer companies, we assess characteristics such as industry, state of development, size and financial leverage.

• Dividend Yield.   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for awards. Our forfeiture rate is derived from historical employee termination behavior. If the actual number of forfeitures differs from these estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense will be required.

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, as estimated on the date of grant by our board of directors in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Each fair value estimate was based on a variety of factors, which included the following:

• contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

• the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

• the lack of marketability of our common stock;

• our actual operating and financial performance;

• current business conditions and projections;

• hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

• our history and the timing of the introduction of new applications and capabilities;

• our stage of development;

• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;

-75-

• the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

• U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using various valuation methods, including combinations of methods, as deemed appropriate under the circumstances applicable at the valuation date.

The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. To determine our peer group of companies, we considered public enterprise cloud-based application providers and selected those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to the subject company’s operating results to estimate the value of the subject company. The market value multiple was determined based on consideration of revenue multiples and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, to each of the comparable companies’ last 12-month revenue and the forecasted future 12-month revenue. In addition, the market approach considers merger and acquisition transactions involving companies similar to the subject company’s business being valued. Multiples of revenue or EBITDA are calculated for these transactions and then applied to the business being valued, after reduction by an appropriate discount. Based on the above, the estimated value is then discounted by a non-marketability factor (discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM) due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies, which impacts liquidity.

The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate—such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and the proceeds from disposition. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability due to being a private company.

The prior sale of company stock approach estimates value by considering any prior arm’s length sales of the company’s equity. When considering prior sales of the company’s equity, the valuation considers the size of the equity sale, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction, the timing of the equity sale, and the financial condition of the company at the time of the sale.

Once an equity value is determined, our board of directors utilized one of the following methods to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock: (1) the option pricing method, or OPM; (2) a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM; (3) the current value method, or CVM; or (4) the Hybrid Method, which is a hybrid between the OPM, PWERM and/or CVM methods.

The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock only has value if the funds available for distribution to the holders of common stock exceeds the value of the liquidation preference of the preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger, sale, or initial public offering, assuming the business has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by stockholders. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the business at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call option.

-76-

The PWERM approach employs various market approach calculations depending upon the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences for each shareholder class are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The common share value is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and the timing of the event. Lastly, the common share value is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are based upon discussions between our board of directors and our management team. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is based upon possible future events for our company.

The CVM approach allocates the enterprise value derived from one or more of the approaches described above to the various series of a company’s preferred stock based on their respective liquidation preferences or conversion values, in accordance with the terms of the prevailing Articles/Certificate of Incorporation, assuming that each class of stock takes the course of action that maximizes its return. The fundamental assumption of this method is that the manner in which each class of preferred stockholders will exercise its rights and achieve its return is determined based on the enterprise value as of the valuation date and not at some future date. Accordingly, depending upon the equity value and the nature and amount of the various liquidation preferences, preferred stockholders will participate in equity value allocation either as holders of preferred stock or, if conversion would provide them with better economic results, as holders of common stock. We utilized CVM to account for certain secondary transactions involving our common stock. Specifically, we considered pricing, investor participation, visibility of information between the parties and the purpose and size of the transaction.

Following this offering, we will rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the             on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect our best assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid. Significant judgments and estimates based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations in the U.S. and the numerous foreign jurisdictions where we are subject to income tax are required in determining our provision for income taxes. Changes in tax laws, statutory tax rates, and estimates of our future taxable income could impact the deferred tax assets and liabilities provided for in the consolidated financial statements and would require an adjustment to the provision for income taxes.

Deferred tax assets are regularly assessed to determine the likelihood they will be realized from future taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when we believe it is not more likely than not all or some of a deferred tax asset will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction in which they arise we consider all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include the cumulative pre-tax book income for the past three years, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, our history of earnings and reliable forecasting, projections of pre-tax book income over the foreseeable future, and the impact of any feasible and prudent tax planning strategies.

We recognize the impact of a tax position in our consolidated financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax authorities may examine our returns in the jurisdictions in which we do business and we regularly assess the tax risk of our return filing positions. Due to the complexity of some of the uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in payments that are materially different from our current estimate of the tax liability. These differences, as well as any interest and penalties, will be reflected in the provision for income taxes in the period in which they are determined.

-77-

Capitalized Internal Use Software

We capitalize certain costs incurred for the development of computer software for internal use. These costs generally relate to the development of our technology platform and applications. We capitalize these costs during the development of the project, when it is determined that it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over our estimated useful life, generally three years, and the amortization expense is recorded as a component of cost of subscriptions for projects associated with delivery of our technology platform and applications, or through operating expenses for projects associated with internal operations. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standard Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) outlining a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. This guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, this guidance expands related disclosure requirements. On July 9, 2015 the FASB delayed the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year and is allowing earlier adoption, however entities reporting under GAAP are not permitted to adopt the standard earlier than the original effective date for public entities. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for public entities and will require full or modified retrospective application. We may elect to early adopt this guidance for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on our financial statements as well as the expected adoption method.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. The new standard provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new standard does not change the accounting for a customers’ for service contracts. The new standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We are assessing the provisions of the new standard and have not determined the impact of the adoption of this standard on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), related to the disclosures around going concern. The new standard provides guidance around management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

-78-

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the leading provider of Technology Business Management, or TBM, solutions. We pioneered the TBM software category to provide the strategic business management system for the CIO because IT needed a data-driven system comparable to those leveraged by other enterprise functions such as sales, human resources and finance. Our cloud-based platform and SaaS applications enable IT leaders to analyze, optimize and plan technology investments, and to benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. We empower IT leaders to transform IT into a service provider, to navigate the cloud transition, and to shift technology resources to drive more business innovation.

Our TBM solutions consist of a powerful, cloud-based platform and a suite of SaaS applications: Cost Transparency, IT Benchmarking, Business Insights, Bill of IT and IT Planning. Our data and analytics platform leverages proprietary modeling capabilities, powerful self-service analytics and planning workflows to enable customers to make actionable, data-driven strategic and operational decisions. Our platform automatically aggregates, cleanses and establishes relationships across large amounts of customer data from disparate sources and maps the data into our standard IT operating model. Our solutions are the business system of record for IT organizations.

Technology has become a strategic imperative for enterprises regardless of size and industry, driven by the digitalization of business processes. To gain and maintain a competitive advantage, IT leaders must focus more time and resources on transforming their IT business while optimizing their existing infrastructure and applications. IT organizations manage large budgets and are faced with a rapidly changing, vastly more complicated and increasingly diverse technology and vendor ecosystem. In the absence of a TBM solution, some IT leaders attempt to manage their investments manually using spreadsheets or general purpose business intelligence tools, while others do not even try. These approaches are expensive, error-prone, inefficient, slow and often fail to deliver actionable information. As a result, IT leaders are often unable to make agile, data-driven decisions.

Enterprise IT is undergoing a fundamental transition as cloud computing and technology-as-a-service delivery models offer compelling benefits and economics. IT organizations must transition from traditional internally delivered IT infrastructure and applications to a more hybrid and service-oriented approach. This hybrid delivery and service model allows modern IT organizations to optimize service options and deliver IT as a service to meet business needs, but evaluating, deciding and managing between alternatives is complex. IT organizations are in the early stages of a long-term transformation to delivering IT as a service through the use of public and private clouds as well as third party service providers. Our SaaS applications enable IT leaders to make data-driven decisions, such as which workloads to move into the cloud or leave on-premise.

Our growing customer base, which includes over one third of the FORTUNE 100, spans a broad spectrum of industries, including financial services, professional services, technology, energy, consumer goods, manufacturing, healthcare, media, retail and transportation, as well as federal and state government agencies. We currently have several customers utilizing our solutions in legal, facilities and other shared services functions and foresee great potential of further adoption in these segments. We offer our solutions on a subscription basis, with subscription fees based on spend managed by our applications and the number of applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. Our customers’ annual IT spend ranges from less than $10 million to billions of dollars.

We formed the Technology Business Management Council, or TBM Council, as a separate non-profit entity in 2012 to foster the growth of the TBM category. The TBM Council has become the

-79-

leading community for CIOs, IT professionals and IT finance professionals in the world, with over 1,700 members. The TBM Council promotes interaction, learning, and the development and improvement of standards and best practices to members, many of which dovetail with our solutions. Our relationship with the TBM Council helps us introduce a growing body of CIOs and other leaders to the advantages of TBM and to our solutions, creating a network effect as members exchange information, ideas and experiences with TBM. Our relationship with the TBM Council also enabled development of Apptio TBM Unified Model, or ATUM, our standardized cost and operational model for the business of IT, which is the first of its kind in our industry. We consider this relationship an important growth catalyst for the TBM category and our business.

We had total revenue of $73.8 million and $106.6 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively, reflecting a year-over-year increase of 45%. For 2013 and 2014, our net losses were $23.7 million and $32.9 million, respectively, as we focused on growing our business.

Industry Background

Technology continues to transform business, impacting both internal and customer facing functions. With technology a strategic priority, organizations of all sizes must understand, communicate and optimize their technology investments to more closely align with key business objectives. This transformation is defined and impacted by a number of factors.

IT Performance is Critical to Business Success. Almost every business depends on IT. Digitalization of business processes has spread across industries, such as online banking and electronic trading in the financial industry, omnichannel commerce in the retail industry, and digital marketing and customer service across many industries. To gain and maintain a competitive advantage, IT leaders must focus more time and resources on transforming their IT business, and less time managing legacy infrastructure and applications. According to a December 2014 Gartner report, organizations on average in 2014 spent approximately 67% of IT budgets on running the business, 20% on growing the business and 13% on transforming the business. This means two-thirds of IT resources are spent on simply maintaining what already exists, and only one-third are spent on initiatives that drive better business outcomes. Unlike other business functions, from marketing to sales to manufacturing, IT has historically lacked a business management solution to manage the critical technology function. As a result, IT leaders are often unable to make agile, data-driven decisions and lack the solutions necessary to help them shift their focus to creating business value.

IT Complexity is Increasing Significantly. Rapid innovation in technology, particularly the emergence of cloud computing, is simultaneously increasing the complexity of technology decision making and fundamentally transforming the way IT services are delivered. IT professionals must not only measure and manage traditional infrastructure such as servers, storage and software applications, but also a wide array of modern options such as cloud, virtualized environments, and IT purchased directly by business units without the involvement of IT professionals. IT leaders are faced with the need to evaluate hybrid approaches to IT, using a mixture of public cloud, private cloud and owned infrastructure solutions in order to best suit their application, workload and business needs. Simultaneously, enterprises must manage significantly more IT providers, sometimes numbering in the hundreds. To succeed in this complex and rapidly changing environment, enterprises must have better visibility into IT infrastructure and labor utilization, IT spend and resulting business performance, and a way to analyze their alternatives.

Demand for IT as a Service. When making decisions regarding investments in and consumption of technology, businesspeople want choice, on-demand availability, a clear view of total and unit costs of the alternatives and the means to correlate costs to expected value. The ease of use, reliability and availability of cloud-based software is accelerating demand for technology that is being delivered as a service with those factors in mind.

-80-

IT Complexity Requires an Effective Management System. The IT function has historically lacked the insight into costs, capacity and utilization necessary to make data-driven decisions provided by a business management system. The emergence of the cloud and public cloud providers with a variety of capabilities and different pricing models adds to this complexity. While it is possible to gain limited insight through consulting engagements or laborious, inefficient internally developed processes, the time, costs and resources associated with such efforts mean that such initiatives often cannot be undertaken more than once a year and, by the time IT and business leaders are asked to make a decision, the information that formed the basis of the decision is often dated. Alternatively, some attempt to employ general purpose business intelligence tools that have not been built to provide the necessary insights. IT operations software focuses on automating business processes, not on managing IT as a business function. Without a business management system to map IT costs and performance to business results, IT organizations struggle to analyze and correlate disparate financial and operational data in the context of the business operations. Business and IT leaders desire the ability to make fast decisions, drive innovation and adopt new technology to drive better business results, while also demanding better control, cost management, and asset utilization. In order to be aligned on objectives, business and IT leaders need data and analytical solutions to drive optimal business results. The benefits the cloud provides in agility and cost are driving greater urgency by IT leaders to adopt solutions enabling them to understand their existing infrastructure and make decisions on how their infrastructure needs evolve as part of an ongoing transition.

Given these factors, we believe that there is significant pent up demand for a single system of record to manage the business of IT in a similar manner to the system of record used by leaders of other business functions, such as finance, sales or human resources.

Our Opportunity

We believe the total addressable market for TBM solutions is large and largely unpenetrated. The total addressable market for our solutions is driven by global IT spend, which Gartner, an independent technology industry and market research firm, expects to be $2.8 trillion in 2016, which is the sum of all enterprise IT spending by vertical industry market worldwide. Subscription fees for our applications are based primarily on the customer’s annual costs being managed by our applications and the number of applications or capabilities for which the customer has subscribed. We typically sell a subset of the five applications we offer so that customers can realize a rapid time to value from a targeted implementation, and seek to sell additional applications over time. Assuming full deployment of all of our current applications, subscription fees typically range from 0.1% to 0.5% of a customer’s annual IT spend. With a reasonable expectation of our ability to penetrate the market, we believe that the current total addressable market for our existing TBM solutions is approximately $6 billion.

We also believe that, with the development of additional capabilities and applications, our platform can be extended to other areas of customers’ businesses. In fact, our solutions are currently deployed by several customers to address a variety of non-IT, enterprise business management use cases in shared services such as legal, human resources and facilities and for analyzing operational metrics such as unit costs of various offerings or transactions, and we believe that enterprise business management use cases such as these represent future market opportunities. If we are successful in our strategy of developing and selling additional applications beyond our current offerings, we believe that our market opportunity will expand.

-81-

Our Technology Business Management Solutions

We provide the business system of record used by IT organizations to analyze, optimize and plan investments, and benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. Our TBM solutions consist of a powerful, cloud-based platform and a suite of SaaS applications that empower IT leaders to understand, communicate and transform IT to drive greater value from technology investments as illustrated by the following figure.

Key elements of our solutions include:

Adaptive Data Management. Our purpose-built, cloud-based data and analytics platform aggregates, cleanses and correlates large amounts of customer data from a wide variety of disparate sources. Our platform automatically establishes relationships between data from various sources and transforms the data into intuitive, dynamic and easily usable reports through our applications. Our typical customer starts with a handful of data sources and has the option to integrate data from hundreds of sources. For example, a customer may choose to aggregate and analyze general ledger data from Oracle, human resources data from Workday, billing data from Microsoft, and service management and other operational data from HP, VMware and ServiceNow, although they have the capability to capture data from significantly more sources. Our database preserves historical context of the data, and easily tracks and adapts to changing technology and policy requirements and IT complexity.

-82-

Standard IT Operating Model and Taxonomy. Our platform is underpinned by a flexible framework that provides a standard model for how IT costs are captured, categorized and allocated to IT services and business services. While we allow our customers to modify this framework, we encourage customers to adopt the Apptio TBM Unified Model, or ATUM, our standardized cost and operational model. ATUM is the first of its kind in our industry. This model was developed in conjunction with the TBM Council’s efforts to establish standards for TBM, including common taxonomies, frameworks and benchmarks that organize and translate IT costs, operational data and other metrics into IT and business perspectives. We believe that ATUM is a strategic advantage and will be an important element to broaden the market for TBM solutions and accelerate market adoption.

Visual Modeling and Powerful Calculation Engine. Our visual modeling capabilities allow users to intuitively build and manage the financial and operational model of their IT organization. The powerful calculation engine in our platform then allows the models to be applied across very large data sets accessible to users through the analytics capabilities included in our applications. Our platform, modeling capabilities and calculation engine can be applied to IT business services and to non-IT enterprise business services, such as legal, human resources and facilities.

Intuitive, Self-Service Analytics. Our analytics interface is powerful, yet easy to use by a broad range of IT and business users. Our solutions enable analysis, scenario modeling and planning with intuitive data visualization. Our analytics can be applied to infrastructure modernization, vendor consolidation, application rationalization, cloud decisions, personnel costs and business services. Our solutions enable users to start with a high level view such as costs and utilization allocated across major categories, such as compute, application, storage, network and cloud. The user may then drill through various levels of detail — such as fully burdened costs by application — all the way to a single line item cost in a monthly bill for a given application.

Modular Applications. Our platform currently includes five SaaS applications that can be deployed in a modular fashion. This approach allows customers to realize a rapid time to value and also provides us with a significant opportunity to sell additional applications. Customers gain rapid return on investment from our solutions by making data-driven decisions allowing them to shift expenses from running the business to transforming the business, or by automating processes that the IT organization is currently performing manually. Our applications are:

• Cost Transparency. The Cost Transparency application allows customers to understand their enterprise’s IT costs to drive better and faster resource investment decisions.

• IT Benchmarking. The IT Benchmarking application enables customers to see how they compare with their peers and share this information within their organization.

• Business Insights. The Business Insights application enables customers to optimize their IT investments by better understanding the value to the enterprise of such investments and what drives that value.

• Bill of IT. The Bill of IT application allows IT leaders to communicate the IT costs attributable to each business partner and to empower each business partner to be a better consumer of IT by giving the partner choices that help reduce and recover costs.

• IT Planning. The IT Planning application allows IT finance and budget owners to plan more effectively and confidently, align faster with financial plans and business priorities, and hold budget owners accountable with variance analysis.

Data Aggregation and Benchmarking. As a cloud-based solution serving many customers and industry verticals, we are uniquely positioned to capture data across our customer base, forming a new source of IT-specific business data. We also license additional data from third parties to enable

-83-

our benchmarking offerings. Over time, our customers will benefit from aggregated anonymized benchmarking data providing additional performance insights based on peer groups by industry, business size and geography. We expect to offer our benchmarking data to platform customers and others to drive additional growth and advance our position as a TBM thought leader.

Benefits of Our Solutions

Our Technology Business Management solutions deliver the following benefits:

Increase the Value of IT. Our solutions deliver transparency and actionable insights to IT leaders, enabling them to manage IT in the context of the business. This allows IT professionals to strategically align with C-level executives and other business leaders to deliver positive business contributions. As a result, our solutions enable IT leaders to change their IT organizations from a reactive cost center to a proactive service provider and increase the return on business investments through initiatives such as application rationalization and infrastructure optimization.

Understand and Communicate IT Costs. Our solutions provide IT and business leaders with a business system of record that gives a comprehensive, transparent and up-to-date view of the costs of IT services associated with specific business functions and services. With this insight, IT leaders can work with business leaders to evaluate different IT options, such as cloud versus owned infrastructure and custom-built or purchased versus SaaS applications, and make better, data-driven decisions.

Optimize IT Investments to Drive Better Business Results. Our solutions enable IT professionals to more efficiently manage existing IT investments and focus incremental effort and spend on innovating and expanding technology investments where they can drive the most value for the business. IT professionals can also leverage value-added insight from benchmarking in order to better understand and optimize asset and service utilization and cost. In addition, unlike initiatives based on the advice of consultants or laborious, internally developed legacy business processes held together by spreadsheets, that are too expensive or time consuming to undertake regularly, our solutions, with their dynamic analytics, key performance indicators, and benchmarking capabilities, allow professionals to optimize investments on an ongoing basis.

Plan IT Investments. IT professionals can collaborate with the business to understand their demand for IT services, and then plan efficiently and predictably to meet these demands. For example, customers can model various scenarios with various complexity, such as how costs associated with a single application priced on a per-user basis with multiple pricing bands would change if a business unit added more users, or what would the effect be if the business took multiple applications from one or more vendors and aggregated various levels of usage across the enterprise.

Transform IT into a Service Provider. Our solutions enable IT to be delivered as a service regardless of whether it is provided by internal resources, cloud providers or other external service providers. Using our solutions, IT leaders can provide transparency into total and unit costs of alternatives and are able to correlate costs to expected value. This empowers business leaders with real, data-driven choices to better align IT and business objectives.

Our Competitive Strengths

The following strengths are key to our success:

TBM Category Creation and Thought Leadership. We pioneered the TBM category and are its market and thought leader. Since inception, we have dedicated ourselves to establishing deep

-84-

relationships with, and fostering a community of, CIOs and other IT leaders, particularly through our efforts with the TBM Council. We believe our efforts and position at the center of the TBM ecosystem allow us to benefit from a network effect, accelerating market adoption of TBM solutions and customer acquisition.

High Profile Reference Accounts and CIO Engagement. We currently have over 250 customers across various industries, with over one third of the FORTUNE 100 using our solutions. We have engaged, and will continue to engage, with the CIO community, who are the key decision-makers in transforming their enterprises’ IT businesses. Our high profile customers and CIO engagement lead to enhanced credibility and better lead generation and conversion, existing and potential customers view us as the market leader in TBM, further reinforcing the network effect resulting from our leadership in the TBM category.

Deep IT Business Process Expertise. As the TBM category creator and leader, we have a deep and unique understanding of the role of IT, IT business processes and how IT can maximize business value. We embed this TBM expertise into our purpose-built solutions which, in conjunction with our standard setting efforts through the TBM Council and ATUM, the industry’s first standardized IT operating model, allow us to deliver a compelling value proposition to customers. In addition, through our support and leadership of the TBM Council and other initiatives to foster a robust IT leader community, we apply our expertise to improve market awareness of TBM solutions and generate sales leads.

Unique Data Set. We have built a large and unique aggregated data set of customer IT spend across a spectrum of industries, geography and amount of spend. We believe that this data set is the most extensive, granular and up-to-date data set of its kind. This allows us to deliver solutions that provide unique benchmarking capabilities. As our customer base continues to grow, our data set will become deeper and richer, increasing its value.

Unbiased Approach. Our focus on TBM allows us to provide customers an unbiased assessment of IT solutions offered by providers of infrastructure, applications and services. We believe this has led to deep customer trust. Customers need not be concerned that we have a competing agenda and seek to drive technology decisions that will benefit us economically.

Proven, Enterprise-Class Cloud-Based Platform. Our powerful platform leverages in-memory processing for performance and is proven to scale to serve customers ranging from annual IT spend of less than $10 million to annual IT spend in the billions at some of the world’s largest enterprises. Our solutions are cloud-based, allowing us to provide enterprise-class software solutions that are regularly updated and highly scalable to customers around the globe.

Our Growth Strategy

We are pursuing the following strategies to grow our business:

Expand Our Customer Base. We believe the market for TBM solutions is large, growing and under-penetrated. We intend to leverage our strong brand, leadership position, high-profile customer base from a wide range of industries and experienced sales team to target customers with a wide range of IT spend and across industries. As of June 30, 2015, we had over 250 customers and we believe there are tens of thousands of potential customers worldwide with annual IT spend in excess of $10 million that would benefit from our solutions. We also intend to sell our solutions to government agencies in the United States and elsewhere. To achieve this planned expansion of our customer base and to further accelerate our sales cycle and customer onboarding processes, we intend to continue to make investments in our sales, marketing, professional services and product development organizations.

-85-

Further Maximize Our Existing Customer Base. Many customers initially subscribe for a subset of the applications we offer so they can realize rapid time to value by reducing costs or shifting technology investments to where they will be most productive. We seek to generate additional revenue from customers by selling subscriptions to other existing or newly developed applications and modules, and expanding the use of our solutions to additional business units. We believe there is a significant opportunity to continue to expand the number of applications and modules deployed by existing customers.

Continue to Foster the IT Leader Community. Through the TBM Council and other efforts, we have fostered an enthusiastic and engaged IT leader community that contributes to our success through their willingness to share their experiences with TBM and our solutions with other potential customers. To support the IT leader community and encourage collaboration, we support various TBM Council events in the United States and elsewhere. We will continue to support the TBM Council and leverage our leadership position in a large and growing IT leader community to increase awareness and adoption of TBM solutions. Our relationship with the TBM Council helps us introduce a growing body of CIOs and other leaders to the advantages of TBM and to our solutions, and continues to create a network effect as members exchange information, ideas and experiences with TBM.

Continue to Deliver Innovative Products. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in product development to enhance the capabilities of our existing applications and expand the number of applications on our extensible platform to address customers’ evolving needs. For example, we launched our IT Planning Foundation application in late 2014 to further enhance the value of our suite of TBM applications.

Leverage Our Unique Position to Deliver Valuable Benchmarking Data. The large, unique and growing aggregated data set we have continues to grow as our customer base grows. Over time, we believe there will be substantial opportunities to leverage this aggregated data set by embedding data insights in our solutions making them more valuable to our customers, or by selling data to customers or third parties on a standalone basis. We believe that our ability to continue to collect, analyze and leverage this data will further our thought leadership position in the TBM market as we provide surveys, IT indexes and other information to IT leaders.

Expand Internationally. We have a growing presence in Europe and Australia. We believe that there is significant opportunity for our TBM solutions outside of the United States and we intend to expand our direct sales force and third-party relationships to further penetrate these and other regions.

Expand into Enterprise Business Management. Many shared services groups, such as legal, facilities and human resources, face similar challenges to IT in making data-driven decisions and lack a software solution to help them do so. We believe a substantial market exists for enterprise business management outside of the IT organization. We currently have several customers utilizing our solutions in legal, facilities and other shared services functions, and to analyze unit costs of various offerings or transactions outside of shared services.

Applications and Technology

Applications

We have built a suite of cloud-based TBM applications that run on our platform. We currently offer five applications that can be deployed in a modular fashion, with the following core capabilities and features:

Cost Transparency. The Cost Transparency application allows customers to understand their enterprises’ IT costs to drive better and faster resource investment decisions. This understanding is

-86-

accomplished by putting actionable, current, and trusted information about IT costs at the fingertips of the decision-makers. The Cost Transparency application translates raw financial and IT data into an automated sub-ledger model for IT finance, coupled with real-time and intuitive analytics. IT organizations can then use this information to leverage the best practices in the ATUM standard, or a customized model to ensure that the IT leaders’ cost and key performance indicator, or KPI, categories are directly relevant to the IT business owners. By understanding IT costs, IT organizations can replace assumption and emotion with defensible facts.

By revealing the true cost of applications, infrastructure, and IT services, the Cost Transparency application allows IT organizations to discover and investigate anomalies, spot trends, and monitor changes over time. With this understanding, customers can then accelerate initiatives, bolster business cases for investment, and demonstrate and drive greater efficiency of the IT business. Operationally, IT organizations can streamline financial reporting cycles from weeks to hours, focus more on analysis and insights, and respond quickly to questions from other departments about IT costs.

The Cost Transparency application consists of three modules: Cost Transparency Foundation, Cost Transparency Applications and Services and Cost Transparency Business Unit. The Cost Transparency Foundation module exposes the true cost structure, drivers, and trends by projects, internal and contract labor, vendors, internal functions (such as application support and service management), and the total costs of IT infrastructure, whether on-premise or in the cloud. The Cost Transparency Applications and Services module builds on the Cost Transparency Foundation module by enabling IT leaders to see how these foundational costs drive the total cost of the applications and services that they deliver to their organization. Lastly, the Cost Transparency Business Unit module allows IT leaders to see relative consumption of IT services by the various business units and understand the relative total costs to provide IT across the business units.

IT Benchmarking. The IT Benchmarking application enables customers to see how they compare with their peers and share this information within their organization. IT Benchmarking extends the Cost Transparency application by surfacing side-by-side peer benchmarks beside the customer’s actual KPIs. With IT Benchmarking, customers can evolve their costing monthly via the Cost Transparency application and iteratively improve their data quality and completeness.

IT Benchmarking allows IT organizations to more readily identify targets for IT cost optimization, pinpoint and initiate IT performance improvements, demonstrate efficiency and use the application to help justify IT spend on an ongoing basis. The data that informs our benchmarking application is global and spans 23 industries. The data is based on real engagements, and peer costs are calculated via consistent cost structures. Today, we utilize a combination of third-party data and our own aggregated data to enable our benchmarking offerings. ATUM normalizes data and enables IT leaders to make actionable apples-to-apples comparisons of their monthly actual costs against a database of current benchmarks from relevant peer organizations.

Business Insights. The Business Insights application enables customers to optimize their IT investments by better understanding the value to the enterprise of such investments and what drives that value. Business Insights does this by correlating operational IT data, such as capacity, performance and utilization, with financial data provided by the Cost Transparency application. The Business Insights application provides additional insights that enable IT organizations to automate the ongoing measurement and tracking of key metrics on the utilization, performance and quality of IT products and services delivered. It also allows IT organizations to measure the financial impact of changes in performance and utilization so IT leaders can improve and demonstrate efficiency, justify new investments and accelerate decisions. It enables customers to accelerate initiatives and business cases for investment, drive greater efficiency, facilitate better conversations between IT and the business, and improve IT consumption behavior by the business.

-87-

The Business Insights application is available in two modules: Infrastructure Insights and Application Insights. The Infrastructure Insights module allows IT organizations to optimize their infrastructure investments and to justify infrastructure spend and budgets by demonstrating and improving efficiency. For example, Infrastructure Insights allows IT leaders to correlate “bring your own device” initiatives to cost trends, optimize sourcing of public, private, and hybrid clouds, and re-tier, reclaim, and retire their storage. The Application Insights module enables organizations to optimize application value to the business while maximizing delivery efficiency. For example, Application Insights supports application rationalization efforts, allows IT leaders to make informed build-versus-buy decisions, and helps manage costs throughout the application lifecycle.

Bill of IT. The Bill of IT application allows IT organizations to communicate the IT costs attributable to business partners in the enterprise, and to empower business partners to be better consumers of IT by giving the partner choices that help reduce and recover costs. The Bill of IT application does this by leveraging the information rendered from the Cost Transparency application or other data sources to create and deliver an internal invoice for the IT services consumed by the recipient.

Many business partners are dissatisfied with fixed allocations of IT costs, and instead want to see exactly how much their business unit consumed and to what extent that drove costs. The Bill of IT application enables IT cost reporting through a simple but interactive “bill” template that allows IT leaders to provide budget, cost, price-based or hybrid bills to their business partners. This then enables cost recovery and unit rate analysis. It shows IT consumption by business units, departments, and users, and provides business-controlled demand levers, such as usage, headcount, and actual or planned consumption. The application also provides “what-if” modeling to collaborate on cost reduction. The application allows IT leaders to create a defensible and consumer-friendly IT showback or chargeback process that makes sense to the rest of the organization and builds trust through transparency, cadence and defensible facts.

IT Planning. The IT Planning application automates planning of IT within a single source via a collaborative workflow resource for IT finance and budget owners so these teams can plan more effectively and confidently. The IT Planning application does this by automating, centralizing, and simplifying any budget, forecast and variance tracking processes in a manner that is purpose-built for the IT finance function and budget owner. The application enables automated baseline budget creation, roll-up of budget requests, and flexible approval hierarchies.

IT Planning incorporates IT specific planning capabilities, and shifts the process from that of managing spreadsheet logistics to consulting and guiding the business. Customers can also derive unique benefits by combining the IT Planning Application with inputs from our Cost Transparency application. Actuals can be leveraged from Cost Transparency to derive fact-based and defensible budgets and forecasts, and provide in-depth actuals-to-plan variance analysis by IT cost pool and IT resource tower, and data-driven budget justifications using historical and unit costs.

Technology

ATUM. We developed the Apptio TBM Unified Model, or ATUM, in conjunction with the TBM Council to provide a standardized TBM model utilizing industry-endorsed best practices. Without a standard methodology, organizations face the overwhelming task of how to combine finance and IT data and develop a framework that accurately represents the cost and operations of IT. The result is often a haphazard cost model which provides data and analytics that are viewed skeptically by stakeholders.

Organizations that adopt ATUM can realize better alignment between IT, finance and the rest of the business by having a common language about the IT operating structure and work with the

-88-

confidence that they have embraced industry best practices. This approach offers easier, more frequent comparisons of performance with peers via ATUM-aligned benchmarking, reducing the challenge of peer comparability that is a significant impediment to historical benchmarking approaches. Importantly, our applications are built to the latest ATUM standards to enable rapid adoption within our customers and have the adaptability to evolve the model over time as IT practices change. Continuing increased adoption of ATUM will enable us to continue to build on what we believe to be the most extensive, granular and up-to-date IT data set by facilitating normalization and comparison of the data.

There are three core elements of ATUM:

• Data: Enables organizations to source the data elements, formats, and relationships needed by the model.

• Taxonomy: Provides a way to organize components of key IT operational functions into standard management categories for consistency and comparability.

• Model: Prescribes standard costing and allocation rules to apportion costs to IT categories to ensure alignment with industry best practices.

The following figure provides an overview of ATUM:

Proven, Scalable Technology Foundation

Our solutions are built on an innovative and highly adaptive foundation of modern technologies.

Purpose-Built Platform. Our powerful platform is built to enable TBM applications. It provides integrated data ingestion and management, cost analytics and visualization capabilities. Each element was designed and built specifically for TBM applications with end-to-end optimization providing the

-89-

highest levels of scalability, while maintaining high levels of performance and reliability. Our platform includes an integrated visual design experience which makes its modeling capabilities accessible to non-technical users. Our platform is also highly configurable and extensible, making it customizable for a variety of uses, evaluations and models, able to integrate other third-party solution providers, and enables our customers to manage the rapid pace of change in the technology market.

Data Ingestion. Our solutions can easily ingest data from wide variety of disparate sources, including financial, budget, HR, asset management, project management, service desk, monitoring and provisioning systems, as well as from vendor and cloud provider billing systems. We can ingest data through a direct connection between our solutions and the vendor’s solution, through a customer’s extract, transform and load infrastructure or by ingesting a file, which may be as simple as a flat file exported from the relevant system and imported into our solution. While we have relationships with many key vendors in the technology ecosystem to facilitate data ingestion, our solutions are not dependent on those relationships.

Automated Data Management. Our platform integrates innovative technologies that greatly ease the cleansing, transformation and mapping process for source data. Our platform persists all source data, intrinsically versions all data and models, and can index to any point of time. This allows our customers to effectively rewind to points in time with full fidelity. Our journal-based architecture provides both auditability and granular rollback of individual transactions and actions in the system.

Calculation Engine. Our in-memory calculation engine optimizes calculations allowing for high levels of scalability, performance and interactivity. This enables our customers to benefit from high performance for the most complex models with large data sets updated on a regular basis. This calculation engine is designed to scale-up, by increasing resources on a given machine, and scale-out, by deploying work across multiple machines, to increase performance without impacting the customer’s user experience.

Proven Scalability. Our platform has proven its capacity to scale to enterprises representing some of the largest IT budgets in the world, while being leveraged for much smaller customers. Our platform can scale calculations or components of work across multiple servers. Through this infrastructure we are able to provide a consistent and highly interactive application experience up through customer solutions at multi-terabyte scale.

Security. We employ a number of technologies, policies and procedures to protect customer data and utilize data centers and services that that have SSAE 16 or ISO 27001 attestations or equivalent attestations.

Shared and Dedicated Services. Our platform and applications combine shared and dedicated services, to provide the best performance for our applications while also optimizing our cost to deliver.

Portable. Our platform and applications are portable across hosting environments. Our solutions can run in co-located data centers and public cloud environments, which provides us with flexibility in deployment of our solutions.

Other Technology Components. We utilize industry standard development environments and programming languages. We broadly utilize Java-based environments and JavaScript. We utilize standard database technologies where applicable, including MySQL. Our software is deployed on virtual server instances running on industry standard servers, networking and storage.

-90-

TBM Council

The Technology Business Management Council, or TBM Council, is a non-profit entity that promotes interaction, learning, and the development and improvement of standards and best practices to members, many of which dovetail with our solutions. Our relationship with the TBM Council helps us introduce a growing body of CIOs and other leaders to the advantages of TBM and our solutions, creating a network effect as members exchange information, ideas and experiences with TBM. Our relationship with the TBM Council also enabled development of ATUM, our standardized cost and operational model for the business of IT, which is the first of its kind in our industry. We consider this relationship an important growth catalyst for the TBM category and our business

In the earliest days of our company, we interviewed CIOs and other IT leaders at major companies to understand their unmet business needs. We then designed our solutions to allow them to efficiently manage IT services and make effective, data-driven decisions with respect to the cost, quality and value of the IT solutions that they provide for their organization. In an effort to further our and the industry’s understanding of TBM, we formed the TBM Council as a nonprofit professional organization dedicated to advancing TBM in April 2012. We are deeply invested in the TBM Council and committed to its future success. We are the founding member of the TBM Council, we serve as its technical advisor, our chief executive officer is a member of its board of directors and our chief marketing officer serves as its current president. Since its inception, we have invested significant financial and operational resources in the TBM Council’s growth. As a result of our relationship with the TBM Council’s finances and corporate governance, we consolidate the operations of the TBM Council into our financial statements.

Today, the TBM Council has become the leading community for CIOs, IT leaders and IT finance professionals in the world, with over 1,700 members and a board of directors comprised of IT thought leaders from some of the world’s most respected companies. The TBM Council hosts an annual TBM Conference in the U.S. plus two international conferences to explore best practices that produce greater value, align IT with business goals, and deliver TBM breakthroughs.

We believe that the future success of our business depends upon the development and adoption of the market for TBM. The TBM Council provides an opportunity for IT leaders to be introduced to standards and best practices of TBM and accelerates adoption of our TBM solutions in the market. In addition, we believe that the wide-spread adoption of TBM standards promulgated by the TBM Council will help to broaden the market for TBM solutions to companies with a wider range of annual IT spend, and drive customer adoption of ATUM.

We believe that our ability to help the TBM Council achieve its mission has had and will continue to have an effect on our overall success.

Customers

As of June 30, 2015, we had over 250 customers, including more than one third of the FORTUNE 100. We have customers in a wide variety of industries, including financial services, professional services, technology, energy, consumer goods, manufacturing, healthcare, media, retail and transportation. Multiple companies or divisions within a single consolidated enterprise that each have a separate paid subscription for our applications are each treated as a separate customer. Typically, our customer subscription contracts have a one- to three-year term and provide for the purchase of certain applications or capabilities being subscribed for by our customers. For 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, no single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue.

-91-

Since inception, we have invested heavily in our professional services organization to help ensure that customers successfully deploy and adopt our applications. We believe that the success of our customers is critical to the success of our overall business and therefore we have continued to expand our professional services and partner ecosystem. We actively engage with our existing customer base to assess whether our customers are satisfied and realizing the benefits from our solutions. While these efforts often require a substantial commitment and upfront costs, we believe our investment in professional services will create opportunities to expand our customer relationships over time. In addition, we have made substantial investments to drive increased customer adoption of our solutions and of ATUM. We believe that our efforts to develop more standardized applications will enable us to provide our TBM solutions to a broader set of organizations while reducing the per customer investment required to promote success. For 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, we derived 26% and 24%, respectively, of total revenue from professional services.

Sales and Marketing

We sell substantially all of our applications through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team is comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel who are organized by geography, account size, and role. We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs, through our strategic relationships and by our participation in the TBM Council. Our marketing programs target technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing programs include:

• recommendations from key customers;

• field marketing events for customers and prospects;

• sales development representatives who respond to incoming leads to convert them into new sales opportunities;

• participation in, and sponsorship of, TBM Council conferences;

• integrated marketing campaigns, including direct e-mail, online web advertising, blogs and webinars;

• public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives;

• cooperative marketing efforts with partners, including joint press announcements, joint trade show activities, channel marketing campaigns and joint seminars; and

• use of our website to provide application and company information, as well as learning opportunities for potential customers.

We have also developed go-to-market partnerships with a number of key technology, system integrator and consultant partners both domestically and internationally to help customers and potential customers validate our solutions and provide introductions to potential customers, and in some cases to resell our software services, or provide professional services related to our solutions. We anticipate that we will continue to develop a select number of third-party relationships to help grow our business.

Competition

The market for TBM solutions is relatively new and rapidly evolving. In many cases, our primary competition is legacy business processes held together by spreadsheets by our prospective customers. Occasionally we encounter either custom software developed in-house or by consultants, or legacy solutions such as ERP or business intelligence solutions repurposed by in-house IT and finance departments of our potential customers to meet specific business needs. Our competitors also include larger companies, such as VMware, that provide a suite of products and services, a few niche

-92-

vendors that provide subsets of TBM capabilities, and several specialized companies that currently target the TBM market through solutions that are tailored to a specific TBM use case or industry. Service management software vendors and others in adjacent segments also have solutions that offer a subset of TBM capabilities, generally targeted around their core offerings. We have ongoing partnerships with many of these vendors and many customers ingest IT finance and operational data from products these vendors provide.

We believe that success in the TBM market requires a dedicated focus and a product architected to manage and analyze large data volumes. We believe that we will increasingly be able to convince internal stakeholders at potential new customers that our TBM solutions are superior to using legacy business processes held together by spreadsheets or legacy solutions that the organization may have previously used to manage IT. We believe this to be especially true as the discipline of TBM, with the help of the TBM Council, develops and establishes standards that are widely accepted best practices for managing and delivering IT within an organization.

In addition, we believe the principal factors affecting a company’s competitive advantage as a provider of TBM solutions include the following:

• platform reliability and availability;

• ease of use;

• the use of customer data to drive the information provided in TBM solutions, including benchmarking;

• breadth of applications, product features and capabilities;

• focus on, and expertise in, the TBM market;

• price of products and services;

• breadth of expertise of sales organization;

• strength of professional services organization;

• independence of the TBM vendor and trustworthiness of information being delivered;

• IT business management expertise and thought leadership;

• ability to attract customers through demonstrated customer successes; and

• company size and financial stability of operations.

We believe that we compete effectively on each of the factors listed above; however, we expect competition to intensify in the future. It is possible that the large software vendors who currently do not have an offering in the TBM category, some of which operate in adjacent product categories today, may in the future bring such a solution to market through product development, acquisitions or other means. In addition, several of our competitors have greater name recognition, much longer operating histories, more and better-established customer relationships, larger sales forces, larger marketing and software development budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. Therefore, it is possible that we may not compete favorably with competitors with respect to certain of the forgoing factors.

-93-

Data Center Operations

We rely heavily on data centers and other technologies and services provided by third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business. We host our applications and serve our customers from multiple redundant data centers in the following geographies: North America, Western Europe, and Australia. Our data centers are designed to host mission-critical computer systems with fully redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. While we procure and operate all infrastructure equipment delivering our applications, the data centers that we use are operated by third parties. In addition, some of our platform and applications are delivered using a Virtual Private Cloud infrastructure built on by Amazon Web Services, or AWS. As of June 30, 2015, we used AWS data center facilities located in Western Europe and North America (including the AWS GovCloud in the United States). We and AWS maintain a formal and comprehensive security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to the data of our customers. We and AWS strictly regulate and limit all access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities.

We apply a wide variety of strategies to achieve better than 99.5% subscription services availability, excluding scheduled maintenance. Our systems are continually monitored for any signs of problems, and we strive to take preemptive action when necessary. Backup files are transmitted over secure connections to a redundant server storage device in a secondary data center. Our data center facilities and the AWS data centers employ advanced measures designed to ensure physical integrity, including redundant power and cooling systems, and advanced fire and flood prevention.

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development and our ability to introduce new applications, technologies, features and capabilities in a timely manner. Our research and development organization is responsible for design, development, testing and release. Our efforts are focused on developing new products and core technologies and further enhancing the functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of existing solutions. We focus our efforts on anticipating customer demand in bringing new products and new versions of existing products to market in order to remain competitive in the marketplace.

Research and development expenses were $17.8 million, $23.1 million and $14.7 million for 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, trademark, patent and other intellectual property laws, contractual arrangements, such as assignment, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to gain rights to and protect the technology and intellectual property used in our business. We actively pursue registration of our trademarks and service marks in the United States, Australia, Singapore, and the European Community.

As of June 30, 2015, we owned three issued U.S. patents and 13 pending U.S. patent applications. We also owned nine pending and granted counterpart applications worldwide, including four European Patent Office applications, one Australian patent application, and four Patent Cooperation Treaty applications. The issued U.S. patents that we own are expected to expire between July 2030 and February 2032. We have sole ownership of all of our U.S. patents and pending U.S. patent applications.

-94-

Our applications use “open source” software. Open source software is made available to the general public in source code form for use, modification and redistribution on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. We also rely on other technology that we license from third parties. Though such third-party technology may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we believe that alternative technology would be available to us.

Our policy is to require employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, and other technology and intellectual property created by them on our behalf and agreeing to protect our confidential information, and all of our key employees and contractors have done so. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our vendors and customers. We also control and monitor access to our software, source code and other proprietary information.

Regulatory Matters

The legal environment of internet-based businesses is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations are applied in this environment, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, is often unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, advertising, taxation, content regulation, and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information, or PII, continues to be the focus of worldwide legislation and regulation. We are subject to data privacy and security regulation by data protection authorities in the United States (including the states in which we conduct our business) and in other countries where we conduct our business. These regulations include laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, and, in the European Union, the Data Protection Directive and EU member state implementations thereof, which require comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to PII collected about them. We post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the processing, use and disclosure of PII, and certify adherence to and compliance with the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks. Our publication of our Safe Harbor certifications, our privacy policy, and other statements we publish regarding privacy and security may subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices. The various privacy and data security legal obligations that apply to us may evolve in a manner that relates to our practices or the features of our applications or platform, and we may need to take additional measures to comply with such changes in legal obligations and to maintain and improve our information security posture in an effort to avoid information security incidents or breaches affecting PII or other sensitive or proprietary data.

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

-95-

Employees

As of June 30, 2015, we had 628 full-time employees, of which 544 work in the U.S. or Canada, 70 in Europe, and 14 in Australia. Of our full-time employees, 196 work in sales, marketing and business development, 148 in research and development, 77 in general and administrative and 207 in customer success and technology operations. None of our U.S. employees is represented by a labor union or is the subject of a collective bargaining agreement.

Facilities

We lease approximately 80,000 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Bellevue, Washington pursuant to a lease that expires in January 2023. We also lease space in various locations in the United States and internationally. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

-96-

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of June 30, 2015 are as set forth below:

Name	Age		Position
Sachin (Sunny) Gupta		45	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ted Kummert		51	Executive Vice President, Engineering and Cloud Operations
John Morrow		45	Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary
Christopher Pick		45	Chief Marketing Officer
Kurt Shintaffer		41	Chief Financial Officer
Alex Shootman		50	President, Worldwide Field Operations
Thomas Bogan(1)(2)		63	Chairman of the Board
Peter Klein(1)		52	Director
John McAdam(2)		64	Director
Matthew McIlwain(3)		50	Director
Ravi Mohan		48	Director
Rajeev Singh(1)		47	Director

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Sunny Gupta, our co-founder, has served as chief executive officer, president and a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Mr. Gupta previously served as chief executive officer of iConclude Co. until its acquisition by Opsware, Inc. in April 2007, following which he served as executive vice president of products of Opsware, Inc. until its acquisition by Hewlett-Packard Company in September 2007. Mr. Gupta holds a B.S. in computer science from the University of South Carolina – Coastal Carolina.

Ted Kummert has served as executive vice president, engineering and cloud operations since November 2013. From February 2013 to November 2013, Mr. Kummert served as a venture partner at Madrona Venture Group, a venture capital firm. From January 2007 to January 2013, Mr. Kummert served as corporate vice president of the business platform division at Microsoft Corporation, where he led the development of several key Microsoft enterprise products. Previously, Mr. Kummert held positions at Apple and Hewlett-Packard. Mr. Kummert holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Washington.

John Morrow has served as executive vice president, corporate development, general counsel and secretary since March 2015. From January 2015 to February 2015, Mr. Morrow served as senior vice president, corporate development, general counsel and secretary. From September 2014 until January 2015, Mr. Morrow served as senior vice president, general counsel and secretary. From June 2006 to March 2014, Mr. Morrow served as a senior executive at Vertafore, Inc., a provider of cloud-based solutions to the insurance industry, most recently as senior vice president, corporate development and legal affairs, general counsel and secretary. Previously, Mr. Morrow was a shareholder at Heller Ehrman LLP, and held positions at Venture Law Group and Baker & Hostetler LLP. Mr. Morrow holds a B.A. in political science from DePauw University and a J.D. from University of Notre Dame Law School.

-97-

Christopher Pick has served as chief marketing officer since September 2010. From May 2009 to August 2010, Mr. Pick served as entrepreneur in residence at Austin Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he evaluated potential investments in the software section. Previously, he was the chief marketing officer and vice president of products at NetIQ, Inc. and a senior manager at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Pick attended the University of Calgary.

Kurt Shintaffer, our co-founder, has served as chief financial officer since March 2015. He previously served as chief financial officer from December 2007 to October 2013 as senior vice president of worldwide accounting and finance from November 2013 to March 2015 and as a member of our board of directors from October 2007 to January 2013. Previously, he held positions at iConclude Co. (acquired by Opsware, Inc.), Pacific Edge Software, Inc. and Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Shintaffer holds a B.A. in business administration from the University of Washington.

Alex Shootman has served as president, worldwide field operations since September 2013. From 2009 to September 2013, Mr. Shootman served as president of Eloqua Corp., a publicly-traded enterprise SaaS company (acquired by Oracle Corporation). Previously, he held positions at IBM Corporation, BMC Software, Vignette Corporation and TeleTech Holdings. Mr. Shootman holds a B.B.A. in marketing from the University of Texas at Austin.

Board of Directors

Thomas Bogan has served as a member of the board of directors since November 2007, as a member of the audit committee and compensation committee since December 2007, and as the chairman of the board of directors since February 2012. Since January 2015, Mr. Bogan has served as chief executive officer of Adaptive Insights, Inc., a SaaS company. From January 2010 to December 2014, Mr. Bogan was an independent director and investor and also served as a venture partner at Greylock Partners, a venture capital firm. From May 2004 to December 2009, he served as a partner at Greylock Partners. Previously, Mr. Bogan served as president of Rational Software, an S&P 500 enterprise software company, and as president and chief executive officer of two early stage technology companies. Mr. Bogan currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Citrix Systems, Inc., a publicly-traded software company. He previously served as a director at Parametric Technology Corporation, a publicly-traded product development software company, and Rally Software Development Corp., a publicly-traded provider of cloud-based solutions for managing agile software development. Mr. Bogan holds a B.S. in accounting from Stonehill College. We believe Mr. Bogan’s senior management experience in the software industry, both as a chief executive officer and director, qualify him to serve on our board.

Peter Klein has served as a member of the board of directors and as chairman of the audit committee since November 2013. From January 2014 to June 2014, Mr. Klein served as chief financial officer of William Morris Endeavor Entertainment, LLC, or WME, a marketing firm. Prior to joining WME, Mr. Klein spent over 11 years at Microsoft Corporation, including serving as chief financial officer from November 2009 until May 2013. Previously, he held senior finance positions with McCaw Cellular Communications, Orca Bay Capital Corporation, Asta Networks Inc. and Homegrocer.com, Inc. Mr. Klein currently serves on the board of directors of F5 Networks Inc., a publicly-traded provider of application delivery networking technology. Mr. Klein holds a B.A. in history from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the University of Washington. We believe Mr. Klein’s extensive experience as a senior finance executive, including as the chief financial officer of one of the world’s largest software companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

John McAdam has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013 and as chairman of the compensation committee since December 2014. From 2000 through July 2015, Mr. McAdam served as president and chief executive officer of F5 Networks Inc. Previously, he served

-98-

as general manager of the web server sales business at IBM Corporation and as president and chief operating officer of Sequent Computer Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of high-end open systems (acquired by IBM Corporation). Mr. McAdam currently serves as the chairman of F5 Networks and as a member of the board of directors of Tableau Software, Inc., a publicly-traded business analytics software company. Mr. McAdam holds a B.S. in computer science from the University of Glasgow, Scotland. We believe Mr. McAdam’s fifteen year tenure as the president and chief executive officer of a publicly-traded technology company qualifies him to serve on our board.

Matthew McIlwain has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2007, as a member of the audit committee from December 2007 to July 2015 and as a member of the compensation committee from December 2007 to December 2014. He has served as chair of the nominating and governance committee since July 2015. Since 2002, Mr. McIlwain has served as a managing director of Madrona Venture Group, a venture capital firm. Previously, Mr. McIlwain held positions at Genuine Parts Company, McKinsey & Company and Credit Suisse First Boston. Mr. McIlwain currently serves on the boards of multiple private companies, and previously served on the board of directors of Isilon Systems, a computer hardware and software company (acquired by EMC Corporation). Mr. McIlwain received a B.A. in government and economics from Dartmouth College, M.A. in public policy from Harvard University’s Kennedy School of Government and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. McIlwain’s experience advising growth-oriented technology companies as an investment banker, management consultant, venture capital investor and director qualifies him to serve on our board.

Ravi Mohan has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010. Since April 2004, Mr. Mohan has served as a managing director of Shasta Ventures, a venture capital firm, which he co-founded. Previously, Mr. Mohan held positions at Battery Ventures, McKinsey & Company, Hyperion Software Corporation, and MIC, a software development firm based in India. He currently serves on the boards of directors of multiple private companies. Mr. Mohan holds a B.S. in operations research and industrial engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan Business School. We believe Mr. Mohan’s experience advising growth-oriented technology companies as a venture capital investor, coupled with his experience as a director of various companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Rajeev Singh has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2010 and as a member of the audit committee since July 2015. From September 2005 to January 2015, Mr. Singh served as president of Concur Technologies, or Concur, a SaaS travel and expense management company, which he co-founded in 1993 (acquired by SAP). Previously, Mr. Singh held positions at Ford Motor Company and General Motors. From April 2008 until January 2015, Mr. Singh served on Concur’s board. Mr. Singh holds a B.S.E. from Western Michigan University. We believe Mr. Singh’s senior leadership experience at one of the world’s largest enterprise SaaS companies, which created the SaaS travel and expense market, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

The board of directors is currently composed of seven members. All of our directors are elected to the board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate by its terms upon the closing of this offering. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

During 2014, the board of directors met six times.

-99-

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2016 for the Class I directors, 2017 for the Class II directors and 2018 for the Class III directors.

The Class I directors will be             .

The Class II directors will be             .

The Class III directors will be             .

The division of the board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for a discussion of these and other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

The board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. The board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of the board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. The board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

Director Independence

Upon the closing of this offering, we anticipate that our Class A common stock will be listed on             . Under the rules of             , independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the closing of this offering. In addition, the rules of              require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of             , a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In August 2015, the board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of directors and considered whether any director has a

-100-

material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, the board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Bogan, Klein, McAdam, McIlwain, Mohan or Singh, representing six of our seven directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of             . The board of directors also determined that Messrs. Bogan, Klein and Singh, who comprise our audit committee, Messrs. Bogan, McAdam and             , who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs. McIlwain,              and              who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of             .

In making this determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

The board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Klein, Bogan and Singh. Our audit committee chairman, Mr. Klein, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of             . Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists the board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee will also:

• approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent auditors;

• oversee the work of our independent auditors;

• approve engagements of the independent auditors to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

• review the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent auditors;

• review financial statements, critical accounting policies and estimates;

• review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

• review and discuss with management and the independent auditors the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

During 2014, our audit committee met four times.

-101-

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bogan and McAdam. Mr. McAdam is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. The compensation committee will also:

• review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;

• review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers;

• evaluate the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;

• recommend compensation of our officers based on its evaluations; and

• administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

During 2014, our compensation committee met twice.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. McIlwain,             and             . Mr. McIlwain is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees and assists the board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also:

• evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

• assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

• recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

• review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

During 2014, we did not have a nominating and corporate governance committee.

The board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions prior to the closing of this offering. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website, www.apptio.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code of conduct and ethics, or any waivers of its

-102-

requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bogan and McAdam. Neither is an officer or employee of us. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees. We expect to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors or officers for whom indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Cash Compensation

No cash compensation was paid to our non-employee directors in 2014. However, we generally reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

Equity Compensation

No equity compensation was paid to our non-employee directors in 2014.

In November 2013, in consideration for his service as a director, we granted to Mr. Klein an option to acquire 88,127 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $9.01 per share from our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan. Mr. Klein’s option, which is early

-103-

exercisable; 25% of the shares subject to the grant vested on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vest in equal monthly installments such that all shares subject to the grant shall be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. However, in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan, all of the then-unvested shares subject to the option vest immediately prior to such change in control. All of the shares subject to the option were outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

In February 2013, in consideration for his service as a director, we granted to Mr. McAdam an option to acquire 88,127 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $6.03 per share from our 2011 Plan. Mr. McAdam’s option, which is early exercisable; 25% of the shares subject to the grant vested on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vest in equally monthly installments such that all shares subject to the grant shall be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. However, in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan, all of the then-unvested shares subject to the option vest immediately prior to such change in control. All of the shares subject to the option were outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

For further information regarding the equity compensation of our non-employee directors, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Post-IPO Director Compensation

The compensation committee has retained Radford, a national compensation consultant, to provide recommendations on director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of market data compiled from certain public technology companies. Based on the recommendation of Radford, our board of directors intends to adopt a director compensation policy that will become applicable to all of our non-employee directors effective upon the closing of this offering.

-104-

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table for 2014

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2014.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary     ($)		Bonus     ($)	Stock     Awards     ($)	Option Awards ($)(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)		All Other Compensation ($)(3)		Total     ($)
Sunny Gupta		2014		300,000	—	—		1,042,425		127,350		2,497		1,472,092
President and Chief Executive Officer
John Morrow(4)		2014		56,068	—	—		633,168		13,125		601		702,962
Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary
Christopher Pick		2014		235,000	—	—		200,466		54,604		2,438		492,508
Chief Marketing Officer

(1) The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2014. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2) The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column for 2014 represent the amounts earned and payable under the 2014 Executive Bonus Plan, all of which were paid in 2015.

(3) These amounts represent the value of company paid parking and group life insurance premiums and imputed income.

(4) Mr. Morrow joined us in September 2014.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

2014 Bonus Payments

For 2014, each of our named executive officers participated in our 2014 Executive Bonus Plan, or 2014 Bonus Plan, pursuant to which the participant was eligible to receive cash incentive-based compensation for 2014 based on achievement of specified performance goals. Mr. Gupta’s bonus was subject to achievement of corporate performance goals relating to new subscription performance, year-over-year retention rate of customer revenue and operating cash flow burn. Mr. Morrow’s bonus was subject to achievement of various individual performance goals. Mr. Morrow joined us in September 2014. As a result, his 2014 bonus was prorated based on the number of months he was employed with us during the year. Mr. Pick’s bonus was contingent on the achievement of corporate performance goals relating to new subscription performance and year-over-year retention rate of customer revenue, as well as various individual performance objectives. Following the end of 2014, in reviewing the level of achievement of the individual and corporate performance goals for the year, our compensation committee and, in the case of Mr. Gupta, our board of directors, took into account various relevant factors and approved payment of the bonuses set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into written offer letters setting forth the terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers, except for Mr. Gupta, as described below. These agreements provide for at-will employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed our standard form of confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement.

-105-

Sunny Gupta

For 2014, Mr. Gupta’s annual base salary was $300,000 and his target bonus opportunity was 50% of his salary. His salary and bonus target for 2015 remain the same as 2014. We also have granted Mr. Gupta certain equity awards. The terms of his awards outstanding as of the end of 2014 are described further below. Mr. Gupta is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans generally available to our employees and maintained by us.

John Morrow

We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Morrow dated September 6, 2014, in connection with his hire as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Morrow’s offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $210,000 and a target bonus opportunity equal to 25% of his salary. Effective March 2015, our board of directors appointed Mr. Morrow as Executive Vice President. Mr. Morrow’s current annual base salary is $250,000 and his target bonus opportunity for 2015 is 27% of his salary. In connection with his hire in 2014, Mr. Morrow also received a stock option to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the terms described further below. Mr. Morrow is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans generally available to our employees and maintained by us.

Christopher Pick

We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Pick dated August 16, 2010, in connection with his hire as our Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Pick’s offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $235,000, which remained his salary during 2014. His target bonus opportunity for 2014 was equal to 29% of his salary. Mr. Pick’s current base salary is $250,000 and his target bonus opportunity for 2015 is 40% of his salary. We also have granted Mr. Pick certain equity awards. The terms of his awards outstanding as of the end of 2014 are described further below. Mr. Pick is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans generally available to our employees and maintained by us.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2014

The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

	Option Awards(1)
	Vesting   Commencement   Date		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)						Option   Exercise Price   ($)		Option   Expiration Date
			Exercisable			Unexercisable
Sunny Gupta		10/11/11 4/1/14		600,000 182,000	(2)(3)  (2)(4)		— —			2.39 11.46		12/20/2021 6/18/2024
John Morrow		9/22/14		—			100,000	(4)		12.64		9/30/2024
Christopher Pick		9/1/2010 5/29/13 4/1/14		341,000 17,812 —	(3)   (3)		— 27,188 35,000	(3)  (4)		1.88 8.95 11.46		9/15/2020 6/15/2023 6/18/2024

(1) All options listed are options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock and were granted from our 2011 Plan except for the option to acquire 341,000 shares of Class B common stock granted to Mr. Pick on September 15, 2010, which was granted from our 2007 Plan.

(2) The options listed are subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying the option. Any shares issued upon early exercise of the options, are subject to our right of repurchase to the extent they remain unvested if the named executive officer ceases to provide continued services with us. Vesting of all options is subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.

(3) 25% of the shares subject to the option are scheduled to vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option are scheduled to vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through each such date.

-106-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, 25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest, and if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated other than for cause any time following such change in control or such named executive officer resigns for good reason anytime following such change in control, an additional 25% of shares subject to the option shall vest.

(4) 25% of the shares subject to the option are scheduled to vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option are scheduled to vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through each such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, 25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest, and if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated other than for cause anytime following such change in control or such named executive officer resigns for good reason upon or within 365 days following such change in control, an additional 25% of shares subject to the option shall vest.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, in                      2015. Our 2015 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the closing of this offering and is not expected to be used until this offering is completed. Our 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiaries’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiaries’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

Currently, no awards are issued and outstanding under our 2015 Plan. The total number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan is equal to              shares plus (1) a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock reserved but unissued under our 2007 Stock Plan and 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan (the “Existing Plans”) as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms part and (2) a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock subject to awards granted under our Existing Plans that, as of the effective date described above, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under our Existing Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, provided that the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be added to our 2015 Plan pursuant to (1) and (2) is              shares. The shares of Class A common stock may be authorized, but unissued, reacquired shares of Class A common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2015 Plan also will include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2017 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

•                  shares of Class A common stock;

•     % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

• such other amount as our board of directors may determine on or before the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2015 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised in full or are surrendered under an exchange program, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy

-107-

the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under our 2015 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan.

Administration

Our compensation committee will administer our 2015 Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend awards, and may implement an exchange program under which (1) outstanding awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (2) award holders have an opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or (3) the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator further may prescribe rules and construe and interpret our 2015 Plan and awards granted under our 2015 Plan. The administrator’s decisions are final and binding on all award recipients and any other holders of awards.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The per share exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must be equal to at least the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of all options, including the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an option.

After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, an option will remain exercisable for three months following an individual’s termination (or 12 months, if the termination of service is due to death or disability. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash, with shares of Class A common stock, or a combination of both. The per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The term of a stock appreciation right may not exceed 10 years. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, a stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for three months following an individual’s termination (or 12 months, if the termination of service is due to death or

-108-

disability). The administrator will determine the period of time after a participant’s termination of service during which the participant may exercise his or her option. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of Class A common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash, or a combination of both.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. Performance units have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or before the date of grant. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The administrator may set performance objectives based on company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual performance goals or any other basis in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2015 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2015 Plan. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation in the section of this prospectus captioned “Management—Director Compensation.” However, in any fiscal year, a non-employee director may be granted equity awards with an aggregate grant date fair value of no more than $        , increased to $             in connection with his or her initial service. Awards granted to a non-employee director while he or she was an employee or consultant (other than a non-employee director) will not count toward these limits.

-109-

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2015 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the transactions, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the proposed transaction.

Change in Control

Our 2015 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly in the transaction. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and the options and stock appreciation rights will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction after the administrator notifies the participants. The awards will terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. With respect to awards granted to non-employee directors, in the event of a change in control, the participant will fully vest in options and stock appreciation rights, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback

Awards will be subject to any clawback policy of ours, and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Our board of directors may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and/or shares issued under the award, any amounts paid under the award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the award in order to comply with such clawback policy or applicable laws.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2015 Plan provided such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant unless mutually agreed in writing between the participant and the administrator. Our 2015 Plan will terminate automatically in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner.

-110-

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP,              in                      2015. Our ESPP includes a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to as the 423 Component, and a component that does not comply with Section 423, referred to as the Non-423 Component. For purposes of this disclosure, a reference to the “ESPP” will mean the 423 Component. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, each of our non-U.S. subsidiaries will participate in a separate offering under the Non-423 Component.

Authorized Shares

A total of              shares of Class A common stock are available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning              in             , equal to the least of:

•              shares of Class A common stock;

•     % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and

• such other amount as our board of directors may determine on or before the last day of the immediately preceding year.

Administration

Our compensation committee will administer our ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP, designate separate offerings under the plan, designate subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component, determine eligibility, adjudicate all disputed claims filed under our ESPP, and establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of our ESPP (including, without limitation, adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in our ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of our ESPP except with respect to our ESPP’s share reserve limits).

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

• immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

• holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for              month offering periods. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after              and              of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading

-111-

day on or after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms part and will end on the first trading day on or after             . The administrator may change the duration of future offering periods (and/or purchase periods) if the change is announced prior to the beginning of the first affected offering period.

Contributions

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of Class A common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s             . A participant may purchase a maximum of shares during each purchase period. The administrator may allow all employees participating in a separate offering to contribute amounts to our ESPP via cash, check or other means set forth in the participants’ subscription agreement prior to an exercise date in an offering period.

Exercise of Purchase Right

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of Class A common stock at the end of each             -month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be              of the lower of the fair market value of Class A common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under our ESPP, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of Class A common stock that may be delivered under our ESPP and/or the purchase price per share and number of shares covered by each option under our ESPP that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical share limits under our ESPP. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new exercise date and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the completion of the transaction, unless the administrator determines otherwise. Prior to the new exercise date, the administrator will provide notice to participants that the exercise date has been changed to the new exercise date and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically unless the participant already has withdrawn from the offering period.

Merger or Change in Control

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set to occur prior to the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

-112-

Amendment, Termination

Our ESPP will terminate automatically in 2035, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP.

2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2011 Plan, in November and December 2011, respectively. The 2011 Plan most recently was amended in May 2014. Immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, the 2011 Plan will be terminated, and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2011 Plan. However, the 2011 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted under it.

Authorized Shares

As of June 30, 2015, an aggregate of 3,560,000 shares of Class B common stock has been authorized for issuance under the 2011 Plan. As of June 30, 2015, options to purchase 2,638,599 shares of Class B common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.41 were outstanding under the 2011 Plan. Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Class B common stock. Shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2011 Plan that expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised in full, are surrendered under an exchange program, or with respect to restricted stock are repurchased at the original purchase price while unvested will become available for future grant under the 2011 Plan while the 2011 Plan remains in effect.

Administration

Our 2011 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by it. Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the power to construe and interpret our 2011 Plan and any awards granted under it, determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price, the fair market value of a share of Class B common stock, the vesting schedule of awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the award agreements for use under the 2011 Plan. The administrator of the 2011 Plan may amend awards as well as implement a program under which (1) outstanding options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), options of a different type, and/or cash, or (2) the exercise price of an outstanding option is reduced. The administrator may establish rules and regulations, including sub-plans for satisfying applicable laws in jurisdictions outside of the U.S.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2011 Plan to members of our board of directors and any of our employees or employees of our affiliates who provide services in the role of president, vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function, any other officer who performs a policy making function, or any other person who performs similar policy making functions (collectively referred to as the eligible key service providers), provided that incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and the employees of our parent or subsidiaries. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option granted under the 2011 Plan may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option to be granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any parent or subsidiary corporations on the date of grant, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant.

-113-

The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option as well as the period of time after a participant’s termination of service during which the participant may exercise his or her option. In the absence of a period specified in an award agreement, such period generally is three months (or twelve months in the event of the participant’s termination of service as a result of death or disability). However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards may be granted under our 2011 Plan to eligible key service providers. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of Class B common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock vest, and the restrictions on such shares lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, shares that have not vested under the restricted stock award can be repurchased from the participant upon exercise of the repurchase option within 90 days following his or her termination of service for any reason, at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid by the participant. Once a restricted stock award is purchased or otherwise issued, the participant generally has the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder.

Non-transferability of Awards

Our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of the award may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization or other changes in our corporate structure affecting shares of Class B common stock, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2011 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2011 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of Class B common stock covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2011 Plan provides that in the event of our merger or change in control (as defined in our 2011 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly in the transaction.

Awards that are not assumed or substituted will become fully vested and exercisable, and any other restrictions subject thereto will lapse. The administrator will notify participants that their awards that are not assumed or substituted for will be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion, and such awards will terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

-114-

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair the rights of any participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the participant and the administrator. Upon closing of this offering, our 2011 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted under it. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2007 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2007 Stock Plan, or our 2007 Plan, in October 2007. The 2007 Plan most recently was amended in May 2014. Immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, the 2007 Plan will be terminated, and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2007 Plan. However, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted under it.

Authorized Shares

As of June 30, 2015, an aggregate of 10,286,719 shares of Class B common stock have been authorized for issuance under the 2007 Plan. As of June 30, 2015, options to purchase 6,566,757 shares of Class B common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.18 were outstanding under the 2007 Plan. Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired common stock. Shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2007 Plan that expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised in full, are surrendered under an exchange program, or with respect to restricted stock are repurchased at the original purchase price while unvested will become available for future grant under the 2007 Plan while the 2007 Plan remains in effect.

Administration

Our 2007 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by it. Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to construe and interpret our 2007 Plan and any awards granted under it, determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price, the fair market value of a share of Class B common stock, the vesting schedule of awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the award agreements for use under the 2007 Plan. The administrator of the 2007 Plan may amend awards as well as implement a program under which (1) outstanding options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), options of a different type, and/or cash, or (2) the exercise price of an outstanding option is reduced. The administrator may establish rules and regulations, including sub-plans for satisfying applicable laws in jurisdictions outside of the U.S.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2007 Plan to members of our board of directors, our employees and consultants, and employees and consultants of our parent or subsidiaries, provided that incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and the employees of our parent or subsidiaries. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option granted under the 2007 Plan may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option to be granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any parent or subsidiary corporations on the date of grant, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant.

-115-

The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option as well as the period of time after a participant’s termination of service during which the participant may exercise his or her option. In the absence of a period specified in an award agreement, such period generally is three months (or twelve months in the event of the participant’s termination of service as a result of death or disability). However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards may be granted under our 2007 Plan to members of our board of directors, our employees and consultants, and employees and consultants of our parent or subsidiaries. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of Class B common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock vest, and the restrictions on such shares lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, shares that have not vested under the restricted stock award can be repurchased from the participant upon exercise of the repurchase option within 90 days following his or her termination of service for any reason, at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid by the participant. Once a restricted stock award is purchased or otherwise issued, the participant generally has the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder.

Non-transferability of Awards

Our 2007 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of the award may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization or other changes in our corporate structure affecting shares of Class B common stock, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2007 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2007 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of Class B common stock covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of our merger or change in control (as defined in our 2007 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly in the transaction.

Awards that are not assumed or substituted will become fully vested and exercisable, and any other restrictions subject thereto will lapse. The administrator will notify participants that their awards that are not assumed or substituted for will be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion, and such awards will terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

-116-

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair the rights of any participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the participant and the administrator. Upon the closing of this offering, our 2007 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted under it. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

In                     , our board of directors adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, referred to as our Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our NEOs, determined by our compensation committee, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, establishes a target award for each participant under the Bonus Plan, which may be expressed as a percentage of the participant’s average annual base salary for the applicable performance period, a fixed dollar amount, or such other amount or based on such other formula as it determines to be appropriate.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to awards, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include the Company’s financial results may be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of actual awards under the Bonus Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as our compensation committee determines. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award. Our compensation committee also may determine that a target award or a portion thereof will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) in the compensation committee’s sole discretion.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned and approved by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by the Company

-117-

(or an affiliate of the Company, as applicable) through the date the bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not alter or impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus. The Bonus Plan became effective upon adoption by our board of directors and will remain in effect thereafter until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Bonus Plan.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Participants of our 401(k) plan are able to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual plan and Internal Revenue Code limits, on a pre-tax basis, or on a post-tax basis for those employees participating in the Roth 401(k) plan component. The statutorily prescribed limit for contributions was equal to $17,500 in 2014 and is $18,000 in 2015 (and catch-up contributions for employees age 50 or over allow for up to an additional $5,500 in 2014, increased to $6,000 in 2015). Our 401(k) plan permits discretionary matching employer contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a) with the plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(a).

-118-

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management— Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

We intend to adopt a formal, written policy, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, that our executive officers, directors (including director nominees), holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior approval or, in the case of pending or ongoing related party transactions, ratification of our audit committee. For purposes of our policy, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship when we were, are or will be involved and in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than transactions available to all of our U.S. employees.

Certain transactions with related parties, however, are excluded from the definition of a related party transaction, including, but not limited to: (1) transactions in which a related party’s interest arises only from the related party’s position as a director of another corporation or organization that is a party to the transaction and/or from the indirect or direct ownership by such related party and all other related parties of a less than 10% equity interest in another person (other than a partnership) which is a party to the transaction; (2) transactions in which a related party’s interest arises only from the related party’s position as a limited partner in a partnership in which the related party and all other related parties have an interest of less than 10%, and the related party is not a general partner of and does not hold another position in the partnership; (3) transactions where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our equity securities and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis (e.g., dividends); and (4) compensation, benefits, and other transactions available to all employees generally.

No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction whereby such member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to: (1) the benefits and perceived benefits, or lack thereof, to our company; (2) the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related party is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, stockholder or executive officer; (3) the materiality and character of the related party’s direct and indirect interest; (4) the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related party; (5) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (6) the opportunity costs of alternative transactions; (7) the terms of the transaction; (8) the commercial reasonableness of the terms of the proposed transaction; and (9) terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees under the same or similar circumstances. In reviewing proposed related party transactions, the audit committee will only approve or ratify related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of our company and stockholders, as the audit committee determines in good faith.

The transactions described below were consummated prior to our adoption of the formal, written policy described above and therefore the foregoing policies and procedures were not followed

-119-

with respect to the transactions. However, we believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions

Sales of Securities

The following table sets forth a summary of the sale and issuance of our securities to related persons since January 1, 2012, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.” For a description of beneficial ownership see the section of this prospectus captioned “Principal Stockholders.”

Purchaser	Series D Convertible Preferred Stock	Series E Convertible Preferred Stock
Executive Officers, Directors and Promoters:
Tom Bogan	—	44,063
Matt McIlwain(1)	430,806	201,809
Ravi Mohan(2)	223,253	11,022
5% Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Greylock Partners(3)	430,806	157,746
Entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures(1)	430,806	201,809
Shasta Ventures, L.P.(2)	223,253	11,022

(1) Consists of (a) 414,257 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 194,057 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Madrona Venture Fund III, L.P. and (b) 16,549 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 7,752 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Madrona Venture Fund III-A, L.P. Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P. is the general partner of each of Madrona Venture Fund III, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund III-A, L.P. Madrona III General Partner, LLC is the general partner of Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P. Matt McIlwain, a member of our board of directors, is the managing director of Madrona III General Partner, LLC and exercises voting and investment power over the shares held of record by Madrona III General Partner, LLC. Mr. McIlwain disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(2) Consists of 223,253 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 11,022 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Shasta Ventures, L.P. Shasta Ventures GP, LLC is the general partner of Shasta Ventures, L.P. Mr. Mohan, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Shasta Ventures GP, LLC. Mr. Mohan disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(3) Consists of (a) 368,340 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 134,874 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Greylock XII Limited Partnership, (b) 21,540 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 7,887 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Greylock XII Principals LLC, and (c) 40,926 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and 14,985 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership. The general partner of Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership is Greylock XII GP LLC. William W. Helman and Aneel Bhusri are the senior managing members of Greylock XII GP LLC, and as such, each of them may be deemed to share voting power and investment control over the shares held of record by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and Greylock XII Limited Partnership. Each of these entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein. Greylock XII Principals LLC shares are held in nominee form only, and as a result, Greylock XII Principals LLC does not have voting power or investment control over these shares. Each of the beneficiaries for which Greylock XII Principals LLC acts as nominee retains sole voting power and investment control with respect to the shares held on their behalf. As such, Greylock XII Principals LLC disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to all such shares. Mr. Bogan, a member of our board of directors, has an economic interest in certain Greylock Partners’ funds, including Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership, but does not have voting or investment power over the shares held by such entities and, accordingly, such shares are not included as beneficially owned by Mr. Bogan.

-120-

Class B Common Stock

From January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,533,869 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under 2007 Stock Plan and the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $11.46, for aggregate consideration of $5,282,889.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

In March 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,790,662 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $17.9169 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $50,000,012, to a total of 24 accredited investors, including Greylock XII Limited Partnership, Greylock XII Principals LLC, Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership, Madrona Venture Fund III, LP, Madrona Venture Fund III-A, LP and Shasta Ventures, L.P.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,982,851 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $22.6946 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $45,000,010, to a total of 23 accredited investors, including Tom Bogan, Greylock XII Limited Partnership, Greylock XII Principals LLC, Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership, Madrona Venture Fund III, LP, Madrona Venture Fund III-A, LP and Shasta Ventures, L.P.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of Class B common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase capital stock, including Tom Bogan, entities affiliated with Greylock Partners, entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures, Shasta Ventures, L.P., Messrs. Gupta and Shintaffer and trusts affiliated with Mr. Gupta and Shintaffer, and certain other persons. As of June 30, 2015, the holders of 27,824,377 shares of Class B common stock, including the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and exercise of outstanding warrants, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of the board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Greylock Partners, entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures, Shasta Ventures, L.P., Messrs. Gupta and Shintaffer, trusts affiliated with Messrs. Gupta and Shintaffer, and certain other persons. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors: (1) one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Greylock Partners; (2) one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures; (3) one nominee designated by Shasta Ventures, L.P.; (4) two nominees designated by the holders of Class B common stock, one of whom shall be the then serving chief executive officer; and (5) two nominees designated by a majority of the other current members of the board of directors and approved by the holders of a majority of the preferred stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

-121-

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with holders of our convertible preferred stock and our founders, including entities affiliated with Greylock Partners, entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures, Shasta Ventures, L.P., Messrs. Gupta and Shintaffer, trusts affiliated with Messrs. Gupta and Shintaffer, and certain other persons, pursuant to which certain holders of convertible preferred stock have a right of first refusal and co-sale in respect of certain sales of securities by our founders and our other stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

Other Transactions

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. For a description of these agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements.”

We have granted stock options to our named executive officers, other executive officers and certain of our directors. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2014.”

-122-

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at June 30, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

• each person, or group of affiliated persons, who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

• each of our directors;

• each of our named executive officers; and

• all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon no shares of Class A Common stock outstanding and 30,871,154 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on         shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 30,871,154 shares of Class B common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before the 60th day after June 30, 2015. Certain of the options granted to our named executive officers may be exercised prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. We refer to such options as being “early exercisable.” Shares of common stock issued upon early exercise are subject to our right to repurchase such shares until such shares have vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or a warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

-123-

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Apptio, Inc., 11100 NE 8th Street, Bellevue, Washington 98004.

	Beneficial Ownership Prior to the Offering								Beneficial Ownership After the Offering
	Class A		Class B					% of Total Voting     Power	Class A		Class B		% of Total Voting     Power
Name of Beneficial Owner	Shares	%	Shares		%				Shares	%	Shares	%
5% Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Greylock Partners(1)				5,155,723		16.7	%
Sunny Gupta(2)				5,976,833		18.9
Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust(3)				1,860,000		6.0
Entities affiliated with Madrona Ventures(4)				5,199,786		16.8
Shasta Ventures, L.P.(5)				2,969,724		9.6
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Sunny Gupta(2)				5,976,833		18.9
Chris Pick(6)				377,978		1.2
John Morrow				—		*
Tom Bogan(7)				245,618		*
Peter Klein(8)				88,127		*
John McAdam(9)				88,127		*
Matt McIlwain(4)				5,199,786		16.8
Ravi Mohan(5)				2,969,724		9.6
Rajeev Singh(10)				—		*
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(11)				16,485,307		50.6

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%

(1) Consists of (a) 4,408,144 shares held of record by Greylock XII Limited Partnership (“Greylock XII”); (b) 257,786 shares held of record by Greylock XII Principals LLC (“Greylock XII LLC”); and (c) 489,793 shares held of record by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership (“Greylock XII-A”). The general partner of Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership is Greylock XII GP LLC. William W. Helman and Aneel Bhusri are the senior managing members of Greylock XII GP LLC, and as such, each of them may be deemed to share voting power and investment control over the shares held of record by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and Greylock XII Limited Partnership. Each of these entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein. Greylock XII Principals LLC shares are held in nominee form only, and as a result, Greylock XII Principals LLC does not have voting power or investment control over these shares. Each of the beneficiaries for which Greylock XII Principals LLC acts as nominee retains sole voting power and investment control with respect to the shares held on their behalf. As such, Greylock XII Principals LLC disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to all such shares. The address for each of the foregoing entities is 2550 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Mr. Bogan, a member of our board of directors, has an economic interest in certain Greylock funds, including Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership, but does not have voting or investment power over the shares held by such entities and, accordingly, such shares are not included as beneficially owned by Mr. Bogan.

(2) Consists of (a) 5,194,833 shares held of record by Mr. Gupta and (b) 782,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, of which 635,666 shares are vested as of August 29, 2015. Excludes 1,860,000 shares held by the Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust, as to which Mr. Gupta disclaims beneficial ownership. Neither Mr. Gupta nor his spouse is a beneficiary of the Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust, nor does Mr. Gupta or his spouse exercise voting or investment control over such shares.

(3) Consists of 1,860,000 shares held of record by Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust. Vineet Gupta, the sole trustee of the Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust, disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(4) Consists of (a) 5,000,040 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund III, L.P. (“Madrona III”) and (b) 199,746 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund III-A, L.P. (“Madrona III-A”). Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P. (“Madrona Investment Partners III”) is the general partner of each of Madrona Venture Fund III and Madrona Venture Fund III-A. Madrona III General Partner, LLC is the general partner of Madrona Investment Partners III. Matt McIlwain, a member of our board of directors, is the managing director of Madrona III General Partner, LLC and exercises voting and investment power over the shares held of record by Madrona III General Partner, LLC. Mr. McIlwain disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the foregoing entities is 999 Third Avenue, 34^th Floor, Seattle, WA 98104.

-124-

(5) Consists of 2,969,724 shares held of record by Shasta Ventures, L.P. Shasta Ventures GP, LLC is the general partner of Shasta Ventures, L.P. Mr. Mohan, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Shasta Ventures GP, LLC. Mr. Mohan disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the foregoing entities is 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(6) Consists of 377,978 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, all of which are vested as of August 29, 2015.

(7) Consists of 245,618 shares held of record by Mr. Bogan.

(8) Consists of 88,127 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, of which 38,555 shares are vested as of August 29, 2015.

(9) Consists of 88,127 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, of which 56,915 shares are vested as of August 29, 2015.

(10) Excludes 130,422 shares held by the Singh Irrevocable Trust of 2009, as to which Mr. Singh disclaims beneficial ownership. Neither Mr. Singh nor his spouse is a beneficiary of the Singh Irrevocable Trust of 2009, nor does Mr. Singh or his spouse exercise voting or investment control over such shares. Renuka Singh, the sole trustee of Singh Irrevocable Trust of 2009, disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(11) Consists of (a) 14,755,576 shares held by the directors and executive officers, of which 14,750,576 shares are vested as of August 29, 2015, and (b) 1,729,731 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, of which 1,502,613 are vested as of August 29, 2015.

-125-

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the rights of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of Series A common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share,             shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 18,239,475 shares of Class B common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 38,043 shares of Class B common stock will remain outstanding if they are not exercised prior to closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

Prior to the closing of this offering, we had one class of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have authorized a new class of Class A common stock and a new class of Class B common stock. All currently outstanding shares of our common stock and convertible preferred stock (including shares to be issued upon the exercise of the warrants described below immediately prior to the closing of this offering) will convert into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, all currently outstanding options to purchase shares of our capital stock will become exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock.

There will be             shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of June 30, 2015, we had 215 record holders of Class B common stock.

As of June 30, 2015, there were 38,043 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding warrants, and 9,209,293 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options.

-126-

Voting Rights

The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require holders of Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

• if we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

• if we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of our shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

All shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock upon the earlier of (1) the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering and (2) the date on which the Class B common stock ceases to represent at least 20% of our outstanding common stock.

Once converted into a share of Class A common stock, a converted share of Class B common stock will not be reissued. Following the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock, no further shares of Class B common stock will be issued.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information see the section of this prospectus captioned “Dividend Policy.” If a dividend is paid in the

-127-

form of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock are, and the shares of Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2015, we had the following warrants issued and outstanding:

• Warrant to purchase 27,321 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.37255 per share and an expiration date in October 2018.

• Warrant to purchase 10,722 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $13.99 per share and an expiration date in June 2025. Pursuant to term of the warrant, if we incur any borrowings under the term loan of our outstanding credit facility, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant will automatically be adjusted such that the holder of the warrant shall have the right to purchase up to an additional 10,722 shares

-128-

of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $13.99 per share. If we were to incur the term loan borrowings under our credit facility in full, the warrant would provide for the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 21,444 shares of Class B common stock, inclusive of the 10,722 shares of Class B common stock currently exercisable pursuant to such warrants. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facility” for additional information regarding our credit facility.

These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. In addition, these warrants will automatically be exercised if the fair market value of our stock at the expiration date of the warrants is greater than the exercise price. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

In connection with the closing of this offering, the warrant to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for a number of shares of Class B common stock equal to the number of shares of our convertible preferred stock that underlie such warrant.

Registration Rights

Under our investors’ rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 18,266,796 shares of Class B common stock, including the shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock, and including the shares underlying a warrant described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Warrants”, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, which we refer to as registration rights. In addition, holders of approximately 27,824,377 shares of Class B common stock, including the shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock, have the right to include their shares in any registration statement we file. Each case is described below.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time after six months after the date of this prospectus the holders of at least a majority of the shares having demand registration rights have the right to demand that we use best efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of at least such number of shares with anticipated offering proceeds in excess of $10 million. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances and our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such demand registration rights for up to 120 days under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 15% of the shares having S-3 registration rights have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate number of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file any registration statements within 90 days of a registration statement that we propose. These investor registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

-129-

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 30% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement, except in the case of our initial public offering, in which case all such shares may be excluded.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering, (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and (3) a change in control of our company.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

• prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

• upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

• on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

• any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

-130-

• any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

• subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

• any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

• the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions may include, among other things:

• any merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

• any termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares; and

• allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder.

After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington, and: (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than $50 million worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

-131-

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of Class A common stock. Among other things, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

• provide that holders of shares of Class B common stock shall be entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B common stock held;

• permit the board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

• provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

• provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

• divide the board of directors into three classes;

• provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

• require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

• provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

• not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

• provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;

• provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend the bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

• provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to the company or our stockholders, (3) any

-132-

action asserting a claim against the company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock, voting as a single class.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15^th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on             under the symbol “            .”

-133-

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and although we expect that our Class A common stock will be approved for listing on             , we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of Class A common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the Class A common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Arrangements

We, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.”

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market or our Class A common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement described above, we have entered into agreements with certain securityholders, including the investors’ rights agreement and our standard form option agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such securityholders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

-134-

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

• the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

• the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

• 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and

• the average weekly trading volume in Class A common stock on             during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of June 30, 2015, 2,691,728 shares of outstanding Class B common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate 9,209,293 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such

-135-

shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Warrants

Upon closing of this offering, warrants entitling holders to purchase an aggregate of 38,043 shares of Class B common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock, will remain outstanding. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Warrants” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject to the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

Upon closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 27,824,377 shares of Class B common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants described in “— Warrants” above), will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

-136-

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of Class A common stock purchased in this offering, but is for general information only and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different than those summarized below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or the federal tax on net investment income or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or other jurisdiction or under any non-income tax laws, including U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below, and is limited to investors who will hold Class A common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular investor in light of the investor’s circumstances or to certain categories of non-U.S. investors that may be subject to special rules, such as:

• banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

• tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

• regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

• controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

• traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

• persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

• tax-qualified retirement plans;

• entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

• certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons who hold Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

-137-

• persons who hold or receive Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

• persons deemed to sell Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership (including any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income and estate tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock arising under other U.S. federal tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of Class A common stock other than (1) an individual U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (2) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (4) a trust that either (a) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person or (5) an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

As described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on Class A common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions on Class A common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent these distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income and foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold Class A common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

-138-

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from withholding if you satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements. In order to claim this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common stock unless:

• the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the U.S.);

• you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

• Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, Class A common stock.

If you are described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (net of certain deductions and credits), and if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, you may be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded Class A common stock at any time during the applicable period described in the third bullet above.

-139-

Federal Estate Tax

Class A common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death generally will be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such stock, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of Class A common stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and backup withholding resulting in an overpayment of taxes may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, Class A common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our Class A common stock to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners, information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, or such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our Class A common stock, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds of a disposition of Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of these withholding provisions to you.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

-140-

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters	Number of Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith                   Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Jefferies LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.
Total

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares.

	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

-141-

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of our company, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on             under the symbol “             .”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the             , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

-142-

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, certain of the underwriters are customers of our company.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise), and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color, or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(A) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(B) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43.0 million and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50.0 million, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(C) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(D) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member

-143-

State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(A) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

(B) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (A) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (B) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (C) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (A) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (B) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (C) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (A) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (B) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust

-144-

shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations, and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

-145-

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Seattle, Washington. Cooley LLP, Seattle, Washington, is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.apptio.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

-146-

APPTIO, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit		F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Apptio, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Apptio, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 13, 2015, except for the earnings per share information on the consolidated statements of operations and discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, and the segment information discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is August 20, 2015

F-2

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2014			June 30, 2015			Pro Forma June 30, 2015
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	35,816		$	19,686		$	22,517		$	22,517
Short-term investments		21,133			14,856			10,333			10,333
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $288, $450 and $320 (unaudited)		31,493			46,694			30,931			30,931
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,477			3,447			4,811			4,811
Total current assets		89,919			84,683			68,592			68,592
Long-term assets
Property and equipment, net		10,694			14,832			14,882			14,882
Long-term investments		7,220			5,617			1,001			1,001
Restricted cash		2,500			2,585			2,500			2,500
Other long-term assets, net		176			745			886			886
Total assets	$	110,509		$	108,462		$	87,861		$	87,861
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	2,731		$	5,370		$	2,335		$	2,335
Accrued payroll and other expenses		9,544			12,094			11,888			11,888
Deferred revenue		45,040			61,993			57,663			57,663
Deferred rent		391			609			599			599
Capital leases		55			36			41			41
Total current liabilities		57,761			80,102			72,526			72,526
Long-term liabilities
Deferred revenue, net of current portion		1,219			1,296			563			563
Deferred rent, net of current portion		3,535			4,440			4,789			4,789
Capital leases, net of current portion		91			65			115			115
Preferred stock warrant liability		241			357			404			—
Asset retirement obligation		—			220			223			223
Total liabilities		62,847			86,480			78,620			78,216
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Convertible preferred stock
Convertible preferred stock – par value $0.0001 per share; 18,430,604 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited); 18,239,475 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $136,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited)		133,809			133,809			133,809			—
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
Common stock – par value $0.0001 per share; 40,000,000, 43,000,000 and 43,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited); 11,667,844, 12,310,382 and 12,631,679 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited)		1			1			1			—
Class A common stock — par value $0.0001 per share;                  shares authorized as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited)		—			—			—			—
Class B common stock — par value $0.0001 per share;                  shares authorized as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited); 30,871,154 issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited)		—			—			—			3
Additional paid-in capital		8,731			15,934			21,601			155,812
Accumulated other comprehensive income		13			2			—			—
Accumulated deficit		(94,892	)		(127,764	)		(146,170	)		(146,170	)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(86,147	)		(111,827	)		(124,568	)		9,645
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity	$	110,509		$	108,462		$	87,861		$	87,861

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Subscription	$	54,206		$	78,719		$	37,217		$	47,242
Professional services		19,562			27,896			13,127			14,913
Total revenue		73,768			106,615			50,344			62,155
Cost of revenue
Subscription		8,325			14,686			5,511			11,142
Professional services		19,034			25,731			12,565			13,036
Total cost of revenue		27,359			40,417			18,076			24,178
Gross profit		46,409			66,198			32,268			37,977
Operating expenses
Research and development		17,804			23,099			10,850			14,674
Sales and marketing		43,415			60,775			29,380			33,274
General and administrative		8,597			14,245			6,642			7,698
Total operating expenses		69,816			98,119			46,872			55,646
Loss from operations		(23,407	)		(31,921	)		(14,604	)		(17,669	)
Other income (expense)
Interest (expense) income and other, net		(51	)		2			(26	)		19
Foreign exchange loss		(163	)		(697	)		(98	)		(607	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(23,621	)		(32,616	)		(14,728	)		(18,257	)
Provision for income taxes		(114	)		(256	)		(119	)		(149	)
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted	$	(2.11	)	$	(2.72	)	$	(1.24	)	$	(1.47	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted		11,256			12,080			11,947			12,485
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)				$	(1.08	)				$	(0.60	)
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)					30,320						30,725

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Other comprehensive loss
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities		8			(11	)		(4	)		(2	)
Total comprehensive loss	$	(23,727	)	$	(32,883	)	$	(14,851	)	$	(18,408	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

	Convertible Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
					(in thousands)
Balances at January 1, 2013		16,257	$	89,568		10,604	$	1	$	4,400	$	(71,157	)	$	5		$	(66,751	)
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock, net of offering costs of $759		1,983		44,241		—		—		—		—			—			—
Stock option exercises		—		—		1,064		—		1,270		—			—			1,270
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—		—		3,061		—			—			3,061
Comprehensive loss		—		—		—		—		—		(23,735	)		8			(23,727	)
Balances at December 31, 2013		18,240		133,809		11,668		1		8,731		(94,892	)		13			(86,147	)
Stock option exercises		—		—		642		—		1,437		—			—			1,437
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—		—		5,766		—			—			5,766
Comprehensive loss		—		—		—		—		—		(32,872	)		(11	)		(32,883	)
Balances at December 31, 2014		18,240	$	133,809		12,310	$	1	$	15,934	$	(127,764	)	$	2		$	(111,827	)
Stock option exercises (unaudited)		—		—		322		—		1,722		—			—			1,722
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)		—		—		—		—		3,855		—			—			3,855
Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)		—		—		—		—		90		—			—			90
Comprehensive loss (unaudited)		—		—		—		—		—		(18,406	)		(2	)		(18,408	)
Balances at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)		18,240	$	133,809		12,632	$	1	$	21,601	$	(146,170	)	$	—		$	(124,568	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation and amortization		4,168			5,229			2,507			3,188
Amortization of premiums on investments		246			228			128			44
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment		27			—			—			(12	)
Stock-based compensation		3,061			5,766			2,400			3,855
Accretion of capitalized loan fees		9			18			9			12
Remeasurement of preferred stock warrant liability		66			116			68			47
Change in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		(14,760	)		(15,201	)		3,892			15,764
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(221	)		(2,009	)		(1,485	)		(1,516	)
Accounts payable		609			1,407			37			(1,381	)
Accrued expenses		2,526			2,473			(420	)		(179	)
Deferred revenue		15,903			17,031			(1,115	)		(5,064	)
Deferred rent		837			(143	)		(231	)		336
Net cash used in operating activities		(11,264	)		(17,957	)		(9,057	)		(3,312	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(4,216	)		(6,319	)		(2,800	)		(4,759	)
Proceeds from sales of investments		5,451			—			—			—
Proceeds from maturities of investments		21,050			28,385			14,985			11,109
Purchases of investments		(29,949	)		(20,744	)		(15,151	)		(2,017	)
Return (payment) of security deposits, net		230			(716	)		(153	)		150
(Deposits) for return of restricted cash		—			(85	)		—			85
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(7,434	)		521			(3,119	)		4,568
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options		1,270			1,437			970			1,722
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs		44,241			—			—			—
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(48	)		(41	)		(26	)		(27	)
Payment of capitalized loan fees		(66	)		—			—			(69	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		45,397			1,396			944			1,626
Foreign currency effect on cash and cash equivalents		118			(90	)		74			(51	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		26,817			(16,130	)		(11,158	)		2,831
Cash and cash equivalents
Beginning of period		8,999			35,816			35,816			19,686
End of period	$	35,816		$	19,686		$	24,658		$	22,517
Supplemental disclosures
Cash paid for interest	$	21		$	18		$	8		$	5
Purchases under capital lease obligations		49			4			—			102
Property and furniture additions in accounts payable and accrued expenses		1,158			2,970			154			1,103
Leasehold improvements paid directly by lessor		—			1,268			—			—
Non-cash capitalized loan fees		—			—			—			90

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

1. Description of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Operations

Apptio, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on October 2, 2007 and is headquartered in Bellevue, Washington. The Company develops and sells Technology Business Management, or TBM, solutions. The Company’s cloud-based platform and SaaS applications enable IT leaders to analyze, optimize and plan technology investments, and benchmark their financial and operational performance against peers. The Company operates in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, Australia and Canada.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company continues to be subject to the risks and challenges associated with other companies at a similar stage of development, including risks associated with: dependence on key personnel; successful marketing and sale of its solutions and adaptation of such solutions to changing market dynamics and customer preferences; competition from alternative products and services, including from larger companies, that have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more and better established customer relationships and greater resources than the Company; and the ability to raise additional capital to support future growth. Since inception through June 30, 2015, the Company has incurred losses from operations, and accumulated a deficit of $146.2 million (unaudited), and has been dependent on equity financing to fund operations.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, or IPO, all outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of its Class B common stock and warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase shares of Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information shows the effect of the conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the conversion of the preferred stock warrants as of June 30, 2015. The effect of this conversion on the pro forma balance sheet will reduce stockholders’ deficit by $134.2 million (unaudited). Additionally, the Company has calculated unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share to give effect to the convertible preferred stock (warrant impact) as though such shares had been converted to common stock as of the beginning of the period.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 and the consolidated interim statements of operations, of comprehensive loss and of cash flows during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are considered necessary to state fairly the Company’s consolidated

F-8

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

financial position as of June 30, 2015 and its consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, and of cash flows during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015. The financial data and other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 are also unaudited.

Accounting Principles

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Operating Segments

The Company follows the authoritative literature that establishes annual and interim reporting standards for enterprise’s operating segments and related disclosures about its products and services, geographic regions and major customers.

The Company operates its business as one operating segment. Its chief operating decision makers, or CODMs, are its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The CODMs review separate revenue information for the Company’s subscription and professional services revenue, and all other financial information presented on a consolidated basis, for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s international subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. The results of operations for the Company’s international subsidiaries are remeasured from the local currency into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during each period. The majority of assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates at the end of each period. All equity transactions and certain assets are remeasured using historical rates

Comprehensive Loss

Certain gains and losses are recognized in comprehensive loss, but excluded from net loss. Comprehensive loss includes net loss and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, including money market investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents.

F-9

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

Investments

The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale. Investment securities are stated at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains and losses and declines in value of securities judged to be other than temporary are included in interest (expense) income and other, net. The cost of investments for purposes of computing realized and unrealized gains and losses is based on the specific identification method. Investments in securities with maturities of less than one year, or where management’s intent is to use the investments to fund current operations, are classified as short-term investments. Investments with maturities of greater than one year are classified as long-term investments.

Restricted Cash

Included in long-term assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and at June 30, 2015 is restricted cash of $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.5 million (unaudited), respectively, for two irrevocable letters of credit in relation to office leases for the Company’s corporate headquarters in Bellevue, WA and a sales office in New York, NY. The letter of credit for the New York sales office was still in effect as of June 30, 2015; however, the restriction on the cash balance was removed during the six months ended June 30, 2015. These letters of credit name the lessors as the beneficiaries, and are required to fulfill lease requirements if the Company should default on the office lease obligations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, and at June 30, 2015, the Company has the following financial instruments: cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

The fair value of the Company’s accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, and certain accrued liabilities approximates their respective carrying amounts. The Company measures its cash equivalents, marketable securities, and preferred stock warrants using the fair value measurement principles under GAAP, which requires that fair value be based on the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability.

Fair value principles require disclosures regarding the manner in which fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy into which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based upon significant levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1 Observable inputs, such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

F-10

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

The lowest level of significant input determines the placement of the entire fair value measurement in the hierarchy. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company performs initial and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial positions, and generally extends credit on account, without collateral. The Company determines the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon various factors, including past collection experience, credit quality of the customer, age of the receivable balance, and current economic conditions.

If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required. Accounts are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts once collection efforts are unsuccessful.

Activity within the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

	December 31,						June 30, 2015
	2013			2014
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	300		$	288		$	450
Charges, net of reversals		23			176			(25	)
Write-offs		(35	)		(14	)		(105	)
Balance at end of year	$	288		$	450		$	320

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash accounts with financial institutions where, at times, deposits exceed federal insurance limits. The Company has credit risk regarding trade accounts receivable. No individual customers represented more than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 or 2014 or at June 30, 2015 (unaudited). No individual customer represented more than 10% of revenue during 2013, 2014 or the six months ended June 30, 2014 or 2015 (unaudited).

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred or the first time the advertising takes place, based on the nature of the advertising, and include direct marketing, events, public relations, sales collateral materials and partner programs. Advertising expenses were approximately $3.8 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $2.7 million (unaudited) and $3.0 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-11

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest on capital leases, and fair value adjustments for preferred stock warrant liability. No interest was capitalized during 2013 or 2014 or during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method and the following estimated useful lives:

Computer and office equipment	2-3 years
Software	1-3 years
Furniture	3 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

In 2014, the Company recorded an asset retirement obligation related to certain leased facilities and a corresponding leasehold improvement which is depreciated over the expected term of the lease. Revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original expected cash flows are recorded to the related assets and liabilities. The accrued asset retirement obligation is included in other long-term liabilities.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company classifies its warrants to purchase preferred stock as a liability. The Company adjusts the carrying value of the warrant liability to fair value at the end of each reporting period utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The preferred stock warrant liability is included on the Company’s balance sheets and its warrant revaluation is recorded as interest expense and is included in interest expense and other, net.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing the Company’s applications, fees for additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees, and fees for subscription based online training offerings; and (2) professional services, which consist of fees associated with the implementation and configuration of the Company’s applications, as well as fees for in-person training and TBM Council conference registration and sponsorship fees. The Company presents revenue from each of these sources separately in its consolidated statements of operations.

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service has been provided to the customer; (3) the collection of related fees is reasonably assured; and (4) the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. If collection is not reasonably assured, the Company defers the revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured. In addition, in instances where final

F-12

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

acceptance of non-standard service deliverables are required before revenue is recognized, revenue and the associated costs are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company’s arrangements do not contain general rights of return.

The Company considers whether its arrangements containing multiple deliverables contain more than one unit of accounting. Multiple element arrangements require the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. To qualify as a separate unit of accounting, the delivered item must have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis.

The Company believes both its subscriptions and its professional services have stand-alone value. The Company’s subscriptions have stand-alone value because such services are often sold separately from other professional services. The Company’s professional services have stand-alone value because those services may be sold separately by other vendors and there are trained third-party consultants capable of performing the professional services.

For certain multiple deliverable arrangements that include subscription and non-subscription deliverables, total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the deliverables using the relative estimated selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy in order of priority: (1) vender-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; (2) third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available; or (3) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price is available.

The Company’s subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, based on stated, fixed-dollar amount contracts with its customers and consists of fees for the use of its software and related services. The Company’s subscription arrangements generally do not allow the customer the contractual right to take possession of the software; as such, the arrangements are considered to be service contracts. In those limited situations where the customer takes possession of the software, the Company follows the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 985, Software Revenue Recognition.

Professional services revenue consists of fees associated with application configuration, integration, change management, education and training services, and conference registration and sponsorship fees. The Company’s professional services engagements are priced either on a time and-materials basis or on a fixed-fee basis. For time-and-materials arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue as hours are worked at the stated time-and-materials hourly rate. For fixed-fee arrangements, the Company recognizes professional services revenue as delivered using the percentage of completion, or POC, method measured on an hours incurred basis. Under the POC method of accounting, revenue and expenses are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual hours incurred and total estimated hours at the completion of the project. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the project. Estimates of both hours and costs to complete a project are reviewed periodically and the effect of any change in the estimated hours to complete a project is reflected as an adjustment to revenue in the period the change becomes known. If current estimated costs to complete a project exceed the revenue allocated to the project, a loss equal to the amount of estimated excess costs will be recognized in the period the change becomes known. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. Associated

F-13

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

out-of-pocket travel expenses related to the delivery of professional services is typically reimbursed by the customer. Out-of-pocket expense reimbursements are recognized as revenue and cost of service expense.

On occasion, the Company sells its subscriptions through third-party resellers. These arrangements typically call for the reseller to retain a portion of the price to the customer as compensation. Since the Company is typically responsible for the acceptability of the services purchased by the customer, the Company is the primary obligor in the transaction and, therefore, records revenue on a gross basis based on the amount billed to the customer. Reseller fees are recognized as sales and marketing expense as incurred.

Deferred revenue represents the unearned revenue on cash receipts or accounts receivable for the sale of subscriptions and for professional services for which services have not yet been provided.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and primarily include payroll, employee benefits, consulting services, stock-based compensation expense and other headcount-related costs associated with product development and depreciation of equipment used in research and development.

Capitalized Software Costs

For development costs related to the Company’s software solutions and internal use software, qualifying internally developed software costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation costs, incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and recorded in property and equipment, net. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalized $448,000, $129,000 (unaudited) and $371,000 (unaudited) for software development costs during the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2015, respectively. Stock-based compensation costs included in capitalized software costs were $25,000 for 2014, and $4,000 (unaudited) and $23,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2015. The Company recorded amortization expense of $21,000 for 2014 and $116,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited). No software development costs were capitalized in 2013, as no costs met the required capitalization criteria.

Cost Allocation

The Company allocates certain overhead and information technology operating costs between cost of goods sold, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administration expense based upon the number of employees in the related departments.

Sales Commissions

The Company pays sales commissions to employees shortly after executing customer agreements related to initial sales and subsequent renewals of all subscriptions and related services. Sales commission obligations are accrued to sales and marketing at the time of the initial sale for the full amount of the contract.

F-14

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance has been established for the full amount of the net deferred tax assets as the Company has determined that the future realization of the tax benefit is not more likely than not.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on amounts due to taxing authorities as a component of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation. Compensation cost recognized for 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 includes cost for all share-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value and is recognized using the straight-line attribution method.

The Company’s stock price volatility and expected option life involve management’s best estimates, both of which impact the fair value of the option calculated under the Black-Scholes option pricing model and, ultimately, the expense that will be recognized over the life of the option. The Company is required to recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options expected to vest. Therefore, management applied an estimated forfeiture rate that was derived from historical employee termination behavior. If the actual number of forfeitures differs from these estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standard Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) outlining a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. This guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, this guidance expands related disclosure requirements. On July 9, 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year and is allowing earlier adoption, however entities reporting under GAAP are not permitted to adopt the standard earlier than the original effective date for public entities. For public entities, the new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and will require full or modified retrospective application. The Company may elect to early adopt this guidance for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the Company’s financial statements as well as the expected adoption method.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. The new standard provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes

F-15

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new standard does not change the accounting for a customers’ for service contracts. The new standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of the new standard and has not determined the impact of the adoption of this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), related to the disclosures around going concern. The new standard provides guidance around management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that have been measured at fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs utilized to determine such fair value:

	Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
	(in thousands)
Money market funds	$	25,291	$	—	$	—		$	25,291
Corporate notes and obligations		—		15,052		—			15,052
U.S. agency securities		—		13,301		—			13,301
Preferred stock warrant liability		—		—		(241	)		(241	)
	$	25,291	$	28,353	$	(241	)	$	53,403

	Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
	(in thousands)
Money market funds	$	10,722	$	—	$	—		$	10,722
Corporate notes and obligations		—		8,187		—			8,187
U.S. agency securities		—		11,286		—			11,286
U.S. government treasury securities		1,000		—		—			1,000
Preferred stock warrant liability		—		—		(357	)		(357	)
	$	11,722	$	19,473	$	(357	)	$	30,838

	Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2015
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
	(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Money market funds	$	14,418	$	—	$	—		$	14,418
Corporate notes and obligations		—		6,286		—			6,286
U.S. agency securities		—		4,047		—			4,047
U.S. government treasury securities		1,001		—		—			1,001
Preferred stock warrant liability		—		—		(404	)		(404	)
	$	15,419	$	10,333	$	(404	)	$	25,348

F-16

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, the Company utilized the market approach to value its money market mutual funds and U.S. government treasury securities using Level 1 valuation inputs because published net asset values were readily available. The Company’s Level 2 marketable securities are valued using the market approach based on broker or dealer quotations, actual trade data, recent observable transaction information for similar securities, benchmark yields or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency, and include the Company’s investments in U.S. government agency securities and corporate notes and obligations.

The Company’s preferred stock warrants are categorized as Level 3 because they were valued based on unobservable inputs and management’s judgment due to the absence of quoted mark prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. The Company engages a third party to perform a fair value assessment of the preferred stock warrant inputs on a quarterly basis using a hybrid allocation methodology. The following allocation methodologies are used: the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, and secondary transactions. In determining the inputs, the results of the various allocation methodologies are weighted based on multiple factors, including management’s expectations on various exit outcomes and the similarities between the Company and its comparable companies in areas such as overall business model, level of revenue, market share, maturity of business and other metrics. The assumptions used in the hybrid allocation methodology are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment. Any change in fair value is recognized as interest expense and is included in interest (expense) income and other, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the preferred stock warrant liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	175
Increases in fair value of underlying warrant securities		66
Balance as of December 31, 2013		241
Increases in fair value of underlying warrant securities		116
Balance as of December 31, 2014		357
Increases in fair value of underlying warrant securities (unaudited)		47
Balance as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)	$	404

F-17

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

3. Investments

Available-for-sale investments consist of fixed-income securities that are accounted for at fair value. Premiums and discounts paid on securities at the time of purchase are recorded as accrued interest and amortized over the period of maturity. The amortized cost and fair value on the available-for-sale investments and unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Amounts maturing in one year or less:
Corporate notes and obligations	$	15,052	$	2	$	(2	)	$	15,052
U.S. agency securities		6,076		5		—			6,081
Total short-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	21,128	$	7	$	(2	)	$	21,133
Amounts maturing in greater than one year:
Corporate notes and obligations	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
U.S. agency securities		7,212		8		—			7,220
Total long-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	7,212	$	8	$	—		$	7,220

	As of December 31, 2014
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Amounts maturing in one year or less:
Corporate notes and obligations	$	6,643	$	—	$	—		$	6,643
U.S. agency securities		8,209		5		(1	)		8,213
Total short-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	14,852	$	5	$	(1	)	$	14,856
Amounts maturing in greater than one year:
Corporate notes and obligations	$	1,546	$	—	$	(2	)	$	1,544
U.S. agency securities		3,074		—		(1	)		3,073
U.S. government treasury securities		999		1		—			1,000
Total long-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	5,619	$	1	$	(3	)	$	5,617

	As of June 30, 2015
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Amounts maturing in one year or less:
Corporate notes and obligations	$	6,290	$	—	$	(4	)	$	6,286
U.S. agency securities		4,045		2		—			4,047
Total short-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	10,335	$	2	$	(4	)	$	10,333
Amounts maturing in greater than one year:
U.S. government treasury securities		999		2		—			1,001
Total long-term available-for-sale debt securities	$	999	$	2	$	—		$	1,001

F-18

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, the Company did not consider any of the unrealized losses on its investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired based on its evaluation of available evidence. None of the investments held as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. Realized gains and losses on sales of available for-sale securities were immaterial for both periods presented.

4. Property and Equipment

A summary of property and equipment is as follows:

	December 31,						June 30, 2015
	2013			2014
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Computer and office equipment	$	11,175		$	16,155		$	18,434
Software		763			1,540			2,008
Furniture		973			1,240			1,273
Leasehold improvements		4,586			7,855			8,234
		17,497			26,790			29,949
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(6,803	)		(11,958	)		(15,067	)
Property and equipment, net	$	10,694		$	14,832		$	14,882

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $4.2 million and $5.2 million for 2013 and 2014, and $2.5 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Property and equipment includes $214,000, $212,000 and $260,000 (unaudited) of capital leases at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, respectively. Accumulated depreciation of these leased assets was $81,000, $128,000 and $116,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, respectively. These leased assets are included in the computer and office equipment category in the table above.

The Company has an asset retirement obligation related to certain leased facilities. The accrued asset retirement obligation at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 was $220,000 and $223,000 (unaudited), respectively. The related lease was signed in 2014, therefore, the accrued balance as of December 31, 2013 was $0.

5. Warrants

The Company issued a warrant to purchase 27,321 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in conjunction with a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in 2008. The warrant has a 10-year term and an exercise price of $1.37255 per share. The loan and security agreement expired in March 2010. The total value of the warrant at issuance was $29,000, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and at June 30, 2015 was $241,000, $357,000 and $404,000 (unaudited), respectively. This warrant is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period. The warrant expires on October 31, 2018.

In connection with entering into a new credit facility, as described in Note 12, in June 2015 (unaudited), the Company issued a warrant to purchase 10,722 shares of common stock. The warrant has a 10 year term and an exercise price of $13.99 per share. The total value of the warrants at

F-19

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

issuance was $90,000 determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The warrants were recorded as additional paid-in capital and capitalized as debt issuance costs on the balance sheet. Pursuant to terms of the warrant, if the Company incurs any borrowings under the term loan under the credit facility, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant will automatically be adjusted such that the holder of the warrant shall have the right to purchase up to an additional 10,722 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $13.99 per share. Assuming that the Company incurs the term loan borrowings in full, the warrants issued pursuant to the credit facility would provide for the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 21,444 shares of common stock, inclusive of the 10,722 shares of common stock currently exercisable pursuant to such warrants.

6. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company is authorized to issue 43 million shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock is issuable in one or more series, each with such designations, rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions as set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

The following table summarizes the issuances for each series of preferred stock and the number authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

Share Series	Date of Issuance	Authorized Shares		Issued Shares		Price per Share		Aggregate Issuance Price and Liquidation Preference		Carrying Amount
		(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Series A	November 8, 2007		5,155		5,100	$	1.37255	$	7,000	$	6,928
Series B	August 12, 2009		5,153		5,153	$	2.71686		14,000		13,935
Series C	August 20, 2010		2,651		2,651	$	6.22480		16,500		16,399
Series C	November 3, 2010		562		562	$	6.22480		3,500		3,478
Series D	March 9, 2012		2,900		2,791	$	17.91690		50,000		48,828
Series E	May 2, 2013		2,010		1,983	$	22.69460		45,000		44,241
			18,431		18,240			$	136,000	$	133,809

All shares of preferred stock were issued with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The terms of the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock are summarized below:

Conversion.  Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price of the applicable series of preferred stock by the conversion price for the applicable series of preferred stock in effect at the time of the conversion. Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, each share of outstanding preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate upon the closing of an initial public offering of shares of the Company’s

F-20

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

common stock that results in aggregate net proceeds to the Company of not less than $50 million. Each share of preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock, and the conversion price of each series of preferred stock is subject to certain price based antidilution adjustments and adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions.

Liquidation Preference.  In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, change of control or winding up of the Company, the holders of convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the applicable original issue price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) for each share of convertible preferred stock held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends of such share. Due to these liquidation preferences, the convertible preferred stock has been presented as convertible preferred stock within the mezzanine section in the consolidated balance sheets.

Redemption.  The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable at any future certain date.

Voting.  The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the right to one vote for each full share of common stock into which its respective shares of preferred stock would be convertible on the record date for the vote.

Dividends.  The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividends to holders of common stock. Dividends are payable when declared by the board of directors without cumulative preferences for convertible preferred stock at the rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price.

7. Equity Incentive Plans

2007 Stock Plan

On October 11, 2007, the Company adopted its 2007 stock plan, as amended, or the 2007 Plan, which provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified options to purchase up to 10.3 million shares of common stock to employees, directors, officers and consultants of the Company.

The term of each option issued under the 2007 Plan shall be no more than 10 years. The options generally vest over a four-year period. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015, there were 393,331, 563,054 and 1,028,234 (unaudited) shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan, respectively.

2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan

On December 20, 2011, the Company adopted its 2011 executive equity incentive plan as amended, or the 2011 Plan, which provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified options to purchase up to 3,560,000 shares of common stock to directors and officers as defined in the 2011 Plan document.

The term of each option issued under the 2011 Plan shall be no more than 10 years. The options generally vest over a four-year period. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 there were 109,441, 320,179 and 421,450 (unaudited) shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan, respectively.

F-21

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the 2007 and 2011 Plans:

	Options   Outstanding			Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Total Intrinsic Value
	(in thousands, except per share and weighted-average figures)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		7,816		$	4.64		8.08	$	34,154
Options granted		2,229			11.53
Options exercised		(642	)		2.23
Options forfeited or canceled		(600	)		7.28
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		8,803		$	6.38		7.72	$	55,444
Options granted (unaudited)		1,263			13.67
Options exercised (unaudited)		(322	)		5.36
Options forfeited or canceled (unaudited)		(535	)		9.23
Outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)		9,209		$	7.25		7.50	$	62,058
Vested and expected to vest - December 31, 2014		8,038		$	6.14		7.62	$	52,569
Exercisable - December 31, 2014		4,818		$	3.75		6.70	$	43,003
Vested and expected to vest - June 30, 2015 (unaudited)		8,506		$	6.98		7.40	$	59,586
Exercisable - June 30, 2015 (unaudited)		5,290		$	4.43		6.46	$	50,588

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of options granted during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, was $4.23, $5.73, $5.53 (unaudited) and $6.18 (unaudited), respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, was $2.5 million, $5.1 million, $1.7 million (unaudited) and $4.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 was $6.6 million, $5.7 million, $3.9 million (unaudited) and $2.6 million (unaudited), respectively. During 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, the Company received $1.3 million, $1.4 million, $1.0 million (unaudited) and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively, from exercises of stock options. Shares are issued from plan reserves upon exercise.

The fair value of stock options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,		Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013	2014	2014	2015
			(unaudited)
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Risk-free interest rate	0.9%-2.5%	1.7%-2.2%	1.7%-2.2%	1.3%-1.9%
Expected life	5.2-9.7	5.6-9.6	5.6-9.6	5.0-6.1
Expected volatility	50.8%-53.2%	46.9%-51.3%	50.5%-51.3%	44.2%-47.0%

The weighted-average volatility used in the fair value calculations of option grants for 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, was 52.3%, 50.5%, 50.9% (unaudited) and 45.5% (unaudited), respectively.

F-22

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

The Company has not declared or paid any dividends. The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is based on the implied yield available at the time of the option grant in U.S. Treasury securities at maturity with a term equivalent to the expected life of the option. Expected volatility is based on an average volatility of stock prices for a group of publicly traded companies with similar software product offerings. The expected life of options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Consideration was given to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. Given the absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of each option grant based on several factors, including consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. These valuations include consideration of enterprise value and assessment of other common and convertible preferred stock transactions occurring during the period.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statement of comprehensive loss was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
					(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Cost of revenue
Subscription	$	75	$	220	$	61	$	196
Professional services		314		609		262		395
Research and development		836		1,465		590		1,160
Sales and marketing		1,047		2,006		911		1,210
General and administrative		789		1,466		576		894
Total stock-based compensation	$	3,061	$	5,766	$	2,400	$	3,855

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, there was a total of $15.6 million and $17.2 million (unaudited), respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2007 and 2011 Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining expected term of 3.01 years as of December 31, 2014 and 3.00 years as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

8. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company calculates basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. The Company considers all series of convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses.

The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase common stock and convertible preferred stock are considered common stock equivalents but have

F-23

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented, as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been antidilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

	Year Ended December 31,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2014			2014			2015
							(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(23,735	)	$	(32,872	)	$	(14,847	)	$	(18,406	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic		11,256			12,080			11,947			12,485
Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, common stock warrant, convertible preferred stock warrant and convertible preferred shares (as converted)		—			—			—			—
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted		11,256			12,080			11,947			12,485
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted	$	(2.11	)	$	(2.72	)	$	(1.24	)	$	(1.47	)

The following weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because the impact of including them would have been antidilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
					(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Options to purchase common shares		6,910		8,283		7,785		8,963
Common stock warrant		—		—		—		1
Convertible preferred shares (as converted)		17,577		18,240		18,240		18,240
Preferred stock warrant		27		27		27		27
		24,514		26,550		26,052		27,231

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Upon closing of the proposed IPO, all shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into 18,239,475 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted, for 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 has been computed to give effect to the convertible preferred stock as if such shares had been converted to common stock as of the beginning of the period.

F-24

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Six months Ended June 30, 2015
	(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(32,872	)	$	(18,406	)
Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock warrant liability		116			47
Net loss attributable to common stockholders pro forma	$	(32,756	)	$	(18,359	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic		12,080			12,485
Pro forma adjustment for assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon the closing of the proposed IPO		18,240			18,240
Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options and common stock warrants		—			—
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted		30,320			30,725
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted	$	(1.08	)	$	(0.60	)

9. Income Taxes

The components of loss before provision for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2014
	(in thousands)
United States	$	(24,009	)	$	(33,155	)
Foreign		388			539
Total	$	(23,621	)	$	(32,616	)

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2014
	(in thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—
State		—		—
Foreign		114		256
Total	$	114	$	256
Deferred:
Federal		—		—
State		—		—
Foreign		—		—
Total		—		—
Provision for income taxes	$	114	$	256

F-25

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

The items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate of 34% and the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2014
	(in thousands)
Income tax benefit at statutory rate	$	(8,149	)	$	(11,089	)
State taxes, net of federal benefit		(122	)		10
Impact of foreign income taxes		(18	)		73
Stock based compensation		(13	)		1,043
Change in valuation allowance		9,299			10,434
Research and development credits		(1,092	)		(408	)
Other		209			193
Provision for income taxes	$	114		$	256

At December 31, 2014, the Company has U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $112.2 million, which may be used to offset future taxable income. The carryforwards expire in years ranging from 2027 through 2033. Carryforwards of net operating losses are subject to possible limitation should a change in ownership of the Company occur, as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

Approximately $1.5 million of net operating loss carryforwards relate to tax deductible stock-based compensation in excess of amounts recognized for financial statement purposes. To the extent that net operating loss carryforwards, if realized, relate to excess stock-based compensation, the resulting tax benefits will be recorded to stockholders’ equity (deficit), rather than to results of operations.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets, calculated by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 34% to total deferrals, consisted of the following at December 31:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2014
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	30,092		$	39,361
Deferred revenue		188			450
Tax credits		1,713			1,392
Accrued payroll		790			842
Accrued expenses not currently deductible		1,630			2,051
Non-qualified stock options		614			1,511
Depreciation and amortization		(777	)		(762	)
Other		107			166
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance		34,357			45,011
Less: Valuation allowance		(34,357	)		(45,011	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

The Company has established a full valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset balance due to the uncertainty of future realization of the net deferred tax assets.

F-26

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

The calculation of the Company’s tax obligations involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations. ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits. The Company has assessed its income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where the Company has determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is determined there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized.

Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, it can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. As the Company expands internationally, it will face increased complexity, and its unrecognized tax benefits may increase in the future. The Company makes adjustments to its reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

The total balance of unrecognized gross tax benefits was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2014
	(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	109	$	255
Additions for tax positions in prior years		126		408
Additions for tax positions in the current year		20		728
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	255	$	1,391

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions, and internationally in the United Kingdom, Germany, Denmark, Netherlands and Australia. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there is no accrued interest or penalties recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The 2008 through 2014 tax years are open to review by taxing authorities.

10. Segments

As previously discussed in Note 1 – Operating Segments, the Company operates in one operating segment.

F-27

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

Revenue

The following table sets forth the Company’s total revenue by geographic areas for 2013, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), as determined based on the billing address of the customer:

	Year Ended December 31,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2014		2014		2015
					(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
North America	$	64,646	$	86,565	$	42,106	$	48,778
Europe		8,217		16,077		6,793		10,377
APAC		905		3,973		1,445		3,000
	$	73,768	$	106,615	$	50,344	$	62,155

Revenue attributed to the United States was approximately 98% of North America revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

Long-lived Assets

The following table sets forth the Company’s long-lived assets by geographic areas as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015:

	December 31, 2014				June 30,
	2013		2014		2015
					(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
North America	$	10,607	$	13,167	$	12,893
APAC		—		715		558
Europe		87		950		1,431
	$	10,694	$	14,832	$	14,882

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company has entered into non-cancellable operating leases, primarily related to rental of office space and certain office equipment. Certain lease agreements include rent payment escalation clauses and free rent (rent holidays). In addition, certain leases entered into in 2014 included approximately $1.3 million in landlord incentives paid directly to contractors by the landlord for construction of leasehold improvements, which are deemed property of the landlord at the termination of the lease. Such amounts are recorded in property and equipment and a corresponding deferred rent liability. The total amount of base rentals over the term of the leases is charged to expense using the straight-line method with the amount of the rental expense in excess of lease payments recorded as a deferred rent liability. Total rent expense for operating leases for 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 was $2.4 million, $2.8 million, $1.2 million (unaudited) and $1.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

F-28

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

In 2014, the Company amended its primary office space lease by adding an additional 18,000 square feet and extending the lease term to January 31, 2023.

The Company also finances the purchase of certain office equipment under capital lease arrangements.

Other Commitments

The Company has entered into certain other non-cancellable agreements for software and marketing services.

Future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating and capital lease agreements and other non-cancellable agreements as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Years Ending December 31,	Operating   Leases		Capital   Leases			Other   Obligations
	(in thousands)
2015	$	2,950		50			462
2016		3,818		35			226
2017		3,848		26			27
2018		3,881		3			21
2019		3,917		—			21
Thereafter		9,845		—			4
Total Minimum Lease Payments	$	28,259	$	114		$	761
Less amounts representing interest				(13	)
Present value of capital lease obligations				101
Less: Current portion			$	(36	)
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations			$	65

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company has become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company investigates these claims as they arise. Although claims are inherently unpredictable, the Company is currently not aware of any matters that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows, individually or in the aggregate.

The Company accrues estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, and threatened claims, breach of contract claims, and other matters.

Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable, the Company believes that there was not at least a reasonable possibility that it had incurred a material loss with respect to such loss contingencies, as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, therefore, the Company has not recorded a reserve for any such contingencies.

F-29

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

12. Credit Facility

2015 Credit Facility (Unaudited)

On June 16, 2015, the Company entered into a revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which consists of up to $10 million in term loan borrowings and up to $15 million in revolver borrowings. Interest on the term loan borrowings is determined at the time of borrowing and accrues at a floating rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25%. Term loan borrowings must be made by April 30, 2016 and the term loan matures on April 1, 2019. Through April 30, 2016, the Company is required to pay only interest on outstanding term borrowings on a monthly basis. Following the expiration of the interest only payment period, the Company is required to pay principal and interest in 36 equal monthly payments. The Company can also incur revolver borrowings of up to the lesser of $15 million, or a borrowing base tied to the amount of eligible accounts receivable. Interest on the revolver borrowings accrues at a floating rate equal to the prime rate and is payable monthly. The revolver matures on June 16, 2016. As of June 30, 2015, the Company had not borrowed any amounts under either the term loan or revolver. In connection with obtaining the credit agreement, the Company incurred $69,000 of loan fees which were capitalized as debt issuance costs and will be amortized over the term of the credit agreement. If the Company incurs any borrowings under the term loan under the credit agreement, Silicon Valley Bank has the right to purchase up to an additional 10,722 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $13.99 per share.

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of its capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with affiliates. If the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and investments held with the lender are below $25 million as of the last day of the applicable monthly measuring period, the Company will be required to comply with a financial covenant based on subscription and professional services performance. This financial covenant is measured both monthly and quarterly, generally on a trailing six month basis. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2015. The Company’s obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company other than intellectual property.

2013 Credit Facility

On March 8, 2013, the Company entered into a revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which included a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $10 million for cash advances. There were no minimum principal payment requirements under the terms of this credit facility so long as the Company remains in compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement for cash advances expired on March 31, 2015 and was replaced by the credit facility noted above. The Company had not drawn down on the credit agreements as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement.

13. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 13, 2015 which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

F-30

Apptio, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015)

14. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring between March 13, 2015 and August 20, 2015, the date the unaudited interim financial statements were issued.

F-31

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

SEC registration fee	$	*
FINRA filing fee		*
Exchange listing fee		*
Printing and engraving expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Accounting fees and expenses		*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses		*
Miscellaneous		*
Total	$	*

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in its best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware

II-1

General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers which require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

(a) In March 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,790,662 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $17.9169 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $50,000,012, to a total of 24 accredited investors.

(b) In May 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,982,851 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $22.6946 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $45,000,010, to a total of 23 accredited investors.

(c) From January 2012 to date, we have granted stock options under our 2007 Stock Plan to purchase an aggregate of 6,020,468 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging between $2.39 and $14.31 per share to service providers.

II-2

(d) From January 2012 to date, 2,215,727 shares of common stock were issued upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan with exercise prices ranging between $0.14 and $11.46 per share.

(e) From January 2012 to date, we have granted stock options under our 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,989,109 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging between $2.39 and $14.31 per share to service providers.

(f) From January 2012 to date, 529,951 shares of common stock were issued upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan with exercise prices ranging between $2.39 and $9.01 per share.

(g) From January 2012 to date, we have granted a non plan stock option to purchase 3,937 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $10.16 per share to a service provider.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(c) and 15(d) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701 in that the transactions were made pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under the registrant’s 2007 Stock Plan. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a), 15(b), 15(e), 15(f) and 15(g) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the registrant.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit Number	Description
1.1*	Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2*	Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1*	Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
4.2	Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 3, 2013, by and among the registrant and the investors and founders named therein
4.2A	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement October 11, 2013
5.1*	Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1	Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between the registrant and Silicon Valley Bank

II-3

Exhibit Number	Description
10.2	Warrant to purchase Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on October 31, 2008
10.3	Warrant to purchase Common Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on June 16, 2015
10.4	Office Lease, dated May 15, 2012, by and between the registrant and Plaza East Property LLC
10.4A	First Amendment to the Office Lease Agreement dated August 20, 2012
10.4B	Second Amendment to the Office Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2014
10.5+	Offer Letter, dated September 6, 2014 by and between John Morrow and the registrant
10.6+	Offer Letter, dated August 16, 2010 by and between Christopher Pick and the registrant
10.7+*	Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.8+*	2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.9+*	UK Addendum to 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.10+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.11+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.12+*	Form of Notice of Stock Purchase Right and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2007 Stock Plan
10.13+*	Canadian Addendum to Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.14+*	2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.15+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.16+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.17+*	2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.18+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.19+*	Form of Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.20+*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.21+*	2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
23.1*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*	Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*	Powers of Attorney (included in page II-5 herein)

* To be filed by amendment.

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

II-4

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bellevue, State of Washington, on                     .

APPTIO, INC.
By:
	Sachin Gupta
	President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sachin Gupta, Kurt Shintaffer and John Morrow, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of Apptio, Inc.) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

Signature	Title	Date
Sachin Gupta	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	, 2015
Kurt Shintaffer	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	, 2015
Thomas Bogan	Chairman of the Board and Directors	, 2015
Peter Klein	Director	, 2015
John McAdam	Director	, 2015
Matthew McIlwain	Director	, 2015

II-6

Signature	Title	Date
Ravi Mohan	Director	, 2015
Rajeev Singh	Director	, 2015

II-7

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
1.1*	Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2*	Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1*	Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
4.2	Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 3, 2013, by and among the registrant and the investors and founders named therein
4.2A	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement October 11, 2013
5.1*	Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1	Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between the registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
10.2	Warrant to purchase Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on October 31, 2008
10.3	Warrant to purchase Common Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on June 16, 2015
10.4	Office Lease, dated May 15, 2012, by and between the registrant and Plaza East Property LLC
10.4A	First Amendment to the Office Lease Agreement dated August 20, 2012
10.4B	Second Amendment to the Office Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2014
10.5+	Offer Letter, dated August 16, 2010 by and between Christopher Pick and the registrant
10.6+	Offer Letter, dated September 6, 2014 by and between John Morrow and the registrant
10.7+*	Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.8+*	2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.9+*	UK Addendum to 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.10+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.11+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.12+*	Form of Notice of Stock Purchase Right and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2007 Stock Plan
10.13+*	Canadian Addendum to Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2007 Stock Plan, as amended
10.14+*	2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.15+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.16+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.17+*	2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.18+*	Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Exhibit Number	Description
10.19+*	Form of Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.20+*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.21+*	2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
23.1*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*	Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*	Powers of Attorney (included in page II-5 herein)

* To be filed by amendment.

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

EX-4

Exhibit 4.2

APPTIO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 3, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
1.	Registration Rights			1
	1.1	Definitions		1
	1.2	Request for Registration		4
	1.3	Company Registration		5
	1.4	Form S-3 Registration		6
	1.5	Obligations of the Company		7
	1.6	Furnish Information		8
	1.7	Expenses of Registration		9
	1.8	Underwriting Requirements		9
	1.9	Delay of Registration		10
	1.10	Indemnification		10
	1.11	Reports Under the Exchange Act		12
	1.12	Assignment of Registration Rights		13
	1.13	Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights		13
	1.14	Lock-Up Agreement		13
	1.15	Termination of Registration Rights		14
2.	Covenants of the Company			15
	2.1	Delivery of Financial Statements		15
	2.2	Inspection		16
	2.3	Right of First Offer		16
	2.4	Periodic Board Meetings		18
	2.5	Stock Option Vesting		18
	2.6	Restrictions on Common Stock Transfers		18
	2.7	Directors and Officers Liability Insurance		18
	2.8	Audit and Compensation Committees		18
	2.9	At-Will Employee Agreements		19
	2.10	Successor Indemnification		19
	2.11	Termination of Covenants		19
	2.12	Confidentiality		19
	2.13	No Promotion		20
3.	Miscellaneous			21
	3.1	Termination		21
	3.2	Entire Agreement		21
	3.3	Successors and Assigns		21
	3.4	Amendments and Waivers		21
	3.5	Notices		22
	3.6	Severability		22
	3.7	Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Waiver		22
	3.8	Counterparts		22
	3.9	Titles and Subtitles		23

3.10	Aggregation of Stock	23
3.11	Delays and Omissions	23
3.12	Further Assurances	23
3.13	Waiver of Preemptive Rights and Notice Rights	23
3.14	Specific Performance.	23
3.15	Attorney’s Fees	23

APPTIO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 3^rd day of May, 2013, by and among Apptio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto (each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) and Sachin Gupta, Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust, Kurt Shintaffer, KCS 2012 GRAT, KDS 2012 GRAT, Paul McLachlan, Jesse Lee and Brian Bero, each of whom is herein referred to as a “Founder.”

RECITALS

The Company, the Founders and certain Investors (the “Prior Parties”) are parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 9, 2012 (the “Prior Agreement”). The Company and certain of the Investors have entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith, pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to such Investors, and such Investors desire to purchase from the Company, shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock. A condition to such Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Founders and the Investors enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to provide the Investors with, among other things, (i) certain rights to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, (ii) certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company and (iii) a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities. The Company, the Investors and the Founders each desire to induce the Investors to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by amending and restating the Prior Agreement in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights. The Company, the Investors and the Founders covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “Affiliated Person” means (A) with respect to any Holder other than the T. Rowe Price Investors, the Janus Capital Investors, the Fidelity Investors, the Hillman Investors or Cisco (i) a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, director or stockholder of such Holder or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder that is a legal entity, (ii) an affiliated fund, entity or constituent member of such Holder that is a legal entity, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or

management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company, (iii) such Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, an Holder’s “Immediate Family Member,” which term shall include adoptive relationships) if such Holder is a individual or (iv) a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such individual Holder’s Immediate Family Member, (B) with respect to each T. Rowe Price Investor, Fidelity Investor, Janus Capital Investor and Hillman Investor, other funds and accounts managed by T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, Janus Capital and Hillman, respectively, and (C) with respect to Cisco, any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Cisco.

(b) The term “Cisco” means Cisco Systems, Inc. and its nominee, Coastdock & Co.

(c) The term “Cisco Competitor Determination” shall mean a good faith determination by the Company’s Board of Directors that Cisco or any of its affiliates (i) is a direct competitor of the Company or (ii) has consummated an investment in another company that is a direct competitor of the Company (other than investments representing less than 10% of the outstanding securities of a company that is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

(d) The term “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(e) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act;

(f) The term “Founders’ Stock” means the shares of Common Stock held by the Founders (not including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock held by the Founders);

(g) The term “Holder” means (except as set forth in Section 1.1(i)) any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

(h) The term “Preferred Stock” means the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of the Company;

(i) The term “Qualified IPO” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act that results in aggregate net proceeds (after deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) to the Company of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000);

(j) The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

-2-

(k) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Founders’ Stock, provided, however, that for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.4, 1.13 and 2 the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed Holders and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) and (ii); provided, however, that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall be treated as Registrable Securities only if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction or (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale;

(l) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

(m) The term “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

(n) The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) The term “T. Rowe Price” shall mean T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and any successor affiliated investment advisor to the T. Rowe Price Investors.

(p) The term “T. Rowe Price Investors” shall mean those Investors that are advisory clients of T. Rowe Price. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof the T. Rowe Price Investors are set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

(q) The term “Fidelity” shall mean Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates and any successor affiliate investment advisor or subadvisor to the Fidelity Investors.

(r) The term “Fidelity Investors” shall mean those Investors that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Fidelity. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof the Fidelity Investors are set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto.

(s) The term “Janus Capital” shall mean Janus Capital Management LLC or any of its affiliates and any successor affiliate investment advisor or subadvisor to the Janus Capital Investors.

(t) The term “Janus Capital Investors” shall mean those Investors that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Janus Capital. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof the Janus Capital Investors are set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

-3-

(u) The term “Hillman” shall mean WSI Investments, Inc. and any successor affiliate investment administrator to the Hillman Investors.

(v) The term “Hillman Investors” shall mean those Investors that are set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto.

1.2 Request for Registration.

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) November 1, 2016, or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from one or more Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an aggregate offering price of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the receipt of such request, of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“Initiating Holders”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each participating Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it

-4-

is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; and provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date ninety (90) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof unless such offering is the Qualified IPO, in which case, ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration following the public filing of such registration statement. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

-5-

1.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least fifteen percent (15%) of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders (an “S-3 Request”), the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) within thirty (30) days of receipt of the S-3 Request, file a registration statement and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective within thirty (30) days after filing and effect all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; and provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered); (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12)-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period ninety (90) days after the effective date of a registration in connection with any subsequent public offering (excluding registrations in connection with employee benefit plans or Rule 145 transactions), subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

(d) If the Holders initiating a Form S-3 registration under this Section 1.4 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.4, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.4(a). The provisions of Section 1.2(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 1.4 for references to Section 1.2 where appropriate).

-6-

1.5 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier; provided that such 180 day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder(s) refrain from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of securities of the Company.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in Section 1.5(a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to each seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

-7-

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (I) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (II) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

(j) After such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

(k) Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith.

1.6 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(ii), whichever is applicable.

-8-

1.7 Expenses of Registration.

(a) Demand Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses on a pro rata basis), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company that was unknown to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

(b) Company Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will

-9-

not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders); provided that in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced (x) below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Qualified IPO, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or any securities held by a Founder be included in such offering if any Registrable Securities held by any Holder (and that such Holder has requested to be registered) are excluded from such offering or (y) until all Founders’ Stock is first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members, retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and such Holder’s partners, members, officers, directors or stockholders, legal counsel and accountants for such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if

-10-

such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, severally, but not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the

-11-

relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d), when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder under Subsection 1.10(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual

-12-

or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least ten percent (10%) of the shares originally purchased by such Holder as set forth on Exhibit A (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification or the like) or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if less or (ii) that is an Affiliated Person of such Holder; provided the Company is, promptly after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder or prospective holder registration rights with respect to such securities, unless such registration rights are subordinate to the registration rights granted hereunder.

1.14 Lock-Up Agreement.

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement. In connection with the Qualified IPO and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Qualified IPO; provided that such period may be extended for such additional periods as may be required to facilitate the underwriters’ compliance with NASD Conduct Rule 2711 or any similar rule. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions in this Section 1.14 or any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

-13-

(b) Limitations. The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent (2%) securityholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to the underwriting agreement entered into by the Company and such Holder in connection with the Qualified IPO, to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. In addition, with respect to any Holder that purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in a Qualified IPO, the Company hereby consents to the sale of the shares purchased by such Holder in the Qualified IPO (the “Qualified IPO Shares”) during the period described in Section 1.14(a), provided, that such Holder (i) may only sell the Qualified IPO Shares (and not any other Company securities, including any shares of the Company’s capital stock owned prior to the Qualified IPO by such Holder) and (ii) may not otherwise make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any other securities of the Company during such period.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound. Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14, provided that this Section 1.14(d) shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement or transfers after the one hundred eighty (180) day anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement subject to this Section 1.14 (or such later date requested by the underwriters to facilitate compliance with NASD Conduct Rule 2711 or any similar rule).

(e) Legend. Each certificate representing any securities of the Company held by a Holder shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

The Company shall keep its securities held by the Holders certificated physical form at least through the expiration or early release of the Lockup-Period as set forth in this Section 1.14 hereof or such other agreement as described herein.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three (3)-month period without registration, or (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

-14-

2. Covenants of the Company.

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to (A) each Holder of at least 700,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities (other than a Founder or a Holder reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company (the parties hereby agree and acknowledge that the investment entities affiliated with Shasta Ventures, Greylock Partners, Madrona Venture Group and Andreessen Horowitz are not presently and shall not in the future be deemed to be competitors of the Company)) (each, a “Major Holder”), (B) Cisco Systems so long as (i) Cisco continues to hold at least 180,729 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company has not delivered written notice to Cisco that the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Cisco Competitor Determination and (C) T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, Janus Capital and Hillman, so long as the T. Rowe Price Investors, the Fidelity Investors, the Janus Capital Investors and the Hillman Investors, respectively, continue to hold shares of Registrable Securities:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (unless waived by the Board including all members of the Audit Committee of the Board), an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter and a comparison of such quarter’s results with the results projected by the Company’s annual budget;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such month, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month and a comparison of such month’s results with the results projected by the Company’s annual budget;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year; and

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of the event, written notice of any stock split or any stock dividend.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

-15-

Notwithstanding the confidentiality provisions in Section 2.12, with respect to Cisco, all information received by Cisco pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be “Confidential Information” subject to the confidentiality obligations of Cisco pursuant to the Board Observer Rights Agreement between the Company and Cisco Systems dated on or about the date hereof (the “Cisco Board Observer Agreement”).

2.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit (A) each Major Holder, at such Major Holder’s expense, (B) Cisco Systems, at Cisco’s expense, so long as (i) Cisco continues to hold at least 180,729 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company has not delivered written notice to Cisco that the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Cisco Competitor Determination, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor and (C) T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, Janus Capital and Hillman so long as a T. Rowe Price Investor, Fidelity Investor, Janus Capital Investor and Hillman Investor, respectively, continues to hold shares of Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding the confidentiality provisions in Section 2.12, with respect to Cisco, all information received by Cisco pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be “Confidential Information” subject to the confidentiality obligations of Cisco pursuant to the Cisco Board Observer Rights Agreement. The Company covenants that it will respond in a timely manner to reasonable requests of auditors of the Investors that have rights pursuant to this Section 2.2.

2.3 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants the participation rights set forth in this Section 2.3 to (A) each Major Holder, (B) Cisco Systems so long as (i) Cisco continues to hold at least 180,729 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company has not delivered written notice to Cisco that the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Cisco Competitor Determination a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined), (C) each T. Rowe Price Investor and Fidelity Investor, so long as the T. Rowe Price Investors and Fidelity Investors, respectively, continue to hold in the aggregate at least 700,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (D) each Janus Capital Investor, so long as the Janus Capital Investors continue to hold in the aggregate at least 315,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (E) each Hillman Investor, so long as the Hillman Investors continue to hold in the aggregate at least 160,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities (each of the Investors described in (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) above, a “Participation Rights Holder”). For purposes of this Section 2.3, Participation Rights Holder includes any Affiliated Persons of a Participation Rights Holder and a Participation Rights Holder who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its Affiliated Persons, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

-16-

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Participation Rights Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“Notice”) to the Participation Rights Holders stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after delivery of the Notice, each Participation Rights Holder may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by such Participation Rights Holder bears to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (assuming full exercise, and conversion to Common Stock, of all outstanding warrants, options and other rights to acquire Preferred Stock) and full exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and other rights to acquire Common Stock. Such purchases shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Participation Rights Holder that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully-Exercising Holder”) of any other Participation Rights Holder’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Holder shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Participation Rights Holders were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Participation Rights Holders that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by all such Fully Exercising Investors who desire to purchase Shares for which Participation Rights Holders did not subscribe.

(c) The Company may, during the forty five (45)-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within forty five (45) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Participation Rights Holders in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance of securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Stock” under Article IV, Section (B)(4)(d)(i)(B)(1)-(8) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or (ii) the issuance of securities that Participation Rights Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by Participation Rights Holders agree in writing to exclude from the provisions of this Section 2.3; provided, however, notwithstanding any such waiver (or waiver of such provisions pursuant to Section 3.4), in the event that a Participation Rights Holders actually purchases Shares in any transaction contemplated by this Section 2.3, then each other Participation Rights Holders shall be permitted to participate on a pro rata basis relative to the Participation Rights Holders purchasing the largest proportion of such Participation Rights Holder’s pro rata share. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Participation Rights Holder and

-17-

any particular subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Participation Rights Holder is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing the exclusion of any Participation Rights Investor from any particular securities issuance shall not affect the right of such Participation Rights Investor to participate in any other securities issuance.

2.4 Periodic Board Meetings. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company are held at least once every three (3) months.

2.5 Stock Option Vesting. Except as expressly approved by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company, options and restricted stock awards granted after or in anticipation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and issued pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan or the Company’s 2011 Executive Equity Incentive Plan shall be granted with four-year vesting, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the options vesting on the first anniversary from the date of grant and 1/36 of the remaining shares vesting monthly after the first anniversary until fully vested.

2.6 Restrictions on Common Stock Transfers. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Directors”), with respect to any Common Stock issued after the date of this Agreement, the Company will require the holder thereof as a condition to such issuance to enter into an agreement with the Company (A) that contains a right of first refusal in favor of the Company on any transfers of such Common Stock (subject to exceptions for transfers in connection with estate planning), (B) that prohibits the sale or assignment of any such Common Stock that is subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company upon termination of the holder’s service provider relationship with the Company (subject to exceptions for transfers in connection with estate planning) and (iii) that contains substantially the same restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 1.14 of this Agreement.

2.7 Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. The Company covenants and agrees to purchase within sixty (60) days of the date of this Agreement and to maintain, directors and officers liability insurance, on such terms as are reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

2.8 Audit and Compensation Committees. The Board of Directors of the Company shall maintain an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Each committee will be comprised solely of non-management directors and will include at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors. The Compensation Committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving all option grants, as well as compensation of all executive officers of the Company and all non-executive officer employees of the Company whose annual salary (including base salary and cash bonuses) exceeds, or is reasonably expected to exceed, $120,000.

-18-

2.9 At-Will Employee Agreements. The Company shall require each current and future officer and employee of the Company to enter into an At-Will Employee Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company shall require each current and future consultant of the Company to enter into an agreement with the Company containing provisions relating to confidentiality and assignment of proprietary information and inventions in favor of the Company.

2.10 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other corporation or entity and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors of the Company as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

2.11 Termination of Covenants. 

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.10 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a “Liquidation Transaction” pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time (provided that with respect to the termination of the covenants in Section 2.10, the Company shall have complied with the terms thereof in connection with the consummation of the Liquidation Transaction).

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.10(a) above.

2.12 Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 2.1 or 2.2 in respect of any Major Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor (the parties hereby agree and acknowledge that the investment entities affiliated with Shasta Ventures, Greylock Partners, Madrona Venture Group, Andreessen Horowitz, T. Rowe Price, the T. Rowe Price Investors, Fidelity, the Fidelity Investors, Janus Capital, the Janus Capital Investors, Hillman and the Hillman Investors are not presently and shall not in the future be deemed to be competitors of the Company). T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, Janus

-19-

Capital, Hillman and each Holder (each a “Receiving Party”) acknowledges and agrees that, except with the prior written permission of the Company, it shall at all times hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any confidential information of the Company provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Agreement, unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 1.5(c)), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Receiving Party without use of the Company’s confidential information, (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such person by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company or (d) was known to the Receiving Party prior to disclosure to the Receiving Party by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Receiving Party may disclose any confidential information of the Company provided to or learned by such Receiving Party in connection with such rights to the minimum extent necessary (i) to evaluate or monitor such Receiving Party’s investment in the Company; (ii) as required by any court or other governmental body, provided that such Receiving Party provides the Company with prompt notice of such court order or requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek a protective order or otherwise to prevent or restrict such disclosure; (iii) to legal counsel of such Receiving Party; (iv) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or rights under this Agreement; (v) to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation; (vi) to any prospective purchaser of any shares of Registrable Securities from such Receiving Party, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.12 or (vii) to any Affiliated Person of such Receiving Party in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Receiving Party informs such person that such information is confidential and directs such person to maintain the confidentiality of such information (for the avoidance of doubt, T. Rowe Price, Fidelity, Janus Capital and Hillman may share confidential information with the T. Rowe Price Investors, the Fidelity Investors, the Janus Capital Investors and the Hillman Investors, respectively, and vice versa). For the sake of clarity, nothing contained in this Section 2.12 shall in any way restrict or impair the obligations of the T. Rowe Price Investors (or T. Rowe Price on their behalf), the Fidelity Investors (or Fidelity on their behalf), the Janus Investors (or Janus on their behalf) or the Hillman Investors (or Hillman on their behalf) to report their respective holdings of the Company in accordance with applicable reporting laws and regulations, without prior notice to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.12 shall not apply to Cisco and all confidential information received by Cisco pursuant to this Agreement shall be “Confidential Information” subject to the confidentiality obligations of Cisco pursuant to the Cisco Board Observer Rights Agreement.

2.13 No Promotion. The Company agrees that it will not, and shall cause each Affiliated Person of the Company not to, without the prior written consent of Fidelity, Janus Capital and T. Rowe Price, as applicable, use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise the name of Fidelity, Janus Capital, T. Rowe Price, or any partner or employee of Fidelity or Janus Capital, T. Rowe Price, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by Fidelity, Janus Capital, T. Rowe Price or any of their respective affiliates. The Company further agrees that it shall obtain the written consent of Fidelity, Janus Capital and T. Rowe Price, as applicable, prior to the Company’s or any of its Affiliated Person’s issuance of any public statement detailing the purchase of Series E Preferred Stock by the Fidelity Investors, Janus Capital Investors and T. Rowe Price Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

-20-

3. Miscellaneous.

3.1 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when the Company shall consummate a Liquidation Transaction.

3.2 Entire Agreement. Effective upon and contingent upon the execution of this Agreement by the Prior Parties necessary to effectively amend and restate the Prior Agreement pursuant to Section 3.4 thereof, the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

3.3 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties as permitted by Section 1.12 (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.4 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock; provided, however, that (A) if such amendment or waiver on its face materially changes the rights or obligations of the Founders’ Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock (it is understood that an amendment of this Agreement entered into for the purpose of granting additional registration rights to current holders of the Company’s capital stock, or for the purpose of granting registration rights to future holders of the Company’s capital stock, shall not be interpreted to require the consent of the holders of the Founders’ Stock pursuant to the following proviso, unless such amendment terminates the registration rights of the Founders’ Stock hereunder); (B) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all similarly situated Investors in the same fashion, (C) so long as (i) Cisco continues to hold at least 180,729 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company has not delivered written notice to Cisco that the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Cisco Competitor Determination, if such amendment or waiver on its face removes Cisco’s rights pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 and does not remove such rights from all other holders of such rights, then such amendment shall require the consent of Cisco (it is understood that an amendment or waiver of the participation rights provided in Section 2.3 of this Agreement that applies proportionately to all Participation Rights Holders shall not require the consent of Cisco) and (D) any amendment or waiver of Section 2.3 shall also require the written consent of a holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Participation Rights Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of

-21-

including additional purchasers of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement as “Investors” and “Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or forty eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on the signature pages hereto, or as subsequently modified by written notice, and (a) if to the Company, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Attention: Patrick J. Schultheis, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, WA 98104 or (b) if to the Investors, with a copy to (i) Goodwin Procter LLP, Attention: Anthony McCusker, 135 Commonwealth Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025; (ii) DLA Piper LLP (US), 6225 Smith Avenue, Baltimore, MD 21209-3600, Attention: Jay Smith; and (iii) Proskauer Rose LLP, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2600, Attention: Michael J. Mano.

3.6 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.7 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue; Jury Waiver. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATED AGREEMENTS AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT.

3.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature or other electronic means and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

-22-

3.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.10 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons, including without limitation Affiliated Funds, shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.11 Delays and Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

3.12 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

3.13 Waiver of Preemptive Rights and Notice Rights. The undersigned Investors, as applicable, hereby waive, on behalf of such Investors and all Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement), any and all rights they may have under Section 2.3 of the Prior Agreement or otherwise with respect to the sale and issuance of shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, including any right to participate in the purchase of such shares and any right to receive notice of such sale and issuance.

3.14 Specific Performance.

In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Investor shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company hereunder and to such other injunction or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

3.15 Attorney’s Fees. If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

-23-

(Signature pages follow)

-24-

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:
APPTIO, INC.
By:	/s/ Sachin Gupta
	Sachin Gupta
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Address: 11100 8^th Street Suite 600 Bellevue, Washington 98004

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDERS:

SACHIN GUPTA

/s/ Sachin Gupta

Address:

GUPTA FAMILY IRREVOCABLE TRUST
By:	/s/ Vineet Gupta
Name:	Vineet Gupta
Title:	Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER:

KURT SHINTAFFER

/s/ Kurt Shintaffer

Address:

KCS 2012 GRAT
By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
Name:	Kurt Shintaffer
Title:	Trustee
Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER: KDS 2012 GRAT
By:	/s/ Kylee Shintaffer
Name:	Kylee Shintaffer
Title:	Trustee
Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER:

PAUL MCLACHLAN

/s/ Paul McLachlan

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER:

JESSE LEE

/s/ Jesse Lee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER:

BRIAN BERO

/s/ Brian Bero

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: SHASTA VENTURES, L.P.
By:	Shasta Ventures GP, LLC,
Its:	General Partner
By:	/s/ Ravi Mohan
Name:	Ravi Mohan
Title:	Managing Director
Address:	2440 Sandhill Rd., Suite 300
	Menlo Park, CA 9402

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: MADRONA VENTURE FUND III, L.P.
By:	Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P.
Its:	General Partner
By:	Madrona III General Partner, LLC
Its:	General Partner
By:	/s/ Troy Cichos
Name:	Troy Cichos
Title:	Authorized Signatory
Address:	1000 Second Avenue Suite 3700 Seattle, Washington 98104

MADRONA VENTURE FUND III-A, L.P.
By:	Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P.
Its:	General Partner
By:	Madrona III General Partner, LLC
Its:	General Partner
By:	/s/ Troy Cichos
Name:	Troy Cichos
Title:	Authorized Signatory
Address:	1000 Second Avenue Suite 3700 Seattle, Washington 98104

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: GREYLOCK XII LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:	Greylock XII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Administrative Partner

GREYLOCK XII-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:	Greylock XII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Administrative Partner

GREYLOCK XII PRINCIPALS LLC
By:	Greylock Management Corporation, Sole Member
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Treasurer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR: ANDREESSEN HOROWITZ FUND I, L.P., as Nominee for Andreessen Horowitz Fund I, LP, Andreessen Horowitz Fund I-A, LP, Andreessen Horowitz Fund I-B, LP
By:	AH Equity Partners, LLC its General Partner
By:	/s/ Ben Horowitz
Name:	Ben Horowitz
Title:	Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

SACHIN GUPTA

/s/ Sachin Gupta

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

KURT SHINTAFFER

/s/ Kurt Shintaffer

Address:                                                                                        

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

BRIAN BERO

/s/ Brian Bero

Address:                                                                                        

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

JESSE LEE

/s/ Jesse Lee

Address:                                                                                        

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. Investment Adviser for and on behalf of: T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund, Inc. T. Rowe Price Institutional Small-Cap Stock Fund T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Income Fund T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Fund T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Growth Fund T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Trust Valic Company I – Small Cap Fund TD Mutual Funds – TD U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Core Equity Trust Advantus Capital Management, Inc. – Minnesota Life Insurance Co.
By:	/s/ Gregory McCrickard
Name: Gregory McCrickard Title: Vice President T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 100 East Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202 Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal           Counsel Phone: E-mail:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. Investment Adviser for and on behalf of: T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc. T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust
By:	/s/ Henry Ellenbogen
Name: Henry Ellenbogen Title: Vice President T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 100 East Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202 Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal           Counsel Phone: E-mail:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. Investment Adviser for and on behalf of: T. Rowe Price Global Technology Fund, Inc. TD Mutual Funds – TD Science & Technology Fund
By:	/s/ Joshua Spencer
Name:  Joshua Spencer Title:    Vice President T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 100 East Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202 Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal           Counsel Phone: E-mail:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

THOMAS BOGAN

/s/ Thomas Bogan

Address:                                                                                        

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR: FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST: FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND
By:	/s/ Adrien Deberghes
Name: Adrien Deberghes Title: Deputy Treasurer

Address: Ball & Co C/o Citibank N.A/Custody IC&D Lock Box P.O. Box 7247-7057 Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR: JANUS ENTERPRISE FUND By: Janus Capital Management LCC Its: Investment Advisor
By:	/s/ Brian Demain
Name: Brian Demain Title: Portfolio Manager

Address: Janus Capital Management LLC 151 Detroit Street Denver, CO 80206 Attn: Angela Morton

JANUS GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY FUND By: Janus Capital Management LCC Its: Investment Advisor
By:	/s/ J.B. Slingerlend
Name: J.B. Slignerlend Title: Portfolio Manager

Address: Janus Capital Management LLC 151 Detroit Street Denver, CO 80206 Attn: Angela Morton

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR: GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO By: Janus Capital Management LCC Its: Investment Advisor
By:	/s/ J.B. Slingerlend
Name: J.B. Slingerlend Title: Portfolio Manager

Address: Janus Capital Management LLC 151 Detroit Street Denver, CO 80206 Attn: Angela Morton

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

HENRY L. HILLMAN 1985 REVOCABLE TRUST

/s/ E.C. Johnson

E. C. Johnson, Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR: WSI INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:	/s/ Wanda M. Cook
	Wanda M. Cook, President

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

BRUCE I. CROCKER, EDWARD J. GREFENSTETTE AND E. C. JOHNSON, TRUSTEES U/A/T DATED 8/28/68 FOR JULIET LEA HILLMAN

/s/ Edward J. Grefenstette

Edward J. Grefenstette, Trustee

/s/ E.C. Johnson

E. C. Johnson, Trustee

Address:

BRUCE I. CROCKER, EDWARD J. GREFENSTETTE AND E. C. JOHNSON, TRUSTEES U/A/T DATED 8/28/68 FOR AUDREY HILLIARD HILLMAN

/s/ Edward J. Grefenstette

Edward J. Grefenstette, Trustee

/s/ E.C. Johnson

E. C. Johnson, Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

BRUCE I. CROCKER, EDWARD J. GREFENSTETTE AND E. C. JOHNSON, TRUSTEES U/A/T DATED 8/28/68 FOR HENRY LEA HILLMAN, JR.

/s/ Edward J. Grefenstette

Edward J. Grefenstette, Trustee

/s/ E.C. Johnson

E. C. Johnson, Trustee

Address:

BRUCE I. CROCKER, EDWARD J. GREFENSTETTE AND E. C. JOHNSON, TRUSTEES U/A/T DATED 8/28/68 FOR WILLIAM TALBOTT HILLMAN

/s/ Edward J. Grefenstette

Edward J. Grefenstette, Trustee

/s/ E.C. Johnson

E. C. Johnson, Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

MCBEE BUTCHER, JOSEPH J. HILL AND TATNALL L. HILLMAN, TRUSTEES U/A DORA B. HILLMAN DATED 8/25/68 F/B/O TATNALL L. HILLMAN AND HIS ISSUE (“B-1 TRUST”)

/s/ McBee Butcher

McBee Butcher, Trustee

/s/ Joseph J. Hill

Joseph J. Hill, Trustee

Tatnall L. Hillman, Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

ELISE H. GREEN, IRENE H. RIEBE AND THEODORE A. RUPPERT, TRUSTEES U/A HOWARD B. HILLMAN DATED 8/28/68 F/B/O HIS ISSUE (“C-1 TRUST”)

/s/ Irene H. Riebe under POA for Elise H. Green

Elise H. Green, Trustee

/s/ Irene H. Riebe

Irene H. Riebe, Trustee

/s/ Theodore A. Ruppert

Theodore A. Ruppert, Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

Investor	Number of Series A Preferred Shares		Number of Series B Preferred Shares		Number of Series C Preferred Shares		Number of Series D Preferred Shares		Number of Series E Preferred Shares
Madrona Venture Fund III, LP		2,206,839		1,451,124		733,763		414,257		194,057
Madrona Venture Fund III-A, LP		88,161		57,971		29,313		16,549		7,752
Greylock XII Limited Partnership		1,962,223		1,290,276		652,431		368,340		134,874
Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership		218,026		143,364		72,492		40,926		14,985
Greylock XII Principals LLC		114,751		75,455		38,153		21,540		7,887
Shasta Ventures, L.P.		182,143		1,509,095		1,044,211		223,253		11,022
ANDREESSEN HOROWITZ FUND I, L.P., as Nominee for Andreessen Horowitz Fund I, LP, Andreessen Horowitz Fund I-A, LP, Andreessen Horowitz Fund I-B, LP		127,499		588,915		401,620		390,693		440
Ignition Managing Directors Fund IV, LLC		474		0		0		0		0
Ignition Venture Partners IV, LP		72,383		0		0		0		0
Sachin Gupta		36,429		18,404		0		0		0
Kurt Shintaffer		14,573		11,042		0		0		0
Brian Bero		14,572		7,361		0		0		0
Jesse Lee		10,928		0		0		0		0
Eric Hughes		14,571		0		0		0		0
Jeff Gerber		18,214		0		0		0		0
Frank Artale		18,214		0		0		0		0
Cisco Systems, Inc.		0		0		240,972		0		0

Investor	Number of Series A Preferred Shares		Number of Series B Preferred Shares		Number of Series C Preferred Shares		Number of Series D Preferred Shares		Number of Series E Preferred Shares
Thomas Bogan		0		0		0		0		44,063
Larry Godec		0		0		0		2,790		0
BRIDGE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.		0		0		0		609,011		80,037
AMIDSPEED & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust		0		0		0		52,705		7,909
ICECOLD & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust		0		0		0		1,520		180
OVERLAP & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund, Inc.		0		0		0		471,689		0
CASCOLANE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Institutional Small-Cap Stock Fund		0		0		0		53,274		0
LADYBIRD & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY INCOME FUND		0		0		0		1,478		0
LADYBUG & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY BALANCED FUND		0		0		0		3,318		0
LAKESIDE & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY GROWTH FUND		0		0		0		3,082		0
PEACEMAKER & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY BALANCED PORTFOLIO		0		0		0		330		0
HARE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Trust		0		0		0		14,659		0

Investor	Number of Series A Preferred Shares		Number of Series B Preferred Shares		Number of Series C Preferred Shares		Number of Series D Preferred Shares		Number of Series E Preferred Shares
SQUIDFISH & CO., as nominee for VALIC Company I—Small Cap Fund		0		0		0		5,641		0
MAC & CO., as nominee for TD Mutual Funds —TD U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund		0		0		0		2,674		0
AWEIGH & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Core Equity Trust		0		0		0		12,658		0
BARNACLEWATER & CO., as nominee for Advantus Capital Management, Inc. Minnesota Life Insurance Co.		0		0		0		5,020		0
MILDSHIP & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Global Technology Fund, Inc.		0		0		0		63,288		0
MAC & CO., as nominee for TD Mutual Funds —TD Science & Technology Fund		0		0		0		11,967		0
BALL & CO, as nominee for Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund		0		0		0		0		881,266
NEWSWORTHY & CO., as nominee for Janus Enterprise Fund		0		0		0		0		181,903
CRUISEBOAT & CO., as nominee for Janus Global Technology Fund		0		0		0		0		188,929
PONDLINE & CO., as nominee for Global Technology Portfolio		0		0		0		0		25,738
Henry L. Hillman 1985 Revocable Trust		0		0		0		0		30,271

Investor	Number of Series A Preferred Shares		Number of Series B Preferred Shares		Number of Series C Preferred Shares		Number of Series D Preferred Shares		Number of Series E Preferred Shares
WSI Investments, Inc.		0		0		0		0		100,908
Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Juliet Lea Hillman		0		0		0		0		10,090
Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Audrey Hilliard Hillman		0		0		0		0		10,090
Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Henry Lea Hillman, Jr.		0		0		0		0		10,090
Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for William Talbott Hillman		0		0		0		0		10,090
McBee Butcher, Joseph J. Hill and Tatnall L. Hillman, Trustees U/A Dora B. Hillman dated 8/25/68 F/B/O Tatnall L. Hillman and His Issue (“B-1 Trust”)		0		0		0		0		10,090
Elise H. Green, Irene H. Riebe and Theodore A. Ruppert, Trustees U/A Howard B. Hillman dated 8/28/68 F/B/O His Issue (“C-1 Trust”)		0		0		0		0		20,180
Total		5,100,000		5,153,007		3,212,955		2,790,662		1,982,851

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 1

T. ROWE PRICE INVESTORS

1. BRIDGE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.

2. AMIDSPEED & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust

3. ICECOLD & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

4. OVERLAP & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund, Inc.

5. CASCOLANE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Institutional Small-Cap Stock Fund

6. LADYBIRD & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY INCOME FUND

7. LADYBUG & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY BALANCED FUND

8. LAKESIDE & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY GROWTH FUND

9. PEACEMAKER & CO., as nominee for T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY BALANCED PORTFOLIO

10. HARE & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Trust

11. SQUIDFISH & CO., as nominee for VALIC Company I - Small Cap Fund

12. MAC & CO., as nominee for TD Mutual Funds - TD U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund

13. AWEIGH & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Core Equity Trust

14. BARNACLEWATER & CO., as nominee for Advantus Capital Management, Inc. Minnesota Life Insurance Co.

15. MILDSHIP & CO., as nominee for T. Rowe Price Global Technology Fund, Inc.

16. MAC & CO., as nominee for TD Mutual Funds - TD Science & Technology Fund

SCHEDULE 2

FIDELITY INVESTORS

1. BALL & CO, as nominee for Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

SCHEDULE 3

JANUS CAPITAL INVESTORS

1. NEWSWORTHY & CO., as nominee for Janus Enterprise Fund

2. CRUISEBOAT & CO., as nominee for Janus Global Technology Fund

3. PONDLINE & CO., as nominee for Global Technology Portfolio

SCHEDULE 4

HILLMAN INVESTORS

1. Henry L. Hillman 1985 Revocable Trust

2. WSI Investments, Inc.

3. Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Juliet Lea Hillman

4. Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Audrey Hilliard Hillman

5. Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for Henry Lea Hillman, Jr.

6. Bruce I. Crocker, Edward J. Grefenstette and E. C. Johnson, Trustees U/A/T dated 8/28/68 for William Talbott Hillman

7. McBee Butcher, Joseph J. Hill and Tatnall L. Hillman, Trustees U/A Dora B. Hillman dated 8/25/68 F/B/O Tatnall L. Hillman and His Issue (“B-1 Trust”)

8. Elise H. Green, Irene H. Riebe and Theodore A. Ruppert, Trustees U/A Howard B. Hillman dated 8/28/68 F/B/O His Issue (“C-1 Trust”)

EX-4

Exhibit 4.2A

APPTIO, INC.

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Agreement (this “Amendment”) dated as of October 11, 2013 is made by and among Apptio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the undersigned Requisite Investors (as defined below). This Amendment amends the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 3, 2013 (the “Agreement”) by and among the Company, the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) and Sachin Gupta, Gupta Family Irrevocable Trust, Kurt Shintaffer, KCS 2012 GRAT, KDS 2012 GRAT, Paul McLachlan, Jesse Lee and Brian Bero, each of whom is herein referred to as a “Founder.” All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Section 3.4 of the Agreement provides that any term thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated by a written instrument referencing the Agreement and signed by (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock; provided, however, among other limitations, any amendment or waiver of Section 2.3 shall also require the written consent of (iii) holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Participation Rights Holders (the holders referred to in (ii) and (iii) shall be referred to herein as the “Requisite Investors”).

WHEREAS, the Company has received notice from certain stockholders of the Company (each a “Selling Stockholder”) that such Selling Stockholder desires to sell shares of the Company’s Common Stock (a “Secondary Sale”) to a third party purchaser of such shares (each a “Purchasers”).

WHEREAS: Pursuant to the agreements between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, before any shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by Selling Stockholder may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) (each an “Assignee”) has a right of first refusal to purchase the shares at the same price per share that the Purchaser proposes to pay for such shares in the Secondary Sales and on such other terms and conditions set forth in such agreement (the “Right of First Refusal”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Requisite Investors desire to amend the Agreement to, among other things, clarify that the Company’s assignment of its Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed Secondary Sale (a “ROFR Assignment”) shall not constitute an “offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock” and that the ROFR Assignment shall not be subject to the Right of First Offer provided to the Participation Rights Holders pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Agreement.

-1-

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendment to Section 2.3. Section 2.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows (for the sake of clarity, additions are shown as bold underline and deletions are shown as bold strikethough):

“2.3 Right of First Offer.

Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants the participation rights set forth in this Section 2.3 to (A) each Major Holder, (B) Cisco Systems so long as (i) Cisco continues to hold at least 180,729 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company has not delivered written notice to Cisco that the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Cisco Competitor Determination a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined), (C) each T. Rowe Price Investor and Fidelity Investor, so long as the T. Rowe Price Investors and Fidelity Investors, respectively, continue to hold in the aggregate at least 700,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (D) each Janus Capital Investor, so long as the Janus Capital Investors continue to hold in the aggregate at least 315,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities and (E) each Hillman Investor, so long as the Hillman Investors continue to hold in the aggregate at least 160,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) of Registrable Securities (each of the Investors described in (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) above, a “Participation Rights Holder”). For purposes of this Section 2.3, Participation Rights Holder includes any Affiliated Persons of a Participation Rights Holder and a Participation Rights Holder who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its Affiliated Persons, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any additional shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock for sale and issuance by the Company as a primary issuance (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Participation Rights Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“Notice”) to the Participation Rights Holders stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after delivery of the Notice, each Participation Rights Holder may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by such Participation Rights Holder bears to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (assuming full exercise, and conversion to Common Stock, of all outstanding warrants, options and other rights to acquire Preferred Stock) and full exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and other rights to acquire Common Stock. Such purchases shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Participation Rights Holder that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully-Exercising Holder”) of any other Participation Rights Holder’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Holder shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Participation Rights Holders were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Participation Rights

-2-

Holders that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by all such Fully Exercising Investors who desire to purchase Shares for which Participation Rights Holders did not subscribe.

(c) The Company may, during the forty five (45) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within forty five (45) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Participation Rights Holders in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance of securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Stock” under Article IV, Section (B)(4)(d)(i)(B)(1)-(8) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) the assignment by the Company of a right of first refusal that the Company may have with respect to any proposed sale of shares of the Company’s capital stock; or (iii) the issuance of securities that Participation Rights Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by Participation Rights Holders agree in writing to exclude from the provisions of this Section 2.3; provided, however, notwithstanding any such waiver (or waiver of such provisions pursuant to Section 3.4), in the event that a Participation Rights Holders actually purchases Shares in any transaction contemplated by this Section 2.3, then each other Participation Rights Holders shall be permitted to participate on a pro rata basis relative to the Participation Rights Holders purchasing the largest proportion of such Participation Rights Holder’s pro rata share. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Participation Rights Holder and any particular subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Participation Rights Holder is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing the exclusion of any Participation Rights Investor from any particular securities issuance shall not affect the right of such Participation Rights Investor to participate in any other securities issuance”

2. Effect of Amendment. Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Agreement, including the exhibits attached thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5. Telecopy Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Amendment may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party

-3-

can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Amendment as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof

6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

(Signature pages follow)

-4-

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:
APPTIO, INC.
By:	/s/ Sachin Gupta
	Sachin Gupta
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Address: 11100 8^th Street Suite 600 Bellevue, Washington 98004

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDERS:

SACHIN GUPTA

/s/ Sachin Gupta

Address:

GUPTA FAMILY IRREVOCABLE TRUST
By:	/s/ Vineet Gupta
Name:	Vineet Gupta
Title:	Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER:

KURT SHINTAFFER

/s/ Kurt Shintaffer

Address:

KCS 2012 GRAT
By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
Name:	Kurt Shintaffer
Title:	Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER: KDS 2012 GRAT
By:	/s/ Kylee Shintaffer
Name:	Kylee Shintaffer
Title:	Trustee

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: SHASTA VENTURES, L.P.
By: Shasta Ventures GP, LLC, Its: General Partner
By:	/s/ Ravi Mohan
Name:	Ravi Mohan
Title:	Managing Director

Address:	2440 Sandhill Rd., Suite 300
	Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS: MADRONA VENTURE FUND III, L.P.
By: Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P. Its: General Partner
By: Madrona III General Partner, LLC Its: General Partner
By:	/s/ Troy Cichos
Name:	Troy Cichos
Title:	Authorized Signatory

Address: 999 3rd Avenue Suite 3400 Seattle, Washington 98104

MADRONA VENTURE FUND III-A, L.P.
By: Madrona Investment Partners III, L.P. Its: General Partner
By: Madrona III General Partner, LLC Its: General Partner
By:	/s/ Troy Cichos
Name:	Troy Cichos
Title:	Authorized Signatory

Address: 999 3rd Avenue Suite 340 Seattle, Washington 98104

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:
(a) GREYLOCK XII LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:	Greylock XII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Administrative Partner

GREYLOCK XII-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:	Greylock XII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Administrative Partner

GREYLOCK XII PRINCIPALS LLC
By:	Greylock Management Corporation, Sole Member
By:	/s/ Donald A. Sullivan
Name:	Donald A. Sullivan
Title:	Treasurer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

SACHIN GUPTA

/s/ Sachin Gupta

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

KURT SHINTAFFER

/s/ Kurt Shintaffer

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

EX-10

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 16, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), amends and restates, in its entirety, that certain Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of March 8, 2013 (the “Original Agreement”) and provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP, except with respect to unaudited financial statements and projections (i) for non-compliance with FAS 123R and (ii) for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments, including adjustments resulting from the application of revenue recognition principles under GAAP), provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or covenant requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or covenant requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, such ratio or covenant requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Term Loans.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term Loan Draw Period, Borrower may request that Bank make term loans available to Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Term Loan Amount (each a “Term Loan” and collectively, the “Term Loans”). Each Term Loan must be in minimum increments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or such smaller increment that is the maximum amount available under the Term Loan Amount.

(b) Repayment. The Term Loans shall be “interest only” during the Term Loan Draw Period, with interest due and payable in accordance with Section 2.3(f) hereof. Term Loans outstanding on the last day of the Term Loan Draw Period are payable in (i) thirty six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment”), beginning on May 1, 2016 and continuing on the first (1^st) day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Once repaid, the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

1

(c) Prepayment.

(1) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Term Loan is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (a) all outstanding principal with respect to the Term Loan, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (b) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loan, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(2) Voluntary Prepayment. So long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans, provided Borrower (a) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of such prepayment (i) all outstanding principal with respect to the Term Loans, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (ii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loans.

2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rates.

(i) Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(ii) Term Loans. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one quarter percentage points (1.25%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Computation; 360-Day Year. In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Debit of Accounts. Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Interest Payment Date. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month.

2

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) on the Effective Date; and

(b) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement (“Documentation Fees”); provided that Bank will provide Borrower prior notice of such Documentation Fees exceeding Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) as of the Effective Date, and Bank shall not continue to incur such Documentation Fees until Borrower provides to Bank written approval to proceed with the documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments.

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) an updated Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(g) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses and cancellation notice to Bank (or endorsements reflecting the same) in favor of Bank; and

(h) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance or a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance or a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance or a Term Loan. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances or a Term Loan to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances or a Term Loan under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof; provided, that (a) solely with respect to Borrower’s Intellectual Property, such security interest shall not be effective unless or until an IP Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) such security interest shall not constitute a cure of the Event(s) of Default giving rise thereto, and (c) any cure of the Events(s) of Default shall not be deemed a release of Bank’s security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property unless Bank otherwise consents thereto in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times (whether before or after Bank’s security interest in Intellectual Property has become effective) the Collateral shall include all proceeds of all Intellectual Property (whether acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of such Intellectual Property) and all other rights arising out of Intellectual Property.

4

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (i) one hundred five percent (105%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in Dollars or (ii) one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit, plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with a claim in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

5

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except (i) as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate, (ii) as otherwise disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2, or (iii) as otherwise permitted to be located pursuant to Section 7.2 after the Effective Date. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software or non-material software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise disclosed to Bank. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable; Inventory. For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

6

5.4 Litigation. Except as disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(j) hereof, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate with respect to any related actions or proceedings, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except for any non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect upon Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower that if not paid could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

7

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide, upon Bank’s request, copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Bank:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each quarter during which Borrower’s Cash was less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) as of the last day of the applicable quarter, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) and a Deferred Revenue Report (the “Borrowing Base Reports”);

(b) Borrowing Base Certificate. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each quarter during which Borrower’s Cash was less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) as of the last day of the applicable quarter, and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer. To the extent no amounts are borrowed or outstanding during a quarter, Borrower shall not be obligated to make the deliveries required by Section 6.2(a) or 6.2(b) unless and until Borrower borrows in a then current quarter;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

(e) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

8

(f) Annual Business Plan. As soon as available, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, Borrower’s annual business plan prepared in good faith by Borrower and approved by Borrower’s board of directors with respect to the following fiscal year;

(g) 409(A) Valuation Report. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after completion, Borrower’s 409(A) valuation report;

(h) Other Statements. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i) SEC Filings. In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(j) Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate with respect to any related actions or proceedings, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or more;

(k) Intellectual Property Notice. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, all required reports or notices with respect to Borrower’s Intellectual Property, as required pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement, shall be delivered to Bank; and

(l) Other Financial Information. Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances with respect to Inventory between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims, in each case, with respect to Inventory, that involve more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required material tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance. Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as a lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or their respective endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Borrower at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy and Borrower shall provide prompt notice to Bank on receipt of any such notice. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy with respect to Collateral up to Five

9

Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy with respect to Collateral shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its and its U.S. Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates; provided, however, if Borrower completes an initial public offering and, as a result, Borrower and its Subsidiaries have cash balances greater than or equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), Borrower and its Subsidiaries may maintain securities accounts outside of Bank provided that the aggregate amount of all funds in accounts at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the Dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains within the United States, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Financial Covenant. If Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries Cash is less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) as of the last day of the applicable monthly measuring period, Borrower shall maintain the following financial covenant as of the last day of the month:

(a) Performance to Plan. Bookings, measured on a trailing six (6) month basis, based on Borrower’s annual business plan (as delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(f)) and as approved in writing by Bank in its reasonable business judgment, provided that Borrower’s annual business plan for the 2015 fiscal year provided to Bank on April 16, 2015, shall be deemed approved by Bank (the “2015 Plan”) of not less than (i) 90% of Bookings for each period ending as of the last day of the month of June, September, December and March of each year and (ii) 85% of Bookings for each period ending as of the last day of the month of July, August, October, November, January, February, April and May of each year; provided, however, that for the measuring period ending (i) May 31, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing three (3) month basis, (ii) June 30, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing four (4) month basis and (iii) July 31, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing five (5) month basis; provided, further, that for the periods ending as of the last day of January and February of each year, prior to the delivery of Borrower’s annual business plan pursuant to Section 6.2(f), required Bookings for such months shall be based upon the prior year actual Bookings for such months in lieu of a forecasted amount for such months in which no annual financial projections have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(f) prior to the end of such months. For example, for January 2016, this covenant would be calculated using the financial projections from the 2015 Plan for the months August through December 2015 (5 months) Bookings plus actual Bookings for the month of January 2015.

Bookings requirements for Borrower’s 2016 fiscal year and thereafter, shall be set forth in, and based upon, Borrower’s annual business plan delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(f) with such bookings requirements determined pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.7(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such annual business plan and Bookings requirements must be approved in writing by Bank in its reasonable business judgment by March 31st of the applicable year.

10

6.8 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its material Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Effective at all times after the occurrence of an IP Default, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark or the registration of any Copyright or mask work in the United States Copyright Office, then Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(k), including, application and/or registration numbers with respect to such Intellectual Property and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(k) if Borrower has entered into or become bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public) during the applicable fiscal quarter. Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. No such inspections or audits shall be conducted for so long as Borrower’s aggregate Cash is greater than or equal to Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) and there are no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line. At all times when Borrower’s aggregate Cash is less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) or there are any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line, such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) if Bank requests such fee plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank.

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is organized in the United States or any state thereof or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is organized in the United States or any state thereof after the Effective Date, other than TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COUNCIL, LTD., a Delaware corporation, Borrower shall within 30 days of such formation or acquisition (or such other period of time as consented to by Bank) (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder (“Co-Borrower”), together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate

11

certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, including, if reasonably requested by Bank, one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement, provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Bank shall not file the IP Agreement with any Governmental Authority until an IP Default occurs and the security interest granted in such IP Agreement shall not be effective until such time as an IP Default occurs. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete property; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) Transfers between Loan Parties, and (e) other Transfers in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in CEO or CFO unless the Board appoints a successor CEO or CFO (which may include an interim or acting CEO and/or CFO) within 90 days of the resignation or termination of the prior CEO or CFO or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least five (5) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or to Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business, or (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) to a bailee (other than to Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business), and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

12

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except (i) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or (ii) any Permitted Acquisition.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, except for (i) restrictions contained in agreements in connection with transfers otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof, and (ii) restrictions with respect to property subject to any Lien that constitutes a “Permitted Lien” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and pay cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with any conversion or exercise of such convertible securities, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in cash per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, or that are otherwise upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions with Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by this Article 7, (iii) compensation arrangements approved by the Borrower’s board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof and (iv) equity and bridge financings with Borrower’s existing investors, provided that any such bridge financing shall constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

13

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8(c), 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) Business Day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) Business Day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) Business Day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); or (b) any default by Borrower or Guarantor , the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business.

14

8.7 Judgments. One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

15

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral including, without limitation, perfecting Bank’s security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

16

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

If to Borrower:	APPTIO, INC. 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600 Bellevue, WA 98004 Attn: Kurt Shintaffer, CFO Fax: N/A
And to:
	APPTIO, INC. 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600 Bellevue, WA 98004 Attn: John Morrow, GC Fax: 425.502.6210
If to Bank:	Silicon Valley Bank 901 5th Ave, Suite 3900 Seattle, WA 98164 Attn: Jayson Davis Fax: (206) 624-0374

17

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

18

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

19

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”), provided that such Subsidiaries or Affiliates are also bound by the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 12.9; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

20

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Bookings” means, as of the date of determination, the actual cash value of new and renewal subscription, bookings, other bookings and professional service bookings which, in the case of subscription bookings, includes the first (or, in the event of renewal, subsequent) twelve (12) months of subscription revenue, and for time-based professional services bookings represents the first twelve (12) months of anticipated value of professional services revenue to be earned.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is (a) at all times when Borrower’s Cash is greater than or equal to Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), an amount equal to the Revolving Line and (b) at all times when Borrower’s Cash is less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

21

“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Borrowing Base Report” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash” means (a) unrestricted cash, plus (b) Cash Equivalents plus (c) long term investments, in each case of (a) through (c), maintained at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds of the Advances and the Term Loans are not excluded from qualifying as “Cash” in accordance with the definition above.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Co-Borrower” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.11.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

22

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Term Loan, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number XXX-XXX-5374, maintained with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

23

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date other than as a result of a good faith business dispute and provided that undisputed amounts have been paid;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are (a) otherwise Eligible Accounts and (b) billed and collected in the United States; provided however that such Accounts shall be capped at an amount equal to twenty five percent (25%) of all Eligible Accounts at any time;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise—sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days (excluding any Accounts that explicitly have payment terms in excess of 90 days, provided that such Accounts shall only be included as “Eligible Accounts” once such Account is due and payable within 90 days, e.g., an Account with 180 day terms will only be an “Eligible Account” after 90 days have elapsed since such Account was purchased by an Account Debtor);

24

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

25

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantor” is any Person that guarantees the obligations of Borrower hereunder.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (c).

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

26

“IP Agreement” is that certain Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as the Effective Date.

“IP Default” means an Event of Default under Section 8.1, 8.2(a), 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 or 8.7 hereof.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the term “Loan Documents” shall not include any warrants, other equity securities, in each case issued to Bank.

“Loan Parties” means the Borrower, any Co-Borrower and any Guarantor.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

“Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Borrower with respect to any warrants, other equity securities, in each case issued to Bank, or any agreements governing the rights of Bank with respect to such warrants or other equity securities.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition(s), including the creation and capitalization of any Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition, in which: (a) Borrower’s board of directors has approved; (b) the Person so acquired is in the same or a similar line of business or a business reasonably related thereto; (c) Borrower is the sole surviving legal entity or any acquired Subsidiary is directly or indirectly owned by Borrower; (d) either (i) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, Cash is greater than or equal to Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) or (ii) total cash consideration for all acquisitions does not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)

27

in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (e) the acquisition is not a hostile acquisition; (f) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before consummation of such acquisition or after consummation of such acquisition (including compliance with all financial covenants on a pro forma basis); and (g) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, Borrower can demonstrate compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenants set forth in Section 6.7 hereof.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness consisting of capitalized leases of any Person outstanding prior to the date on which such Person becomes a Subsidiary (in a transaction otherwise permitted hereunder) or is merged or consolidated with or into Borrower or any Subsidiary and , in each case, not created in contemplation of or in connection with such event;

(g) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a), (c) and (k) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(h) Indebtedness that constitutes also constitutes an Investment that is Permitted under clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Investments;

(i) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) at any time; and

(j) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium and other fees and expenses reasonably incurred, or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1 and Permitted Acquisitions;

28

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments in Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any month (or such other amount as agreed to between Borrower and Bank) or (ii) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate in any calendar year (or such other amount as agreed to between Borrower and Bank);

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(j) Other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens secure liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA) and deposits and/or rights of setoff to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium and other fees and expenses reasonably incurred;

29

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Subject to Section 6.6 hereof, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts if required pursuant to Section 6.6;

(k) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness described in clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and

(m) Liens securing liabilities not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Pro Forma Basis” with respect to any calculation or determination for the Borrower for any period, in making such calculation or determination on the specified date of determination (the “Determination Date”):

(a) pro forma effect will be given to any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including by assumption of then outstanding Indebtedness or by a Person becoming a Subsidiary (“Incurred”) after the beginning of the applicable period and on or before the Determination Date to the extent the Indebtedness is outstanding or is to be Incurred on the Determination Date, as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period;

(b) pro forma calculations of interest on Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the Determination Date (taking into account any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement or other arrangement designed to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, applicable to the Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period;

(c) Interest Expense and scheduled principal payments related to any Indebtedness no longer outstanding or to be repaid or redeemed on the Determination Date, except for Interest Expense accrued during the period under a revolving credit to the extent that the related commitment thereunder is not permanently reduced in a corresponding amount on the Determination Date, will be excluded as if such Indebtedness was no longer outstanding or was repaid or redeemed on the first day of such period;

(d) pro forma effect will be given to: (A) the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including any acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business since the beginning of the reference period by a Person that became a Subsidiary after the beginning of the applicable period; and (B) the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Interest Expense and scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Interest Expense and scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness will not be obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries following the Determination Date; in each case of clauses (A) and (B), that have

30

occurred since the beginning of the applicable period and before the Determination Date as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of such period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower (x) in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available or (y) in such other manner reasonably acceptable to Bank, as if any such acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of such period and by giving effect to reasonably expected savings in operating expenses relating to cost savings and synergies as if such cost savings and synergies had occurred on the first day of such period.

“Prime Rate” is the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal, provided however, if such rate becomes unavailable, there after the “Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 16, 2016.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower’s non-profit subsidiary, TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COUNCIL, LTD., a Delaware non-stock corporation, shall not be deemed a “Subsidiary” for purposes of this definition or the Agreement.

31

“Term Loan” is a loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.2 hereof.

“Term Loan Amount” is an amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

“Term Loan Draw Period” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) April 30, 2016 or (b) an Event of Default.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” is April 1, 2019.

“Term Loan Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

32

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER: APPTIO, INC.
By	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
Name: Kurt Shintaffer
Title: SVP

BANK: SILICON VALLEY BANK
By	/s/ Jayson Davis
Name: Jayson Davis
Title: Vice President

[Signature page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (ii) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank or (iii) any Intellectual Property; provided that solely with respect to Intellectual Property, such security interest shall not be effective unless or until an IP Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further, however, that at all times (whether before or after the security interest in Intellectual Property has become effective) the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

1

EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME*

Fax To:                                                                                                                                                    Date:                    

LOAN PAYMENT:
	APPTIO, INC.
From Account #	To Account #
(Deposit Account #)	(Loan Account #)
Principal $	and/or Interest $
Authorized Signature:	Phone Number:
Print Name/Title:

LOAN ADVANCE:
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
From Account #	To Account #
(Loan Account #)	(Deposit Account #)
Amount of Advance $
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
Authorized Signature:	Phone Number:
Print Name/Title:

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time
Beneficiary Name:	Amount of Wire: $
Beneficiary Bank:	Account Number:
City and State:
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:	Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):
	(For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank:	Transit (ABA) #:
For Further Credit to:
Special Instruction:
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
Authorized Signature:	2nd Signature (if required):
Print Name/Title:	Print Name/Title:
Telephone #:	Telephone #:

* Unless otherwise provided for an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

1

EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: Apptio, Inc.

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $            

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
1. Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of	$	_______________
2. Additions (please explain on next page)	$	_______________
3. Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts	$	_______________
4. NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE	$	_______________
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)
5. 90 Days Past Invoice Date	$	_______________
6. Credit Balances over 90 Days	$	_______________
7. Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (Cross-Age or Current Affected)	$	_______________
8. Foreign Account Debtor Accounts not billed/collected domestically*	$	_______________
9. Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts	$	_______________
10. Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts	$	_______________
11. U.S. Government Accounts	$	_______________
12. Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts	$	_______________
13. Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings	$	_______________
14. Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings	$	_______________
15. Accounts for Retainage Billings	$	_______________
16. Trust / Bonded Accounts	$	_______________
17. Bill and Hold Accounts	$	_______________
18. Unbilled Accounts	$	_______________
19. Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)	$	_______________
20. Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)	$	_______________
21. Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos	$	_______________
22. Product Returns/Exchanges	$	_______________
23. Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts	$	_______________
24. Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on next page)	$	_______________
25. Concentration Limits	$	_______________
26. TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS	$	_______________
27. Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)	$	_______________
28. ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (        % of #27)	$	_______________
BALANCES
29. Maximum Loan Amount	$	15,000,000
30. Total Funds Available (Lesser of #28 or #29)	$	_______________
31. Present balance owing on Line of Credit	$	_______________
32. Outstanding under Sublimits	$	N/A
33. RESERVE POSITION (#32 minus #33 and #34)	$

* subject to a 25% cap

[Continued on following page.]

September 2011

1

Explanatory comments from previous page:

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:		BANK USE ONLY
By:		Received by:
	Authorized Signer		AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:		Date:
		Verified:
			AUTHORIZED SIGNER
		Date:
		Compliance Status:                                 Yes       No

September 2011

2

EXHIBIT D

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

BORROWER: Apptio, Inc.	DATE: June __, 2015
BANK:           Silicon Valley Bank

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

Name	Title	Signature	Authorized to Add or Remove Signatories
			¨
			¨
			¨
			¨

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money. Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants. Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

1

Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

APPTIO, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                                       of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set

                        [print title]

forth above.

By:

Name:

Title:

2

EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK	DATE: June __, 2015
FROM: APPTIO, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of APPTIO, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes an subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

Reporting Covenant	Required	Complies
Monthly Financial Statements with Compliance Certificate	Monthly within 30 days	Yes     No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC	FYE within 180 days	Yes     No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K	Within 5 days after filing with SEC	Yes     No
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings and Deferred Revenue Report	Quarterly within 30 days if Borrower’s Cash is less than $25,000,000, if applicable	Yes     No
Board Approved Projections	Annually within 60 days of fiscal year end for the following fiscal year	Yes     No
409(A) Valuation Report	Within 30 days of completion	Yes     No

Financial Covenant	Required			Actual	Complies
Maintain on a Monthly Basis (only if not complying with minimum Cash covenant):
Minimum Bookings		See Section 6.7	(a)			Yes      No
Lowest balance of cash during applicable measuring period	$	25,000,000		$		Yes      No

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

APPTIO, INC.	BANK USE ONLY
By:	Received by:
Name:		AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Title:	Date:
	Verified:
		AUTHORIZED SIGNER
	Date:
	Compliance Status:                                 Yes       No

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                             

I. Performance to Plan (Section 6.7(a))

If Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries Cash is less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) as of the last day of the applicable monthly measuring period, Borrower shall maintain the following financial covenant as of the last day of the month:

Performance to Plan. Bookings, measured on a trailing six (6) month basis, based on Borrower’s annual business plan (as delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(f) and as approved in writing by Bank in its reasonable business judgment, provided that Borrower’s annual business plan for the 2015 fiscal year provided to Bank on April 16, 2015, shall be deemed approved by Bank (the “2015 Plan”) of not less than (i) 90% of Bookings for each period ending as of the last day of the month of June, September, December and March of each year and (ii) 85% of Bookings for each period ending as of the last day of the month of July, August, October, November, January, February, April and May of each year; provided, however, that for the measuring period ending (i) May 31, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing three (3) month basis, (ii) June 30, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing four (4) month basis and (iii) July 31, 2015, compliance shall be measured on a trailing five (5) month basis; provided, further, that for the periods ending as of the last day of January and February of each year, prior to the delivery of Borrower’s annual business plan pursuant to Section 6.2(f), required Bookings for such months shall be based upon the prior year actual Bookings for such months in lieu of a forecasted amount for such months in which no annual financial projections have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(f) prior to the end of such months. For example, for January 2016, this covenant would be calculated using the financial projections from the 2015 Plan for the months August through December 2015 (5 months) Bookings plus actual Bookings for the month of January 2015.

Bookings requirements for Borrower’s 2016 fiscal year and thereafter, shall be set forth in, and based upon, Borrower’s annual business plan delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(f) with such bookings requirements determined pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 6.7(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such annual business plan and Bookings requirements must be approved in writing by Bank in its reasonable business judgment by March 31st of the applicable year.

             No, not in compliance              Yes, in compliance

Marketing Consent Form

SVB Financial Group is proud of our business relationships and occasionally like to promote these relationships. We would like to use your company’s information and logo for promotional and marketing purposes in SVB Financial Group member businesses (collectively “SVB”) materials. While we would appreciate your consent to all of the uses listed below, please review and select all of the uses that you consent to below.

¨ Marketing: You consent to SVB’s use of Company’s name, logo and images provided to us in written and oral presentations, advertising, marketing and PR materials, professional lists, and Web sites.

¨ Deal Terms: You consent to SVB’s inclusion of the size and type of any loan or credit facility alongside your company’s name in any oral presentations, advertising, marketing and PR materials, customer lists, and Web sites.

¨ Reference: You consent to SVB’s use of Company and representatives’ names as a reference for SVB.

¨ Testimonial: You consent to SVB’s use of Company and representatives’ names and quotations in written and oral presentations, marketing and PR materials, and Web sites. Our practice is to send you a draft of any quotation concerning Company prior to publishing.

¨ News release: You consent to SVB’s use of Company’s name, trademarks, service marks, quotations, and images provided to us in the SVB’s news releases concerning Company. Our practice is to send you a draft of any news release concerning Company prior to publishing.

Logos: Please submit your company’s logo in:

• Full color and black and white versions, with or without taglines, and

• At least 300 dpi in EPS, TIF, or JPG formats - please do not send PDF or Web site logos.

Names: Please make sure to print the Company name, and any individual names and titles as you would like them
displayed in materials or lists.
	Company Name

You grant to SVB a limited license to use the information for the limited purposes above, which you can revoke upon written notice to SVB. The signer below acknowledges that he or she has authority to bind the Company to this consent. SVB will not be responsible for versions that were printed prior to receiving notice revoking any such consent. Company is solely responsible for defense and maintenance of its intellectual property.

Please return this completed form via email to logo@svb.com. If you have any questions, contact the SVB Marketing Department at 650.855.3079.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED ON BEHALF OF                                                                                                (“COMPANY” OR “YOU”:

Name and Title	Signature	Date
Address
Phone Number	Email

Corporate Headquarters 3005 Tasman Drive Santa Clara, California 95054 U.S.A. Phone 408.654.7400 svb.com ^© SVB Financial Group. All rights reserved. Member Federal Reserve System, SVB, SVB>Find a way, SVB Financial Group, and Silicon Valley Bank are registered trademarks. 13-12759. Rev. 03-15-13.

EX-10

Exhibit 10.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:	APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:	27,321 (Subject to Article 1.7 and Article 2)
Class of Stock:	Series A Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:	$1.37255 per share
Issue Date:	October 31, 2008
Expiration Date:	The 10th anniversary of the Issue Date
Credit Facility:	This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated October     , 2008 (the “Loan Agreement”)

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.6.1 “Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise fully its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise fully its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of

2

such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than five (5) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

(D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein, an “Affiliate” of any person or entity means any other person or entity that owns or controls, directly or indirectly, ten (10) percent or more of the stock or equity interest in such person or entity, any other person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such person or entity, and each of such person’s or such entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

1.7 Adjustments to Number of Shares for Term Advances Made. If, during the Draw Period (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company requests and receives one or more Term Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be automatically adjusted to equal (i) 27,321 plus (ii) the number obtained by dividing one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the Term Advance(s) by the Warrant Price then in effect, rounded down to the nearest whole share; provided that the maximum number of Shares subject to this Warrant (unless otherwise adjusted pursuant to Article 2 hereof) will not exceed 54,642. Regardless of any adjustments to the number of Shares subject to this Warrant made under this Article 1.7, all Shares subject to this Warrant will be of the same series and class and bearing the same rights, preferences, and privileges as the class of stock denoted in the above caption hereto.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

3

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock or otherwise. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company in a manner that treats Holder materially differently than the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other senior executive officer of the Company setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

4

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The Company most recently sold and issued shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a per share price of $1.37255.

(b) All Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance in accordance with this Warrant and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as applicable, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s summary capitalization table provided to Holder is true and complete in all material respects as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or liquidate, dissolve or wind up the Company; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. The Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the shares of common stock of the Company issued or issuable in respect of the Shares will have certain “piggyback” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

5

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT. Lock-Up Period; Agreement. Holder agrees upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters in connection with such offering; provided that such period may be extended for such additional periods as may be required to facilitate the underwriters’ compliance with NASD Conduct Rule 2711. The obligations described in this

6

Article 4.6 shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all five percent (5%) securityholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement entered into by the Company and Holder, to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities held by Holder.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR, SUBJECT TO SECTION 5.3 OF THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK PURSUANT TO WHICH THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE COMPANY OTHERWISE SATISFIES ITSELF THAT SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the

7

transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other Affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

APPTIO, INC.

Attn: Kurt Shintaffer

10900 NE 4th Street

Bellevue, WA 98004

Telephone: 425-453-5861

Facsimile: 425-453-1403

8

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

9

“COMPANY”		Date: 11/03/08
APPTIO, INC.
By:	/s/ Sachin Gupta	By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
Name:	Sachin Gupta	Name:	Kurt Shintaffer
	(Print)		(Print)
Title:	Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President	Title:	Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

“HOLDER” SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:	/s/ Geir B. Hansen
Name:	Geir B. Hansen
	(Print)
Title:	SRM

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series                      Preferred [strike one] Stock of APPTIO, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

Holders Name

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

HOLDER:

By:

Name:

Title:

(Date):

APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name:	SVB Financial Group
Address:	3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
	Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:	91-1962278

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by APPTIO, INC. (the “Company”), on October 31, 2008 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:	/s/ Geir B. Hansen
Name:	Geir B. Hansen
Title:	SRM

Date: November 5, 2008

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

By:

Name:

Title:

EX-10

Exhibit 10.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Company: Apptio, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Section 1.7 (subject to Section 2)

Class of Shares: Common Stock

Warrant Price: $13.99 per share

Issue Date: June 16, 2015

Expiration Date: June 16, 2025 See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with (i) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, (ii) a duly executed counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated May 3, 2013 (as such may be amended from time to time, the “Voting Agreement”) pursuant to which Holder agrees to join as a party to the Voting Agreement as a “Founder” thereunder and (iii) unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s Common Stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of Common Stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or

2

consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

3

1.7 Adjustments to Number of Shares for Term Loans Made. As of the Issue Date, the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be 10,722 Shares. If, during the Term Loan Draw Period (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company requests and receives Term Loans (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be automatically adjusted to equal (i) 10,722 Shares plus (ii) the number obtained by dividing one and one half percent (1.50%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the Term Loan(s) by the Warrant Price, rounded up to the nearest whole share; provided that the maximum number of Shares subject to this Warrant (unless otherwise adjusted pursuant to Section 2 hereof) will not exceed Twenty One Thousand Four Hundred Forty Four (21,444) Shares. Regardless of any adjustments to the number of Shares subject to this Warrant made under this Section 1.7, all Shares subject to this Warrant will be shares of Common Stock.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Common Stock payable in securities of the Company, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Intentionally Omitted.

2.4 Intentionally Omitted.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

4

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Common Stock and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other senior executive officer of the Company, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced in Section 1.7 of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by a valuation of the Common Stock for purposes of compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) All Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, shall, upon issuance in accordance with this Warrant and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as applicable, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s summary capitalization table provided to Holder is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the Company; or

(e) effect an its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”);

5

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any,

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities

6

and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.14 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 3, 2013, as amended on October 11, 2013 (as such agreement may be amended further from time to time, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”).

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

7

5.2 Legends. The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may be imprinted with legends set forth in the Voting Agreement and the legends in substantially the following forms:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JUNE 16, 2015, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT (AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, UPON CONVERSION OF THE SHARES, IF ANY) ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance

8

to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company as reasonably determined by mutual agreement between the Holder and the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor and pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements between the Company and such direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

APPTIO, INC.

11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: Kurt Shintaffer, CFO

Fax: N/A

Email:

And to:

APPTIO, INC.

11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: John Morrow, GC

Fax: 425.502.6210

Email:

9

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Patrick J. Schultheis

Telephone: (206) 883-2500

Facsimile: (206) 883-2699

Email:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: John Mao

Telephone: (650) 565-3913

Facsimile: (650)-493-6811

Email:

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Common Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”
APPTIO, INC.
By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
Name:	Kurt Shintaffer
	(Print)
Title:	SVP

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:	/s/ Jayson Davis
Name:	Jayson Davis
	(Print)
Title:	Vice President

[Page to Warrant to Purchase Common Stock]

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock of APPTIO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Common Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

¨         check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

¨         Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

¨         Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

¨         Other [Describe]                                         

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

Holder’s Name

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock as of the date hereof.

HOLDER:

By:

Name:

Title:

(Date):

EX-10

Exhibit 10.4

OFFICE LEASE

PLAZA EAST

BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON

PLAZA EAST PROPERTY LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

APPTIO, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.

PLAZA EAST

[Apptio, Inc.]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1	PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS		4
ARTICLE 2	LEASE TERM		11
ARTICLE 3	BASE RENT		13
ARTICLE 4	ADDITIONAL RENT		14
ARTICLE 5	USE OF PREMISES		20
ARTICLE 6	SERVICES AND UTILITIES		20
ARTICLE 7	REPAIRS		23
ARTICLE 8	ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS		23
ARTICLE 9	COVENANT AGAINST LIENS		25
ARTICLE 10	INSURANCE		25
ARTICLE 11	DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION		28
ARTICLE 12	NONWAIVER		29
ARTICLE 13	CONDEMNATION		29
ARTICLE 14	ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING		30
ARTICLE 15	SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES		33
ARTICLE 16	HOLDING OVER		33
ARTICLE 17	ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES		34
ARTICLE 18	SUBORDINATION		34
ARTICLE 19	DEFAULTS; REMEDIES		35
ARTICLE 20	COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT		37
ARTICLE 21	SECURITY DEPOSIT		37
ARTICLE 22	SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES		38
ARTICLE 23	SIGNS		39
ARTICLE 24	COMPLIANCE WITH LAW		40
ARTICLE 25	LATE CHARGES		41
ARTICLE 26	LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT		41
ARTICLE 27	ENTRY BY LANDLORD		41
ARTICLE 28	TENANT PARKING		42
ARTICLE 29	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS		43

EXHIBITS

A	OUTLINE OF PREMISES
A-1	LEGAL DESCRIPTION
B	TENANT WORK LETTER
C	FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
D	RULES AND REGULATIONS
E	FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
F	FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
G	BUILDING FAÇADE SIGNAGE

(i) PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Abatement Event		36
Accountant		19
Alterations		23
Applicable Laws		40
Base Rent		13
Base Taxes		18
Base Year		14
bona-fide third-party offer		8
Brokers		45
Building		4
Building Common Areas		4
Building Hours		20
Common Areas		4
Comparable Buildings		12
Comparable First Offer Transactions		6, 9
Comparable Transactions		12
Contemplated Effective Date		31
Contemplated Transfer Space		31
Cosmetic Alterations		23
Cost Pools		18
Customary Tenant Equipment		21
Direct Expenses		14
Eligibility Period		36
Estimate		19
Estimate Statement		19
Estimated Excess		19
Excess		18
Expense Year		14
First Offer Briefs		7, 11
First Offer Free Base Rent Months		5, 9
First Offer Outside Agreement Date		7, 10
First Offer Proration Fraction		6, 9
First Offer Rebuttals		7, 11
First Offer Rent		5, 6, 9
First Offer Term		6, 10
First Refusal Notice		8
Force Majeure		44
Holidays		20
HVAC		20
Identification Requirements		46
Intention to Transfer Notice		31
Interest Rate		40
Intervening Lease		5
Landlord		1
Landlord Parties		25
Landlord Repair Notice		27
L-C		47
L-C Amount		47
Lease		1
Lease Commencement Date		11
Lease Expiration Date		11
Lease Term		11
Lease Year		11

(i) PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

	Page
Lines		46
Mail		44
Nine Month Period		31
Notices		44
One Year Period		5, 8
Operating Expenses		14
Option Interest Notice		12
Option Rent		12
Option Rent Notice		12
Option Term		11
Original Improvements		26
Outside Agreement Date		12
Parking Charge		41
Premises		4
Project		4
Renovations		46
Right of First Offer		5
Right of First Refusal		8
Statement		18
Subject Space		29
Summary		1
Tax Expenses		17
Telecommunications Equipment		37
Tenant		1
Tenant HVAC System		22
Tenant Parties		25
Tenant Work Letter		4
Tenant's Security System		21
Tenant's Share		18
Transfer Notice		29
Transferee		29

(ii) PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

PLAZA EAST

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between PLAZA EAST PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

TERMS OF LEASE	DESCRIPTION
1.      Date:	May 15, 2012
2.      Premises (Article 1):
2.1    Building:	11100 NE 8th Street, Bellevue, Washington, which consists of 157,510 rentable square feet.
2.2    Premises:	61,481 rentable square feet of space comprised of the following: (i) Suite 500, consisting of 21,683 rentable square feet of space located on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building; (ii) Suite 600, consisting of 19,899 rentable square feet of space located on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building; and (iii) Suite 700, consisting of 19,899 rentable square feet of space located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building. All as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.
3.      Lease Term (Article 2):
3.1    Length of Term:	Ninety-seven (97) months.
3.2    Lease Commencement Date:	The earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Premises and (ii) the date upon which the Premises are Ready for Occupancy (as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B); provided, however, in no event shall the Lease Commencement Date occur prior to December 15, 2012.
3.3    Lease Expiration Date:	If the Lease Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the day immediately preceding the ninety-seventh (97th) “monthly” anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date; or, if the Lease Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the month in which the ninety-seventh (97th) “monthly” anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.

PLAZA EAST

[Apptio, Inc.]

4. Base Rent (Article 3):

Year of Lease Term	Annual Base Rent			Monthly Installment of Base Rent			Annual Base Rent per Rentable Square Foot
1 *	$	1,844,430.00	*	$	153,702.50	*	$	30.00
2	$	1,905,911.00		$	158,825.92		$	31.00
3	$	1,967,392.00		$	163,949.33		$	32.00
4	$	2,028,873.00		$	169,072.75		$	33.00
5	$	2,090,354.00		$	174,196.17		$	34.00
6	$	2,151,835.00		$	179,319.58		$	35.00
7	$	2,213,316.00		$	184,443.00		$	36.00
8 (through the Lease Expiration Date)	$	2,274,797.00		$	189,566.42		$	37.00

* Subject to the term of Section 3.2 of this Lease, the Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Premises for the first eight (8^th) full calendar months after the Lease Commencement Date shall be abated.

5. Base Year (Article 4):	Calendar year 2013.
6. Tenant’s Share (Article 4):	Approximately 39.0331%.
7. Permitted Use (Article 5):	General office use and incidental uses related thereto, all consistent with a first-class office building.
8. Security Deposit (Article 21):	None.
9. Parking Pass Ratio (Article 28):	Two and seventy-five one-hundredths (2.75) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease.
10. Address of Tenant (Section 29.18):	Apptio, Inc. 225 108th Ave NE, Suite 200 Bellevue, Washington 98004 Attention: Todd Smith, General Counsel (Prior to Lease Commencement Date) and Apptio, Inc. 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 Attention: Todd Smith, General Counsel (After Lease Commencement Date)
11. Address of Landlord (Section 29.18):	See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

-2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

12. Broker(s) (Section 29.24):	The CAC Group 10900 NE 8th Street, Suite 610 Bellevue, Washington 98004 and Broderick Group 10500 NE 8th Street, Suite 900 Bellevue, Washington 98004
13. Letter of Credit (Article 30)	$2,500,000.00, subject to conditional reduction on the terms set forth in Article 30 of the Lease.

-3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and each floor of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (which shall not be subject to re-measurement or modification). The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant and Landlord each covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Tenant Work Letter”), Tenant shall accept the Premises in their existing, “as is” condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded as the result of (i) an emergency, (ii) as required by “Applicable Laws,” as that term is defined in Article 24 of this Lease, or (iii) a specific provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week on each day during the Lease Term.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of an office project currently known as “Plaza East.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located. The legal description of the Project as it exists as of the date of this Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1. As of the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, cause the Base Building, Building Structure and Building Systems portions of the Premises (including all restrooms and entrances to the Premises), the Building and the Project to comply with Applicable Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”), to the extent required to allow the legal occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto and referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2, below, are maintained) and the use thereof shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises.

-4- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

1.2 Right of First Offer.

1.2.1 Right of First Offer. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant named in this Lease (the “Original Tenant”) or an assignee allowed pursuant to the terms of Section 14.8 of this Lease (a “Permitted Assignee”) an on-going right of first offer with respect to space coming available for lease to third parties on the third (3^rd) and eighth (8^th) floors of the Building (such space, the “First Offer Space”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first offer right of Tenant (the “Right of First Offer”) shall be subject and subordinate to (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the existing lease(s) for such First Offer Space (including any renewal, and regardless of whether such renewal is expressly set forth in such existing lease, or whether such renewal is effectuated by a lease amendment or a new lease), (ii) the expiration or earlier termination of any Intervening Leases (as defined below) (including any renewal, and regardless of whether such renewal is expressly set forth in such Intervening Lease, or whether such renewal is effectuated by a lease amendment or a new lease) and (iii) all rights of third-parties existing as of the date hereof relating to the First Offer Space, each including any renewal, extension, expansion, first offer, first negotiation and other similar rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to lease amendments or new leases (for purposes of this Section 1.2, each, a “Superior Right Holder”). Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.2.

1.2.2 Procedure for Offer. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Offer Notice”) when the First Offer Space becomes available for lease to third parties as reasonably determined by Landlord, or if such space is vacant, prior to entering into any lease with a third party with respect thereto, provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease such space pursuant to such Superior Right Holder’s superior right. The First Offer Notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the size and configuration of the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth the “First Offer Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.4 below, and the other economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant.

1.2.3 Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise the Right of First Offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice (“First Offer Exercise Notice”) to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of the Right of First Offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice on the terms contained in such notice, provided that (i) if the First Offer Commencement Date (defined below) is anticipated by Landlord to occur prior to the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date (the “One Year Period”), then the First Offer Rent shall be as set forth in Section 1.2.4.1, below, and (ii) after the One Year Period, Tenant may, upon and concurrent with such exercise, object to the First Offer Rent contained in the First Office Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the First Offer Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 1.2.4, below (“Tenant’s First Offer Arbitration Right”). If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within the ten (10) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires (any lease of such space to a third party shall be referred to herein as an “Intervening Lease”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise the Right of First Offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.2.4 First Offer Space Rent.

1.2.4.1 During One Year Period. If the First Offer Commencement Date (defined below) is anticipated by Landlord to occur during the One Year Period, then Tenant shall pay rent for the First Offer Space (“First Offer Rent”) as follows: (i) Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the First Offer Space at the same rate per rentable square foot payable from time to time by Tenant for the Premises (as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary), and (ii) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the First Offer Space in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided that Tenant’s Share with respect to the First Offer Space shall be calculated by dividing the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space leased by Tenant by the rentable square footage of the Building (as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary). Further, in connection with the Base Rent payable by Tenant for First Offer Space pursuant to the terms of this paragraph, the terms of Section 3.2 of this Lease shall specifically be inapplicable, provided that, so long as Tenant is not in default of this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, in the

-5- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

event that the First Offer Rent is determined under this paragraph, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the First Offer Space for the number of first “First Offer Free Base Rent Months,” as that term is defined, below, occurring after the First Offer Commencement Date. For purposes of this paragraph, the number of “First Offer Free Base Rent Months” shall mean the product of (a) eight (8), and (b) a fraction (the “First Offer Proration Fraction”), the numerator of which equals the number of months remaining in the Lease Term as of the First Offer Commencement Date and the denominator of which equals the number of months in the initial Lease Term of this Lease. In no event shall the First Offer Proration Fraction be greater than one (1).

1.2.4.2 After One Year Period. If the First Offer Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, the rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space (which shall also be referred to herein as the “First Offer Rent”) shall be the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the term of Tenant’s lease of the subject First Offer Space, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the First Offer Space for a comparable term, which comparable space is located in the Building and in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2 of this Lease (“Comparable First Offer Transactions”), in either event taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the First Offer Space, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a typical general office user, (c) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces, and (d) other reasonable economic concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the First Offer Rent, no consideration shall be given to the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the First Offer Space or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space. The terms of Section 3.2 of this Lease shall be inapplicable to First Offer Rent calculated pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. The First Offer Rent under this paragraph shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations with respect to the First Offer Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable First Offer Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

1.2.5 Construction In First Offer Space; Delay. Subject to the terms of Section 1.2.5.1 or 1.2.5.2, below, Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its then “as is” condition, and the construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8, below.

1.2.5.1 During One Year Period. If the First Offer Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur prior to the expiration of the One Year Period, then Tenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance for cabling, project management fees, architecture and engineering fees, licenses, permits and the construction of improvements that are permanently affixed to the First Offer Space in an amount equal to the product of (i) $45.00, (ii) the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space leased by Tenant, and (iii) the First Offer Proration Fraction.

1.2.5.2 After One Year Period. If the First Offer Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, any tenant improvement allowance to which Tenant may be entitled shall be determined as part of the First Offer Rent.

1.2.6 Amendment to Lease. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease (the “First Offer Amendment”) for such First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 1.2 (provided, however, an otherwise valid exercise of Tenant’s right of first offer shall be of full force and effect irrespective of whether the First Offer Amendment is timely signed by Landlord and Tenant). The term of the First Offer Space (the “First Offer Term”) shall commence upon the date described as the commencement date for such space in the First Offer Notice (the “First Offer Commencement Date”) and terminate coterminously with the Lease Term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2, below).

-6- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

1.2.7 Termination of Right of First Offer. The rights contained in this Section 1.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, occupies at least two (2) full floors of the Premises. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide a First Offer Notice to Tenant, and Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space in the event that less than two (2) years remain prior to the Lease Expiration Date, as same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2 below. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.2, if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of the Right of First Offer by Tenant, or as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease or Tenant has previously been in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease more than once in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.

1.2.8 Increase in L-C Amount. Upon Tenant’s lease of any First Offer Space as provided in this Section 1.2, the amount of the “L-C Amount” as defined in Section 30.1, below, shall be increased on a proportionate basis based on the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant as First Offer Space. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an amendment to the L-C, or a replacement L-C, in such increased amount, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s election to lease the First Offer Space.

1.2.9 Determination of First Offer Rent. If the First Offer Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, then in the event Tenant timely objects to the First Offer Rent as provided in Section 1.2.3, above, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the First Offer Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the First Offer Rent (the “First Offer Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the First Offer Rent within thirty (30) days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration as follows:

1.2.9.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or lawyer who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of the Building and Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Offer Rent is the closest to the actual First Offer Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 1.2.4.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable First Offer Outside Agreement Date.

1.2.9.2 The two arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

1.2.9.3 Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the last arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of the First Offer Rent (the “First Offer Briefs”). Within five (5) business days following the exchange of First Offer Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Offer Brief (the “First Offer Rebuttals”); provided, however, such First Offer Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Offer Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Offer Brief is intended to be rebutted. At the option of the arbitrator(s), the arbitrator(s) may consult experts and competent authorities to verify factual information set forth in the First Offer Briefs or First Offer Rebuttals.

1.2.9.4 The three arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Offer Rent and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

-7- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

1.2.9.5 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

1.2.9.6 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable First Offer Outside Agreement Date, and the other party timely appoints an arbitrator, the arbitrator appointed by the other party shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof in writing, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

1.2.9.7 If the two arbitrators appointed by the parties fail to timely agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to timely appoint an arbitrator, then the third arbitrator or the arbitrator, as the case may be, will be appointed by the then presiding judge of the King County Superior Court upon the application of either party (and any such arbitrator so selected shall be required to meet the requirements of Section 1.2.9.1, above).

1.2.9.8 Each party shall pay the charges of the arbitrator appointed by it. All other costs of the arbitration will be paid by Landlord if the First Offer Rent determined by arbitration is the First Offer Rent specified by Tenant in its notice given pursuant to this Section 1.2.9, and by Tenant if the First Offer Rent determined by arbitration is the First Offer Rent specified by Landlord in its notice given pursuant to this Section 1.2.9.

1.3 Right of First Refusal. Landlord hereby grants to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee an on-going right of first refusal with respect to any available space on the fourth (4^th) floor of the Building (such space, the “First Refusal Space”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first refusal right of Tenant (the “Right of First Refusal”) shall be subject and subordinate to (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the existing lease(s) for such First Refusal Space (including any renewal, and regardless of whether such renewal is expressly set forth in such existing lease, or whether such renewal is effectuated by a lease amendment or a new lease), and (ii) all rights of third-parties existing as of the date hereof relating to the First Refusal Space, each including any renewal, extension, expansion, first offer, first negotiation and other similar rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to lease amendments or new leases (for purposes of this Section 1.3, each, a “Superior Right Holder”). Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3.

1.3.1 Procedure for Offer. Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Refusal Notice”) from time-to-time when and if Landlord receives a “third-party offer” for all or a portion of the First Refusal Space. Pursuant to such First Refusal Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the applicable First Refusal Space. The First Refusal Notice shall describe the First Refusal Space, the “First Refusal Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.3, below, and other fundamental economic terms and conditions, including the method of measurement of rentable and usable square feet, upon which Landlord is willing to lease the First Refusal Space to Tenant (provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to offer to lease the First Refusal Space to Tenant upon any of the terms or conditions set forth in such third-party offer, it being acknowledged and agreed that Landlord shall only be obligated offer to lease the First Refusal Space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3), provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease such space pursuant to such Superior Right Holder’s superior right. For purposes of this Section 1.3, a “third-party offer” shall mean a request for proposal from a third-party tenant or a lease proposal from a third-party tenant.

1.3.2 Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to the space described in the First Refusal Notice, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of the First Refusal Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice (“First Refusal Exercise Notice”) to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of the Right of First Refusal with respect to the entire space described in the First Refusal Notice on the terms contained in such notice, provided that (i) if the First Refusal Commencement Date (defined below) is anticipated by Landlord to occur prior to the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date (the “One Year Period”), then the First Refusal Rent shall be as set forth in Section 1.3.3.1, below, and (ii) after the One Year Period, Tenant may, upon and concurrent with such exercise, object to the First Refusal Rent contained in the First Refusal Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the First Refusal Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 1.3.8, below (“Tenant’s First Refusal Arbitration Right”). If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within the ten (10) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Refusal Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires; provided, however, if Landlord fails to lease such First Refusal Space to a third-party within six (6) months following Landlord’s delivery of the First Refusal Notice to Tenant, then

-8- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Tenant’s Right of First Refusal with respect to such space shall again be renew and Landlords shall reoffer such space to Tenant in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 1.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.3.3 First Refusal Space Rent.

1.3.3.1 During the One Year Period. If the First Refusal Commencement Date (defined below) is anticipated by Landlord to occur during the One Year Period, then Tenant shall pay rent for the First Refusal Space (“First Refusal Rent”) as follows: (i) Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the First Refusal Space at the same rate per rentable square foot payable from time to time by Tenant for the Premises (as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary), and (ii) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the First Refusal Space in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided that Tenant’s Share with respect to the First Refusal Space shall be calculated by dividing the rentable square footage of the First Refusal Space leased by Tenant by the rentable square footage of the Building (as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary). Further, in connection with the Base Rent payable by Tenant for First Refusal Space pursuant to the terms of this paragraph, the terms of Section 3.2 of this Lease shall specifically be inapplicable, provided that, so long as Tenant is not in default of this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, in the event that the First Refusal Rent is determined under this paragraph, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the First Refusal Space for the number of “First Refusal Free Base Rent Months,” as that term is defined, below, first occurring after the First Refusal Commencement Date. For purposes of this paragraph, the number of “First Refusal Free Base Rent Months” shall mean the product of (a) eight (8), and (b) a fraction (the “First Refusal Proration Fraction”), the numerator of which equals the number of months remaining in the Lease Term as of the First Refusal Commencement Date and the denominator of which equals the number of months in the initial Lease Term of this Lease. In no event shall the First Refusal Proration Fraction be greater than one (1).

1.3.3.2 After One Year Period. If the First Refusal Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, the rent payable by Tenant for the First Refusal Space (which shall also be referred to herein as the “First Refusal Rent”) shall be the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the term of Tenant’s lease of the subject First Refusal Space, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the First Refusal Space for a comparable term, which comparable space is located in the Building and in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2 of this Lease (“Comparable First Refusal Transactions”), in either event taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the First Refusal Space, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a typical general office user, (c) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces, and (d) other reasonable economic concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the First Refusal Rent, no consideration shall be given to the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the First Refusal Space or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space. The terms of Section 3.2 of this Lease shall be inapplicable to First Refusal Rent calculated pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. The First Refusal Rent under this paragraph shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations with respect to the First Refusal Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable First Refusal Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

-9- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

1.3.4 Construction In First Refusal Space; Delay. Subject to the terms of Section 1.3.4.1 or 1.3.4.2, below, Tenant shall take the First Refusal Space in its then “as is” condition , and the construction of improvements in the First Refusal Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8, below.

1.3.4.1 During One Year Period. If the First Refusal Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur prior to the expiration of the One Year Period, then Tenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance for cabling, project management fees, architecture and engineering fees, licenses, permits and the construction of improvements that are permanently affixed to the First Refusal Space in an amount equal to the product of (i) $45.00, (ii) the rentable square footage of the First Refusal Space leased by Tenant, and (iii) the First Refusal Proration Fraction.

1.3.4.2 After One Year Period. If the First Refusal Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, any tenant improvement allowance to which Tenant may be entitled shall be determined as part of the First Refusal Rent.

1.3.5 Amendment to Lease. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Refusal Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease (the “First Refusal Amendment”) for such First Refusal Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Refusal Notice and this Section 1.3 (provided, however, an otherwise valid exercise of Tenant’s right of first offer shall be of full force and effect irrespective of whether the First Refusal Amendment is timely signed by Landlord and Tenant). The term of the First Refusal Space (the “First Refusal Term”) shall commence upon the date described as the commencement date for such space in the First Refusal Notice (the “First Refusal Commencement Date”) and terminate coterminously with the Lease Term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2, below).

1.3.6 Termination of Right of First Refusal. The rights contained in this Section 1.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, occupies at least two (2) full floors of the Premises. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide a First Refusal Notice to Tenant, and Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Refusal Space in the event that less than two (2) years remain prior to the Lease Expiration Date, as same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2 below. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Refusal Space, as provided in this Section 1.3, if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of the Right of First Refusal by Tenant, or as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Refusal Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease or Tenant has previously been in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease more than once in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.

1.3.7 Increase in L-C Amount. Upon Tenant’s lease of any First Refusal Space as provided in this Section 1.3, the amount of the “L-C Amount” as defined in Section 30.1, below, shall be increased on a proportionate basis based on the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant as First Refusal Space. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an amendment to the L-C, or a replacement L-C, in such increased amount, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s election to lease the First Refusal Space.

1.3.8 Determination of First Refusal Rent. If the First Refusal Commencement Date is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the expiration of the One Year Period, and in the event Tenant timely objects to the First Refusal Rent as provided in Section 1.3.2, above, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the First Refusal Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the First Refusal Rent (the “First Refusal Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the First Refusal Rent within thirty (30) days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration as follows:

1.3.8.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or lawyer who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of the Building and Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Refusal Rent is the closest to the actual First Refusal Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 1.2.4.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable First Refusal Outside Agreement Date.

-10- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

1.3.8.2 The two arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

1.3.8.3 Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the last arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of the First Refusal Rent (the “First Refusal Briefs”). Within five (5) business days following the exchange of First Refusal Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Refusal Brief (the “First Refusal Rebuttals”); provided, however, such First Refusal Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Refusal Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Refusal Brief is intended to be rebutted. At the option of the arbitrator(s), the arbitrator(s) may consult experts and competent authorities to verify factual information set forth in the First Refusal Briefs or First Refusal Rebuttals.

1.3.8.4 The three arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Refusal Rent and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

1.3.8.5 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

1.3.8.6 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable First Refusal Outside Agreement Date, and the other party timely appoints an arbitrator, the arbitrator appointed by the other party shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof in writing, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

1.3.8.7 If the two arbitrators appointed by the parties fail to timely agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to timely appoint an arbitrator, then the third arbitrator or the arbitrator, as the case may be, will be appointed by the then presiding judge of the King County Superior Court upon the application of either party (and any such arbitrator so selected shall be required to meet the requirements of Section 1.2.9.1, above).

1.3.8.8 Each party shall pay the charges of the arbitrator appointed by it. All other costs of the arbitration will be paid by Landlord if the First Refusal Rent determined by arbitration is the First Refusal Rent specified by Tenant in its notice given pursuant to this Section 1.2.9, and by Tenant if the First Refusal Rent determined by arbitration is the First Refusal Rent specified by Landlord in its notice given pursuant to this Section 1.2.9.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 In General. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof.

-11- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

2.2 Option Term.

2.2.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the “Option Term”), which option shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable cure period. Upon the proper exercise of each such option to extend, the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease), if the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, occupies at least one (1) full floor of the Premises.

2.2.2 Market Rent. The rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the Market Rent for the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Market Rent” be equal to the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises (or the First Offer Space/First Refusal Space, as applicable) for a term of five (5) years, which comparable space is located in the Building and in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined, below (“Comparable Transactions”), in either event taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the Premises (or the First Offer Space/First Refusal Space, as applicable), such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a typical general office user, and (c) other reasonable economic concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Market Rent, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the Premises during the Option Term, or (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting, and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). For purposes of this Lease, the term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean the following office buildings located in Bellevue, Washington: Key Center, Lincoln Square, Skyline Tower, City Center Plaza, the Expedia Building (also known as Tower 333), the Bravern, Bellevue Place, Summit 1 and Summit II, Symetra Plaza, US Bank Plaza, Plaza Center, One Bellevue Center, and any other “Class A” office building comparable to the Building in terms of size, quality of construction, and appearance, constructed in downtown Bellevue, Washington, after the date of this Lease.

2.2.3 Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, and only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (the “Option Interest Notice”) not more than eighteen (18) months nor less than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option (provided that in no event shall the Option Interest Notice bind Tenant to lease the Premises during the Option Term); (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “Option Rent Notice”) to Tenant not less than thirteen (13) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before the date occurring twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, exercise the option by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord, and upon, and concurrent with, such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.2.4, below.

-12- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

2.2.4 Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely objects to the Option Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, as the case may be, within thirty (30) business days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.4.1 through 2.2.4.7, below.

2.2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or lawyer who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of the Building and Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date.

2.2.4.2 The two arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

2.2.4.3 Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the last arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of the Option Rent (the “Briefs”). Within five (5) business days following the exchange of Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the arbitrators (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s Brief (the “Rebuttals”); provided, however, such Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s Brief is intended to be rebutted. At the option of the arbitrator(s), the arbitrator(s) may consult experts and competent authorities to verify factual information set forth in the Briefs or Rebuttals.

2.2.4.4 The three arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.2.4.5 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.6 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.7 If the two arbitrators appointed by the parties fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the third arbitrator or the arbitrator, as the case may be, will be appointed by the then presiding judge of the King County Superior Court upon the application of either party (and any such arbitrator so selected shall be required to meet the requirements of Section 2.2.4.1, above).

2.2.4.8 Each party shall pay the charges of the arbitrator appointed by it. All other costs of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord if the Option Rent determined by arbitration is the Option Rent specified by Tenant in its notice given pursuant to Section 2.2.4, and by Tenant if the Option Rent determined by arbitration is the Option Rent specified by Landlord in its notice given pursuant to Section 2.2.3.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in

-13- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. Provided that Tenant is not in default of this Lease (after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) during the first twelve (12) months of the initial Lease Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay an amount equal to $153,702.50 of the monthly Base Rent attributable to the Premises for each of the first eight (8) full calendar months of the initial Lease Term.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1, below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any “Expense Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.6 below, below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which are reasonably anticipated to reduce Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program;

-14- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

(iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area (servicing the Building) operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) (intentionally omitted); (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine using sound real estate accounting principles consistently applied, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses, or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, or (B) that are required under any governmental law or regulation; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost over the reasonable useful life of such improvements as determined in accordance with sound real estate accounting principles consistently applied, not to exceed the reasonable payback period in the case of Operating Expenses reducing improvements); (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below; and (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for tenants occupying space in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any Common Areas of the Project or parking facilities);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, costs of capital repairs and alterations, and costs of capital improvements and equipment;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and utility costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any disputes or lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of buying or selling (including the cost of any real estate transfer taxes or similar taxes upon a direct or indirect sale of the Building or Project), syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project or the Project itself, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

-15- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a commercially reasonable Project management fee that is not duplicative of other costs included in Operating Expenses, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees;

(m) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(o) costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(p) (p) subject to Tenant’s obligations under Section 5.2 of this Lease, the cost of remediation and removal of hazardous material (as defined under Applicable Laws) in the Building or on the Project as required by Applicable Laws; provided, however, that the provisions of this paragraph shall not preclude the inclusion of costs with respect to materials (whether existing at the Project as of the date of this Lease or subsequently introduced to the Project) that are not, as of the date of this Lease (or as of the date of introduction), deemed to be hazardous materials under Applicable Laws but that are subsequently deemed to be hazardous materials under Applicable Laws;

(q) fees, costs, and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with or relating to claims against or disputes with tenants or prospective tenants of the Building or the Project, with Landlord’s employees or contractors, or with providers of goods and services to the Project;

(r) legal fees and costs concerning the negotiation and preparation of this Lease or any litigation between Landlord and Tenant or any other tenant;

(s) any reserves retained by Landlord;

-16- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

(t) any charitable or political contributions made by Landlord and all costs, fees and expenses related thereto;

(u) except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease with respect to specific items, including, without limitation, any management fee paid by Landlord, the cost of any services or materials provided by any party related to Landlord, to the extent such cost exceeds the reasonable cost for such services or materials absent such relationship in Class A office building of comparable quality in downtown Bellevue, Washington;

(v) legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments, penalties, fines, or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and any federal, state, county, or local government or municipal authority; and

(w) Tax Expenses.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 4 to the contrary, in no event shall “Controllable Expenses,” as that term is defined, below, in any calendar year following the Base Year exceed 105% of the Controllable Expenses incurred during the prior year, calculated on a cumulative and compounded basis. For purposes of this Lease, “Controllable Expenses” shall mean (i) rent on the management office of the Building or Project; (ii) salaries of Building management personnel, including but not limited to the Building manager, assistant manager, Building on-site engineers and secretaries; (iii) the amount of rent charged to Operating Expenses as rent for the Building and/or Project management office; (iv) accounting costs; (v) fees charged by the property manager of the Building and/or Project; and (vi) the costs of janitorial service contracts, security service contracts, landscaping contracts, HVAC maintenance contracts, elevator maintenance contracts, and life safety maintenance contracts. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph to the contrary, Controllable Expenses shall not include (a) the cost of union labor, including labor which is not union as of the date of this Lease but which unionizes after the date of this Lease, (b) market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including without limitation, boycotts and strikes, (c) costs incurred due to an event of “Force Majeure,” as that term is defined in Section 29.16 of this Lease, and (d) costs incurred to comply with Applicable Laws.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide cost increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Project insurance, security or utility costs be less than the components of Direct Expenses related to Project insurance, security or utility costs, respectively, in the Base Year.

4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, real estate excise taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

-17- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other revenue from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provisions to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tax Expenses shall not include any real estate transfer taxes or similar taxes upon the direct sale or indirect sale of the Building.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, and (iv) all penalties and interest on any Tax Expenses as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay the same as and when payable (whether contested or not), corrections or underpayments to the extent applicable to periods occurring prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and (v) special assessments to the extent any portion thereof is or could have been payable without penalty following the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2.5.4 The amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year attributable to the valuation of the Project, inclusive of tenant improvements, shall be known as the “Base Taxes”. If in any comparison year subsequent to the Base Year, the amount of Tax Expenses decreases below the amount of Base Taxes, then for purposes of all subsequent comparison years, including the comparison year in which such decrease in Tax Expenses occurred, the Base Taxes, and therefore the Base Year, shall be decreased by an amount equal to the decrease in Tax Expenses.

4.2.6 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

-18- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”).

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall provide Tenant within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. Payment by Tenant of any Excess as shown in a Statement shall not in any restrict or impair Tenant’s right to dispute such amount pursuant to Section 4.6, below. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following demand by Landlord, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) calendar months after the expiration of the applicable Expense Year (other than governmental assessments or utility billings or assessments).

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. Landlord shall provide Tenant with the Estimate Statement within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of each Expense Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days following demand by Landlord, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any taxes assessed against Tenant other than the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease by any governmental agencies.

-19- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records. Within one (1) year after receipt of a Statement by Tenant, if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally recognized accounting firm and is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Landlord shall at all times maintain books and records in a single place located in a major city in the United States (provided that if such records are not maintained in Bellevue or Seattle, Washington, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, provide copies of such records at a location in Bellevue or Seattle, Washington), and shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant or its accountant in such review. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within one (1) year of Tenant’s receipt of such Statement shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall meet in order to resolve the dispute. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve the dispute, a final and binding determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “Accountant”) to be jointly selected by Landlord and Tenant; provided that if such determination by the Accountant reflects that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than two percent (2%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. If such audit or review by the Accountant reveals that Landlord has overcharged or undercharged Tenant, then, within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of the overcharge or Tenant shall pay the amount of the undercharge, as applicable. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6, and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant with respect to such Statement.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, or in violation of Applicable Laws. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will unreasonably interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project, provided that any such easements, covenants, conditions, or restrictions shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 7:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 7:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day,

-20- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Independence Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays which are observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, the “Holidays”).

6.1.2 Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, provide adequate Building standard electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment, provided that (i) the connected electrical load of the incidental use equipment does not exceed an average of two (2) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises during Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and (ii) the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of one (1) watt per rentable square foot of the Premises during Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal two hundred seventy-seven (277) volts, which electrical usage shall be subject to applicable laws and regulations. Additional electrical capacity is available (up to a combined total of six (6) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises for Tenant’s server room, laboratories, and associated cooling) provided that Tenant shall bear the cost of all additional wiring, electrical panels and other items required to supply such additional electrical capacity to the Premises. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises, except for weekends and the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other Comparable Buildings.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

6.1.7 Landlord shall provide access control service consistent with such service in other Comparable Buildings. Although Landlord agrees to provide such access control service, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor the “Landlord Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.1 of this Lease, shall be liable for, and Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from any responsibility for any damage either to person or property sustained by Tenant incurred in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of any access control personnel. Subject to the terms of this Lease (including the Article 8 hereof), Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) in the Premises. Tenant may coordinate Tenant’s Security System to provide that the Building’s system and Tenant’s Security System will operate on the same type of key card, so that Tenant’s employees are able to use a single card for both systems, but shall not otherwise integrate Tenant’s Security System with the Building systems. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation, monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems. Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause the Building’s HVAC system, fire suppression systems and all other mechanical systems to be in proper working condition consistent with other Class A building standards as of the Lease Commencement Date.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease (provided that Landlord expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for typical quantities of typical office desktop computers, copiers, and other, similar typical office equipment (“Customary Tenant Equipment”)). If Tenant uses water,

-21- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the actual cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of installing, testing and maintaining of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.31, below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Customary Tenant Equipment). If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at the “After Hours HVAC Cost,” as that term is defined below. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, Landlord’s standard charge, for any services provided to Tenant which Landlord is not specifically obligated to provide to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, “After Hours HVAC Cost” shall mean the sum of (a) $40 per hour per floor (the “Base HVAC Amount”) and (b) any increase in the actual cost of providing after hours HVAC service following the date of this Lease.

6.3 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease to the contrary) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, pursuant to Applicable Laws for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors); and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease to the contrary) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, pursuant to Applicable Laws for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, or contractors.

6.4 Chilled Water/Heat Pumps. As of the date of this Lease, the Premises contains the following heat pumps: (i) two (2) three (3)-ton heat pumps on the sixth (6^th) floor and (ii) one (1) four (4)-ton heat pump, and one three (3) ton heat pump on the seventh (7^th) floor (the “Heat Pumps”), and one (1) 19-Ton dry cooler on the roof of the Building (the “Cooler Unit”). Prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to inspect the Heat Pumps and Cooler Unit, and if elected by Tenant at Tenant’s option Tenant shall have the right to use such equipment (the “Existing Equipment”) in order to provide a supplemental air conditioning in the Premises (the “Tenant HVAC System”). In such event, Landlord shall transfer ownership of and responsibility for the Existing Equipment to Tenant, in which case, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and fees associated therewith, and Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent hereunder, all monthly charges and utility fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to the condition of any of the Existing Equipment, including without limitation, the performance thereof. If Tenant does not elect to utilize the Existing Equipment, then Landlord shall remove the Heat Pumps from the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. In lieu of the Existing Equipment, Tenant shall have the right to install it’s own new heat pumps in the Premises or (as provided below) cooler unit on the roof in order to provide the Tenant HVAC System. In the event that the Tenant HVAC System is not installed as a “Tenant Improvement,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant HVAC System shall be installed, if at all, by Tenant

-22- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

in accordance with the terms of Article 8, below. In the event that the Tenant HVAC System is installed, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall not be entitled to remove the Tenant HVAC System and that the Tenant HVAC System shall become a part of the realty and belong to Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall require that the same be removed (and associated repairs made) by notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, in which case Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, perform such removal and repairs prior to the expiration of the Lease Term. In addition to the Existing Equipment, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to either (a) replace the existing Cooler Unit with one of larger capacity, or (b) install (1) additional cooler unit within a 4’ x 12’ area on the roof of the Building, with a capacity not to exceed 20 tons (any such additional cooler, the “Additional Cooler”). If Tenant elects to install an Additional Cooler, Tenant shall be required to pay a monthly rental amount in connection with Tenant’s use of the rooftop, at a rate to be reasonably determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove the Existing Equipment at the end of the Lease Term. If Landlord desires to remove the Existing Equipment, any such removal shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, landscaping, exterior Project signage (specifically excluding any signage of Tenant provided pursuant to the terms of this Lease), base building stairwells, elevator cabs, plazas, art work, sculptures, men’s and women’s public restrooms, parking areas, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all Common Areas and public areas, including base building restrooms and parking areas servicing the Building and/or the Project (collectively, the “Building Structure”) and the base building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems excepting any portion thereof located within the Premises which was constructed by or for Tenant and/or which exclusively services the Premises (collectively, the “Building Systems”). Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs to repair the Building Structure and/or Building Systems to the extent required because of Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary general office use, or as a result of damage caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, furnishings, and systems and equipment therein and exclusively servicing the Premises (including, without limitation, plumbing fixtures and equipment such as dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot dispensers), in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives and releases any and all rights it may have at law or in equity to make repairs at the expense of Landlord

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for

-23- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent but upon five (5) business days prior notice to Landlord, to make Alterations to the extent such Alterations are cosmetic and non-structural or are estimated to cost less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (“Cosmetic Alterations”), provided that such Cosmetic Alterations do not (i) affect the exterior appearance of the Premises or Building, or (ii) affect the Building’s electrical, ventilation, plumbing, elevator, mechanical, air conditioning or other systems. Notwithstanding that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Cosmetic Alterations, Tenant shall otherwise comply with the terms of this Article 8 in connection therewith. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion), the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if Tenant’s request for approval of any Alteration requests a determination by Landlord as to whether or not Tenant shall be required to remove the subject Alteration upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, then Landlord shall include in its consent (if granted) notice as to whether the subject Alteration shall be required to be removed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and corresponding repairs made. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to unreasonably obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. If payment is made by Tenant directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final or conditional lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry Commercial General Liability insurance in an amount approved by Landlord and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease.

-24- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

8.5 Landlord’s Property. All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, subject to the terms of Section 8.2 of this Lease, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.6 Other Terms. The terms of this Article 8 shall not apply to the Landlord Work or the Tenant Improvements constructed or installed pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any personal injuries resulting from a slip and fall in, upon or about the Premises) and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising

-25- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or the Landlord Parties. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or the Landlord Parties in, on or about the Project, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, either party’s agreement to indemnify the other party as set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be ineffective to the extent the matters for which such party agreed to indemnify the other party are covered by insurance required to be carried by the non-indemnifying party pursuant to this Lease. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.1 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover, or if carried, would have covered the matters, subject to the parties’ respective indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. Tenant and Landlord hereby agree that both shall not assert any industrial insurance immunity rights pursuant to Title 51 RCW (as the same may be amended, substituted or replaced) if such assertion would be inconsistent with or otherwise impair the other party’s right to indemnification under this Section 10.1, and, accordingly, each party hereby waives all such industrial insurance immunity rights. The foregoing waiver of industrial insurance immunity rights was specifically negotiated by Landlord and Tenant and is solely for the benefit of the Landlord and Tenant, and their successors and assigns, under the Lease, and is not intended as a waiver of Tenant’s or Landlord’s rights of immunity under such industrial insurance for any other purposes. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

/s/ JBF	/s/ KS
Landlord’s Initials	Tenant’s Initials

10.2 Landlord’s Liability and Fire and Casualty Insurance. Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building during the Lease Term, and shall further insure the Building and the Project during the Lease Term (for the full replacement value to the extent consistent with the practices of landlords of Comparable Buildings) against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage, terrorist acts and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2, the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of the Comparable Buildings (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake or terrorism insurance), and Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability coverage as required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities (covering the performance by Tenant of its indemnity agreements) including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, and including products and completed operations coverage, for limits of liability on a per location basis of not less than:

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability	$5,000,000 each occurrence $5,000,000 annual aggregate
Personal Injury Liability	$5,000,000 each occurrence $5,000,000 annual aggregate 0% Insured’s participation

-26- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Tenant shall have the right to maintain the liability insurance required hereunder through an “umbrella policy” of insurance, provided that the policy contains an aggregate per location endorsement that provides the required levels of protection for the Premises and that such umbrella policy shall comply with the terms hereof.

10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.

10.3.3 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-:X in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of Washington; (iv) be primary and noncontributory insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

-27- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage

-28- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of Washington with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment. Tenant’s payment of any Rent hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any breach or default by Landlord under this Lease nor shall Landlord’s payment of monies due Tenant hereunder constitute a waiver by Landlord of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty percent (20%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of ninety (90) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less and Tenant elects to terminate this

-29- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Lease, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, provided that in no event shall such costs and expenses exceed $2,000.00 for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 [intentionally omitted];

14.2.5 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

-30- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

14.2.6 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

14.2.7 The proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, either (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the three (3) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to pay to Landlord any Transfer Premium until such time as Tenant has recovered all applicable “Transaction Costs,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations, and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any lease takeover incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (v) out-of-pocket costs of advertising the space subject to the Transfer, (vi) any architectural fees paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (vii) any improvement allowance or other economic concessions paid by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer, and (viii) reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer (collectively, “Transaction Costs”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, any cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Intention to Transfer Notice”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, in the event of an assignment as to all of the Premises and, in the event of a sublease of more than forty percent (40%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises (when combined with the rentable

-31- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

square feet of any other then-in-effect subleases in the Premises), Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. In the event Landlord elects to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space, then Tenant may, within five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s recapture notice, rescind the Intention to Transfer Notice, in which case Landlord’s election to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space shall be null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of nine (9) months (the “Nine Month Period”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 14.4.

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer or another qualified officer of Tenant, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than four percent (4%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease,

-32- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Non-Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, (i) an assignment to a transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, (ii) an assignment of the Premises to a transferee that is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity, or (iii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. “Control,” as used in this Section 14.8, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease (and the Tenant Work Letter), upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, except as otherwise provided above, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease multiplied by 150%. Such tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within forty-five

-33- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

(45) days following the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term (but in no event more than one (1) time in any calendar year and only in connection with the sale or financing of the Building or Project), Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year, provided that, at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall be required to execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to receipt of any such financial statement. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, with a nondisturbance agreement in a commercially reasonable form from Landlord’s presently existing lender holding a first deed of trust on the Project. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further commercially reasonable instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

-34- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than five (5) business days after notice from Landlord;

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

-35- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may continue the Lease in effect (whether or not Tenant has abandoned or vacated the Premises) and, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord may re-enter and attempt to relet the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all persons and property from the Premises (which property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and risk of, and for the account of, Tenant), all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass, or any liability of Landlord for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. If Landlord, without terminating this Lease, either (i) elects to re-enter the Premises and attempts to relet the Premises, (ii) takes possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceedings, or (iii) takes possession of the Premises pursuant to any notice provided by law, then Landlord may, from time to time, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Lease Term) and at such rent and other terms as Landlord in its reasonable discretion deems advisable. Upon such reletting, all rent received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied, first to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord (other than for any rent due hereunder); second, to the payment of any costs and expenses of obtaining possession and any such reletting, including the expense of alterations and repairs, brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees; third, to the payment of any rent due and unpaid hereunder. If such rents and any other amounts received from such reletting during any month are less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately pay such deficiency to Landlord. No such re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a notice of such intention is given by Landlord to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous default. Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any default, in addition to any other remedies it may have, Landlord shall be entitled to the remedy set forth in Section 19.2.1 above, and may recover all damages it may incur by reason of such default, including the cost of recovering the Premises, reimbursement of any brokerage fees incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease and all rent (accrued or to accrue during the Lease Term) which, at Landlord’s election, shall be accelerated and be due in full on demand.

19.2.4 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1, 19.2.2 and 19.2.3, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

-36- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

19.5 Landlord Default.

19.5.1 General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

19.5.2 Abatement of Rent. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof for the normal conduct of its business, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by the Lease, (ii) any failure to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease, or (iii) any “Renovations,” as that term is defined in Section 29.29 of this Lease (such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i), (ii) or (iii), above, to be known as an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice or occurs for five (5) non-consecutive days in any twelve (12) months’ period (provided Landlord is sent a notice pursuant to Section 29.18 of this Lease of each such Abatement Event) (the “Eligibility Period”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises for the normal conduct of its business during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rent abatement remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.5.2, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

At any time during the Lease Term, subject to the terms of this Lease, including this Article 21, Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, up to two (2) satellite dishes, satellite antennae or comparable equipment which shall not exceed 36 inches in diameter or 48 inches in height for each dish or antenna (collectively, the

-37- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

“Telecommunications Equipment”) upon the roof of the Building penthouse. Tenant’s right to utilize the roof of the Building penthouse pursuant to the terms hereof shall be non-exclusive. The physical appearance and all specifications of the Telecommunications Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, the location of any such installation of the Telecommunications Equipment shall be designated by Landlord, and Landlord may require Tenant to install screening around such Telecommunications Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for (i) obtaining all permits or other governmental approvals required in connection with the Telecommunications Equipment, (ii) repairing and maintaining and causing the Telecommunications Equipment to comply with all Applicable Laws, and (iii) prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, removal of the Telecommunications Equipment and all associated wiring (and the restoration of all affected areas to the condition existing prior to the installation thereof). In no event shall Tenant permit the Telecommunications Equipment to interfere with the systems of the Building or the Project or any other communications equipment at or servicing the Building or Project. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause related to Tenant’s installation, use, repair or maintenance relating to or in connection with the Telecommunications Equipment. In the event Tenant elects to exercise its right to install the Telecommunication Equipment, then Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice thereof. Tenant shall pay a monthly fee equal to $750 for each piece of Telecommunications Equipment installed by Tenant (the “Telecommunications Fee”) for use of each of the Telecommunications Equipment, which Telecommunications Fee shall be increased by three percent (3%) on an annual basis effective as of the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Telecommunications Fee shall be increased on each anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date pursuant to the preceding sentence and not on the date upon which Tenant installs the applicable Telecommunications Equipment.

ARTICLE 22

BACKUP ELECTRIC GENERATOR

At any time during the Lease Term, subject to the terms of this Lease, including this Article 22, Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) electric generator (the “Backup Generator”) within approximately 250 square feet of the deck located in the Building parking garage, provided that in the event a different location is required pursuant to Applicable Laws, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall designate an alternative location within the Project for installation of the Backup Generator. The location of the Backup Generator in the parking garage will require the loss of three (3) parking spaces, which will be counted against Tenant’s parking allocation in the Building. The physical appearance and all specifications of the Backup Generator shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, and Landlord may require Tenant to install full height walls around the Backup Generator, and provide adequate exhaust venting, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for (i) obtaining all permits or other governmental approvals required in connection with the Backup Generator, (ii) repairing and maintaining and causing the Backup Generator to comply with all Applicable Laws, and (iii) prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, removal of the Backup Generator and all associated wiring (and the restoration of all affected areas to the condition existing prior to the installation thereof). In no event shall Tenant permit the Backup Generator to interfere with the systems of the Building or the Project. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause related to Tenant’s installation, use, repair or maintenance relating to or in connection with the Backup Generator. In the event Tenant elects to exercise its right to install the Backup Generator, then Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice thereof. Tenant shall pay a monthly fee equal to the then current prevailing monthly parking rate for the three (3) spaces taken up by the Backup Generator (the “Generator Fee”) for use of each of the Backup Generator, which Generator Fee would, as of the date hereof, be equal to $459.00 per month. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Generator Fee shall be increased on each anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date pursuant to the preceding sentence and not on the date upon which Tenant installs the Backup Generator.

-38- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors. If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost as Tenant’s initial signage, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Building Directory. A building directory will be located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at Landlord’s cost as to Tenant’s initial entry, to display Tenant’s name on such directory.

23.5 Building Signage. In addition to the signage rights expressly set forth in Sections 23.1, 23.2 and 23.3, above, following the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to the following signage in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Exterior Signage”):

23.5.1 In General.

23.5.1.1 Monument Signage. One (1) name strip on the currently existing multi-tenant monument sign located at the front of the Building.

23.5.1.2 Building Facade Signage. Effective as of January 1, 2013, Tenant shall have the right to install one (1) sign on the Building façade in the location identified on Exhibit G attached hereto.

23.5.2 Specifications and Permits. Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall set forth Tenant’s name and logo as determined by Tenant in its sole discretion; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s Exterior Signage include an “Objectionable Name,” as that term is defined in Section 23.5.3, below. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location of Tenant’s Exterior Signage (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent and compatible with the quality and nature of the Project and Landlord’s Building standard signage specifications. In addition, Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt, at Tenant’s sole cost, of all required governmental permits and approvals and shall be subject to all applicable laws and to any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. Landlord shall, at no cost to Landlord, use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in obtaining necessary governmental permits and approvals for Tenant’s Exterior Signage. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining any of the necessary governmental approvals and/or permits for Tenant’s Exterior Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Exterior Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms and conditions of the Lease shall be unaffected.

-39- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

23.5.3 Objectionable Name. To the extent the Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee desires to change the name and/or logo set forth on Tenant’s Exterior Signage, such name and/or logo shall not have a name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of the Comparable Buildings (an “Objectionable Name”). The parties hereby agree that the name “Yammer” or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name.

23.5.4 Termination of Right to Tenant’s Signage. The rights contained in this Section 23.5 shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in the Lease) if (i) the Original Tenant continues to lease from Landlord no less than two (2) full floors in the Building, (ii) Tenant is not then in default of this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), (iii) Tenant has not been in default of this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease) more than twice during any twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. In the event that at any time during the Lease Term Tenant fails to meet the requirements set forth in Sections (i), (ii) and (iii), above, Tenant’s rights to the Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall automatically terminate.

23.5.5 Cost and Maintenance. The costs of Tenant’s Exterior Signage and the installation, design, construction and any and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Exterior Signage, including, without limitation, utility charges and hook-up fees, permits, and maintenance and repairs, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Should Tenant’s Exterior Signage require repairs and/or maintenance, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant (except as set forth below) shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if such repairs and/or maintenance are reasonably expected to require longer than thirty (30) days to perform, Tenant shall commence such repairs and/or maintenance within such thirty (30) day period and shall diligently prosecute such repairs and maintenance to completion. Should Tenant fail to perform such repairs and/or maintenance within the periods described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall, upon the delivery of an additional five (5) business days’ prior written notice, have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant as Additional Rent for the actual cost of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, or upon any earlier termination of Tenant’s right to the Tenant’s Exterior Signage as set forth in Section 23.5.4, above, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause Tenant’s Exterior Signage to be removed and shall cause the areas in which such Tenant’s Exterior Signage was located to be restored to the condition existing immediately prior to the placement of such Tenant’s Exterior Signage (reasonable wear and tear excepted). If Tenant fails to timely remove Tenant’s Exterior Signage or to restore the areas in which such Tenant’s Exterior Signage was located, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, then Landlord may perform such work, and all actual costs incurred by Landlord in so performing shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor. The terms and conditions of this Section 23.5.5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not use the Premises or the Project in any way that violates any applicable law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with any Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and any tenant improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered solely by Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, or the tenant improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24. Landlord shall be responsible for complying with all Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, those relating to hazardous materials and handicapped access) relating to the Building and Project, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4, above.

-40- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord that the same was not paid when due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15, published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days following delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor, sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment, provided that any such alteration, improvement or repair shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to have one of its employees accompany Landlord during any such visits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform (after any applicable notice and cure period). Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises in connection with any entries under this Article 27 (except under item (B), above). Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability for personal injury or property damage to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or

-41- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

willful misconduct. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

28.1 Project Parking Facility. Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to rent from Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Building’s covered parking garage. Tenant may increase or decrease the number of parking passes rented by Tenant upon not less than thirty (30) days notice to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for automobile parking passes on a monthly basis an amount (the “Parking Charge”) equal to the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes; provided, however, that during the initial Lease Term, the Parking Charge shall be deemed to be as follows: (i) during the first twelve (12) calendar months of the initial Lease Term, $0.00 per parking pass per month, (ii) commencing on the thirteenth (13^th) calendar month of the initial Lease Term and continuing through the thirty-sixth (36^th) calendar month of the initial Lease Term, $140.00 per parking pass per month, (iii) commencing on the thirty-seventh (37^th) calendar month of the initial Lease Term and continuing through the forty-eighth (48^th) calendar month of the initial Lease Term, $150.00 per parking pass per month, and (iv) thereafter, the monthly Parking Charge shall increase by $10.00 per parking pass per year. In addition to the Parking Charge, Tenant shall at all times be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Project’s parking facilities) Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided solely for use by Tenant’s (and a Permitted Assignee’s, as applicable) own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant or a Permitted Assignee without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

28.2 Additional Parking.

28.2.1 In Building Additional Parking. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to rent additional unreserved parking passes in an amount that, when aggregated with all spaces leased by Tenant under Section 28.1, above, and 28.2.2, below, shall not exceed three (3) unreserved parking passes per each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Building’s covered parking garage. Such additional unreserved parking passes shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the parking passes rented by Tenant under Section 28.1, above; provided, however, the Parking Charge applicable thereto shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the same rate set forth in Section 28.1.1, above, or (ii) the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes.

-42- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

28.2.2 Griffin Lot. For so long as Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord) owns and controls both the Building and that certain parking area commonly known as Griffin Lot, and is operating the Griffin Lot as a public parking area, then, subject to availability as reasonably determined by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to rent additional unreserved parking passes, in an amount that, when aggregated with all spaces leased by Tenant under Section 28.1, or 28.2.1, above, shall not exceed three (3) unreserved parking passes per each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, on a month-to-month basis in the Griffin Lot. Such additional unreserved parking passes shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the parking passes rented by Tenant under Section 28.1, above, provided, however, the Parking Charge applicable thereto shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the same rate set forth in Section 28.1.1, above, or (ii) the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes. In the event that at any time Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord) no longer owns and controls both the Building and that certain parking area commonly known as Griffin Lot, or no longer operates the Griffin Lot as a public parking area, Tenant’s rights under this Section 28.2 shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Intentionally Deleted.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease that accrues after the date of transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording. Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

-43- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

-44- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

29.17 Intentionally Omitted.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“Mail”), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iii) the date personal delivery is made. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

11755 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 1770

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attention: Mr. Jeremy B. Fletcher

and

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

200 State Street, 5^th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: General Counsel

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars

Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several. In the event that the Tenant is a married individual, the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon the marital community of which the Tenant is a member.

29.20 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of Washington and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of qualification to do business in the State of Washington.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

-45- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY WASHINGTON LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Washington State High Technology Tax Benefits. At Tenant’s cost and expense, Landlord shall cooperate with all Tenant requests in connection with Tenant’s obtaining of any sales and use tax deferral/waiver (per RCW 82.63 and WAC 458-20-24003) available to high technology businesses in Washington State.

29.29 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Tenant Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease). Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of

-46- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 29.29 to the contrary, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform all Renovations so as to minimize any material, adverse interference with Tenant’s business operations at the Premises.

29.30 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Landlord is bound, and Landlord shall protect defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Landlord’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Communications and Computer Lines. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “Lines”), provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the new Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any such new Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.32 Additional Complimentary Amenities. Subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, during the Lease Term and at no additional cost to Tenant, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to use the following amenities currently belonging to the Plaza Center located at 10900 NE 8th St, Bellevue, Washington 98004, provided that Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord) owns and controls both the Building and the Plaza Center: (i) three (3) conference rooms (including amenities therein, including a whiteboard, conference phone, and, in select rooms, a projection screen and podium), located on the second (2^nd) floor of the Plaza Center on a first-come, first-served basis with no greater than three (3) months’ prior reservation; (ii) a fitness center (including separate male and female locker rooms equipped with showers) located on the ground level of the Plaza Center; and (iii) bike racks located inside the Plaza Center’s parking facility. The foregoing shall not obligate Landlord to continue to maintain such amenities during the Lease Term, and Tenant’s rights with respect thereto shall terminate at such time as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, determines to no longer provide such amenities as a general amenity to the tenants of the Building.

ARTICLE 30

30.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “L-C”) in the amount set forth in Section 30.3 below (the “L-C Amount”), which L-C shall be issued by a money-center, solvent and nationally recognized bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local Bellevue, Washington office which will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) reasonably acceptable to Landlord (such approved, issuing bank being referred to herein as the “Bank”), which Bank must have a short term Fitch

-47- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Rating which is not less than “F1”, and a long term Fitch Rating which is not less than “A”(or in the event such Fitch Ratings are no longer available, a comparable rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service or Moody’s Professional Rating Service) (collectively, the “Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold”), and which L-C shall be in the form of Exhibit F, attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby approves Silicon Valley Bank as the “Bank” hereunder. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the L-C. The L-C shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Lease and continuing until the date (the “L-C Expiration Date”) that is no less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term as the same may be extended, and Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the UCP 500 Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Lease has been rejected, or is deemed rejected, under Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (E) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the L-C Expiration Date, or (F) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under federal or state law, or (G) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (H) if (1) any of the Bank’s Fitch Ratings (or other comparable ratings to the extent the Fitch Ratings are no longer available) have been reduced below the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold, or (2) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 30 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in this Section 30.1 above), in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “L-C Draw Event”). The L-C shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said L-C shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Article 30, and, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “L-C FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace such L-C with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer (which issuer shall meet or exceed the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold and shall otherwise be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 30. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with such conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 30.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and the reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing.

30.2 Application of L-C. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C upon the occurrence of any L-C Draw Event. In the event of any L-C Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant (except in connection with an L-C Draw Event under Section 30.1(H) above), draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, to cure any such L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease or other L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the

-48- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

termination of this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and such L-C shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

30.3 L-C Amount; Maintenance of L-C by Tenant.

30.3.1 L-C Amount. The L-C Amount shall be equal to $2,500,000.00.

30.3.2 Conditional Reduction of L-C Amount. To the extent that on each of the “Dates of Reduction” identified below, Tenant is not then in default of this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), Tenant shall have the right to reduce the L-C Amount as follows:

Date of Reduction	Amount of Reduction		L-C Amount
First day of the forty-third (43rd) full calendar month of the Lease Year	$	500,000.00	$	2,000,000.00
First day of the fifty-fifth (55th) full calendar month of the Lease Year	$	500,000.00	$	1,500,000.00
First day of the sixty-seventh (67th) full calendar month of the Lease Year	$	500,000.00	$	1,000,000.00
First day of the seventy-ninth (79th) full calendar month of the Lease Year	$	500,000.00	$	500,000.00
In the event of any increase in the L-C Amount pursuant to the terms of Section 30.3.3, below, then the L-C Amount shall be increased accordingly, and the amount of the L-C Amount reductions above shall be appropriately and proportionally recalculated.

30.3.2.1 Alternatively, in the event that at any time during the Lease Term (and provided that Tenant is not then in default of this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), Tenant satisfies the “Reduction Conditions identified below, Tenant shall have the right to immediately reduce the then-existing L-C Amount of $500,000.00. In no event, however, shall the L-C Amount as set forth above decrease during any period in which Tenant is in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period), and in no event (whether or not Tenant satisfies such Reduction Conditions) shall the L-C Amount be reduced to an amount less than $500,000.00.

30.3.2.2 In the event that Tenant desires to reduce the L-C Amount as set forth in Section 30.3.2.1 above, then no later than thirty (30) days’ prior to the schedule date of reduction, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant’s then most current “Audited Financial Statement” (as that term is defined hereinbelow) evidencing compliance with the Reduction Conditions. For purposes of this Lease, the “Reduction Conditions” shall mean (i) Tenant has completed an Initial Public Offering on a major market exchange (e.g., Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange), (ii) Tenant has a current ratio (i.e., current assets divided by current liabilities) greater than two (2),

-49- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

and (iii) Tenant has a debt-to-equity ratio of less than one-half (0.5), all as shown on Tenant’s then most current Audited Financial Statement. Such Audited Financial Statements shall be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the anticipated date of the conditional reduction in the L-C Amount. “Audited Financial Statement” shall mean Tenant’s most current financial statement prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by an independent certified public accountant.

30.3.2.3 In the event that Tenant complies with terms and conditions set forth in this Section 30.3.2, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the L-C Amount as set forth above via the delivery to Landlord of either (x) an amendment to the existing L-C modifying the L-C Amount to the amount then required under this Article 30, or (y) an entirely new L-C (in the form and content otherwise required in this Article 30) in the total L-C Amount then required under this Article 30.

30.3.2.4 In the event of any such reduction in the L-C Amount due to Tenant’s satisfaction of the Reduction Condition, Landlord shall have the right at any time during the Lease Term (but no more than two (2) times in twelve (12) calendar months) to request Tenant’s then-most current Audited Financial Statement (which Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within thirty (30) days of such request), and if Landlord determines that Tenant has failed to continue to meet either item (ii) or (iii) of the Reduction Conditions, then the L-C Amount shall immediately increase to the then-applicable L-C Amount based on the schedule set forth at the beginning of this Section 30.3.2, and Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord of either (x) an amendment to the existing L-C modifying the L-C Amount to the amount then required under this Article 30, or (y) an entirely new L-C (in the form and content otherwise required in this Article 30) in the total L-C Amount then required under this Article 30).

30.3.3 Increase in L-C Amount. Notwithstanding the initial L-C Amount and the scheduled reductions set forth above, in the event that Tenant exercises its right to lease particular First Offer Space or First Refusal Space, then (I) the L-C Amount shall thereafter be on a proportionate basis based on the rentable square footage of such space, and (II) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s execution of the applicable amendment to this Lease with respect to such First Offer Space or First Refusal Space, either (y) an additional L-C which, when combined with the L-C then being held by Landlord totals the full L-C Amount then required under this Article 30, or (z) an entirely new L-C in the total L-C Amount then required under this Article 30.

30.3.4 In General. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 30, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall be subject to the terms of Section 30.3.3 below. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the L-C Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. If Tenant exercises its option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Lease then, not later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new L C or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the L-C Expiration Date as one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Option Term. However, if the L-C is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the L-C in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 30, Landlord shall have the right to either (x) present the L-C to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 30, and the proceeds of the L-C may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, or (y) pursue its remedy under Section 30.3.3 below. In the event Landlord elects to exercise its rights under the foregoing item (x), (I) any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a receivership, conservatorship, or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, property of such receivership, conservatorship or Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, and (II) Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the L-C Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably

-50- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the L-C Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused L-C proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

30.4 Transfer and Encumbrance. The L-C shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in under this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer and, Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith; provided that, Landlord shall have the right (in its sole discretion), but not the obligation, to pay such fees on behalf of Tenant, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor.

30.5 L-C Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (the “Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the L-C (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes all provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 30 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease.

30.6 Non-Interference By Tenant. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank of any L-C to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such L-C.

30.7 Waiver of Certain Relief. Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the L-C:

30.7.1 A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

30.7.2 Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of any L-C or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such L-C) based on any theory whatever.

-51- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

30.8 Remedy for Improper Drafts. Tenant’s sole remedy in connection with the improper presentment or payment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C shall be the right to obtain from Landlord a refund of the amount of any sight draft(s) that were improperly presented or the proceeds of which were misapplied, together with interest at the Interest Rate and all reasonable actual out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Tenant, including bank fees and attorneys’ fees, provided that at the time of such refund, Tenant increases the amount of such L-C to the amount (if any) then required under the applicable provisions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C, or the Bank’s payment of sight drafts drawn under such L-C, could not under any circumstances cause Tenant injury that could not be remedied by an award of money damages, and that the recovery of money damages would be an adequate remedy therefor. In the event Tenant shall be entitled to a refund as aforesaid and Landlord shall fail to make such payment within ten (10) business days after demand, Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount thereof together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the next installment(s) of Base Rent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

LANDLORD: PLAZA EAST PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company		TENANT: APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation,
By:	/s/ Jeremy B. Fletcher	By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
	Jeremy B. Fletcher,		Name:	Kurt Shintaffer
	Senior Managing Director		Its:	CFO
		By:
			Name:
			Its:

-52- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

NOTARY PAGE

STATE OF WA	)
	) ss.
COUNTY OF KING	)

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Kurt Shintaffer is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated: 25 May 2012

/s/ Maegan Clare Surbridge

(Seal or stamp)

Maegan Clare Surbridge, Notary Public, State of Washington, Commission Expires 3-12-13

Title: Notary Public

Notary Public in and for the State of WA

My appointment expires: 8/12/13

STATE OF	)
	) ss.
COUNTY OF	)

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                                      is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                                      of APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated:                                 

(Signature)

(Seal or stamp)

Title:

Notary Public in and for the State of                                                  

My appointment expires:                                         

-53- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

STATE OF CALIFORNIA	)
	) ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES	)

On May 25, 2012, before me, Elicia A Hauschild, a Notary Public, personally appeared Jeremy B. Fletcher, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the forgoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature /s/ Elica A. Hauschild                                             

(Seal) Elicia A. Hauschild, Notary Public – California, Los Angeles County, Commission #1803801, My Commission Expires June 24, 2012

-54- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT A

PLAZA EAST

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

EXHIBIT A -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT A -2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT A -3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT A-1

PLAZA EAST

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

PARCEL A:

LOTS 7, 8, 14, 15 AND 16, G. NASLUND 1ST ADDITION, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 48 OF PLATS, PAGE 93, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON;

EXCEPT THOSE PORTION OF LOTS 8 AND 16, CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF WASHINGTON BY DEED RECORDED JUNE 16, 1953 UNDER RECORDING NO. 4354507;

AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION OF LOT 16 CONDEMNED BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON UNDER KING COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO. 524187 FOR HIGHWAY PURPOSES;

(BEING KNOWN AS LOT 7A OF THE DECLARATION OF LOT COMBINATIONS AND AMENDMENT TO EXISTING PLAT, RECORDED MARCH 6, 1985 UNDER RECORDING NO. 8503060855);

TOGETHER WITH THAT PORTION OF 111TH AVENUE NORTHEAST LYING WITHIN SAID PLAT, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS;

BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 14 OF SAID PLAT;

THENCE SOUTH 00°34’21” WEST 233.96 FEET ALONG THE WEST LINE OF LOTS 14, 15 AND 16 OF SAID G. NASLUND 1ST ADDITION TO A POINT 50.00 FEET NORTHERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF NORTHEAST 8TH STREET, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO SAID CENTERLINE;

THENCE NORTH 88°40’27” WEST, 30.00 FEET PARALLEL WITH THE CENTERLINE OF SAID NORTHEAST 8TH STREET TO THE CENTERLINE OF 111TH AVENUE NORTHEAST;

THENCE NORTH 00°34’21” EAST, 233.90 FEET ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF SAID 111TH AVENUE NORTHEAST;

THENCE SOUTH 88°46’58” EAST, 30.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, AS VACATED BY CITY OF BELLEVUE ORDINANCE NO. 3760.

SITUATE IN THE CITY OF BELLEVUE, COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON.

PARCEL B:

TOGETHER WITH THOSE CERTAIN EASEMENT RIGHTS OF INGRESS, EGRESS AND UTILITIES AS SET FORTH IN AMENDED AND RESTATED AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF EASEMENT AGREEMENT RECORDED DECEMBER 4, 1996 UNDER RECORDING NO. 9612040592, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON;

(BEING AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THAT CERTAIN EASEMENT RECORDED NOVEMBER 21, 1988 UNDER RECORDING NO. 8811211390, AMENDED BY FIRST AMENDMENT RECORDED MARCH 26, 1996 UNDER RECORDING NO. 9603261373 AND RE-RECORDED APRIL 19, 1996 UNDER RECORDING NO. 9604190535);

SITUATE IN THE CITY OF BELLEVUE, COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON.

EXHIBIT A-1 -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT B

PLAZA EAST

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMISES

1.1 Base, Shell and Core of the Premises as Constructed by Landlord. Landlord has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the base, shell, and core (i) of the Premises and (ii) of the floor of the Building on which the Premises is located (collectively, the “Base, Shell, and Core”). The Base, Shell and Core shall consist of those portions of the Premises which were in existence prior to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises and shall, as of the date of Landlord’s delivery of the same to Tenant, comply with Applicable Laws to the extent required to allow the legal occupancy of the Premises.

1.2 Landlord Work. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease and this Tenant Work Letter, Tenant shall accept the Premises from Landlord in existing, “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, cause the following work to be performed (collectively, the “Landlord Work”): (i) Landlord shall remove all of the existing computer and telephone data cabling from the Premises, (ii) Landlord shall upgrade all of the sprinkler head to “Quick Response” sprinkler heads on the fifth (5^th), sixth (6^th) and seventh (7^th) floors of the Building and Premises; and (iii) Landlord shall upgrade the garage lighting of the parking facility servicing the Project, by adding fifty-six (56) new light fixtures throughout the garage. Tenant may not change or alter the Landlord Work. All such Landlord Work shall be performed using Building standard methods, materials, and procedures to be specified by Landlord in its reasonable, good faith discretion.

SECTION 2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Allowance Amounts.

2.1.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of $45.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Tenant’s improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”). All Tenant Improvements for which the Tenant Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Except as expressly set forth in Section 2.4, below, in the event that Tenant fails to use the entire Tenant Improvement Allowance by the first (1^st) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, then any remaining balance shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto (whether as a Rent credit, cash payment, or otherwise).

EXHIBIT B -1- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

2.1.2 Restroom Allowance. In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, to the extent that the Tenant Improvements contain upgrades to the restroom facilities on the fifth (5^th), sixth (6^th) and seventh (7^th) floors of the Building, then Landlord shall provide an additional improvement allowance (the “Restroom Allowance”) in an amount not to exceed $3.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, which Restroom Allowance may be used only towards the cost of such restroom upgrades. Tenant may, at its option, also use a portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance towards the cost of such restroom upgrades. Subject to the terms set forth in this Section 2.1, all references in this Work Letter to the “Tenant Improvement Allowance,” shall be deemed to include the Restroom Allowance.

2.1.3 Test Fit Allowance. In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance and the Restroom Allowance, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an additional one-time allowance in the amount of $9.15 per rentable square foot of the Premises to reimburse Tenant for the costs expended by Tenant in connection with the preparation of its initial space plan and “test fit” for the Premises.

In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount that exceeds the sum of (i) the Tenant Improvement Allowance, (ii) the Restroom Allowance, and (iii) the Test Fit Allowance.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the allowances set forth in Section 2.1 (collectively, the “Allowances”) shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable disbursement process) for costs related to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”): (i) payment of the fees of the “Architect”, as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, including, without limitation, the “Systems Plans,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4.2 of this Tenant Work Letter (provided that such fees of Landlord and its consultants shall not exceed $7,500.00 in the aggregate), (ii) costs incurred in obtaining any permits required in connection with the Tenant Improvements, (iii) the cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings; (iv) the cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “Code”); (v) as to Tenant for costs expended by Tenant as to which Tenant is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2.1 (the “Tenant Reimbursement Payments”). Any Tenant Reimbursement Payments shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s delivery of applicable invoices marked paid, or other reasonable evidence of payment, together with any applicable lien releases; (vi) the “Landlord Supervision Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.3.2 of this Tenant Work Letter; and (vi) a portion of the costs of the tenant demising walls and public corridor walls and materials, if any, as designated by Landlord.

2.3 Standard Tenant Improvement Package. Landlord has established specifications (the “Specifications”) for the current building standard doors, frames and relites & ceiling, lights and grid (to the extent existing improvements are not being reused) that Tenant will be required to comply with in connection with the Tenant Improvements, unless such Specifications are waived by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may construct areas within the Premises containing open ceilings and non-standard lighting and ceiling treatments which do not comply with the Specficiations.

2.4 Tenant Improvement Excess. In the event that following the completion of the Tenant Improvements, the total aggregate final cost of the design, permitting, supervision and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including any increase in such final costs due to any revisions, changes, or substitutions made to any of the “Construction Drawings” (as defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter) or the Tenant Improvements (collectively, the “Total Construction Cost”), is less than the Tenant Improvement Allowance (which for purposes of this Section 2.4, shall not include any of the Restroom Allowance or Test Fit Allowance), then Tenant may elect, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord given no later than the first (1^st) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, to use any such excess up to a total of $10.00 per rentable square of the Premises towards the cost of furniture installed in the Premises, moving expenses related to this Lease, cabling installed in the Premises, or as a credit against Base Rent payable under the terms of the Lease.

EXHIBIT B -2- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Tenant shall retain the architect/space planner designated by Landlord (the “Architect”) to prepare certain “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1, as provided for in this Tenant Work Letter. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect hereunder, which shall be deemed to include, without limitation, the “Final Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.3 of this Tenant Work Letter, along with the Systems Plans, shall collectively be known as the “Construction Drawings.” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications as determined by Architect, and shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord agrees that AutoCAD is an acceptable drawing format. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base Building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3 shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Further, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed and/or prepared by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and/or by Contractor or the “Subcontractors”, as that term is defined in Section 3.4.2, below, as the case may be, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants and/or by Contractor or the Subcontractors, as the case may be, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings. Landlord hereby approves JPC Architects as the “Architect” and HST Construction as a possible Contractor.

3.2 Final Space Plan. On or before the date set forth in Schedule 1, attached hereto, Tenant and the Architect shall prepare the final space plan for Tenant Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “Final Space Plan”), which Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, and shall deliver the Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall provide its approval within five (5) business days of Tenant’s submission of the Final Space Plan.

3.3 Final Working Drawings. On or before the date set forth in Schedule 1, Tenant and the Architect shall complete (i) the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits, and (ii) a detailed description of any overstandard requirements of Tenant in connection with the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety and sprinkler components of the Tenant Improvements (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall provide its approval within five (5) business days of Tenant’s submission of the Final Working Drawings.

3.4 Permits; Systems Permits; C of O; Change Orders. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

3.4.1 Permits. Architect shall be responsible for obtaining applicable building permits in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Permits”), provided that to the extent that Architect shall be unable to obtain or is delayed in obtaining the Permits due to the design of the Tenant Improvements, as set forth in the Approved Working Drawings, including, without limitation, due to the failure of the Approved Working Drawings, or the improvements set forth therein, to comply with applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations or requirements (in any event, a “Tenant Caused Permit Failure”), such delay shall be considered a “Tenant Delay,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2 of this Tenant Work Letter. Landlord shall cooperate with all Architect requests in connection with Architect’s obtaining of the Permits and/or matters affecting Architect’s ability to obtain the Permits.

3.4.2 Systems Plans; Systems Permits. Landlord shall cause “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, and/or the subcontractors retained in connection with the Tenant Improvements (the “Subcontractors”) to prepare structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety and sprinkler system plans

EXHIBIT B     -3- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

as reasonably required in connection with the Tenant Improvements (collectively, the “Systems Plans”). Tenant shall cooperate in good faith with Landlord, Contractor and/or the Subcontractors, as applicable, to supply such information as is necessary to allow the Systems Plans to be prepared in a form acceptable to Landlord and which is complete to obtain all applicable permits and in a manner that is consistent with, and is a logical extension of, the Approved Working Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord). In connection with the foregoing, Tenant shall provide Landlord, Contractor and/or the Subcontractors with any information reasonably required or requested by Landlord, Contractor and/or the Subcontractors in connection with the preparation of the Systems Plans within two (2) business days following request by Landlord, Contractor and/or the Subcontractors, as the case may be. Tenant shall approve the Systems Plans, in Tenant’s reasonable discretion, within five (5) business days following delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant. Following receipt of such approval, Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining governmental permits required in connection with the Systems Plans, provided that in the event that any governmental permit required for the Systems Plans shall not be issued or shall be delayed in being issued as a result of the design of the Tenant Improvements, as set forth in the Approved Working Drawings, and/or due to Tenant’s requirements under Section 3.3(ii) of this Tenant Work Letter, and/or due to any other act or omission of Tenant (including, without limitations, any changes requested by Tenant to the Systems Plans), then the same shall constitute a Tenant Delay pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter (a “Tenant Caused Systems Permit Failure”).

3.4.3 Certificate of Occupancy. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining a certificate of occupancy, temporary certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, for the Premises (in any event, a “C of O”), provided that to the extent that Landlord causes the construction of the Tenant Improvements to be completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Systems Plans and shall not be able to or is delayed in obtaining a C of O, solely because of the Approved Drawings or Systems Plans, the same shall constitute a Tenant Delay pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter (a “Tenant Caused C of O Failure”). Tenant shall cooperate with all Landlord requests in connection with Landlord’s obtaining of a C of O and/or matters affecting Landlord’s ability to obtain a C of O.

3.4.4 Change Orders. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings and/or the Systems Plans may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided that Landlord may withhold its consent, in its sole discretion, to any change in the Approved Working Drawings and/or the Systems Plans if such change would directly or indirectly delay the “Substantial Completion” of the Premises as that term is defined in Section 5.1 of this Tenant Work Letter.

3.5 Time Deadlines. Tenant and Landlord shall use good faith, commercially reasonable efforts and all due diligence to cooperate with the Architect, Contractor, the Subcontractors, and with each other to complete all phases of the Construction Drawings (including, without limitation, the Systems Plans) and the permitting process and to receive all permits, and with Contractor for approval of the “Cost Proposal,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2 of this Tenant Work Letter, as soon as possible after the execution of the Lease, and, in that regard, shall meet with Landlord on a scheduled basis to be determined by Landlord, to discuss Tenant’s progress in connection with the same. The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3, Section 4, below, and in this Tenant Work Letter are set forth and further elaborated upon in Schedule 1 (the “Time Deadlines”), attached hereto. Tenant and Landlord agrees to comply with the Time Deadlines.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor. A contractor designated by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval (the “Contractor”) shall construct the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall have the right to negotiate a “GMP” contract with the Contractor so that the Contractor can be used for pre-construction estimating and due diligence. Any performance bonds required of the Contractor by Landlord shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

4.2 Cost Proposal. Within fifteen (15) days after the Approved Working Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Tenant Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Cost Proposal”). Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five (5) business days of the receipt of the same,

EXHIBIT B     -4- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

and upon receipt of the same by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the “Cost Proposal Delivery Date”.

4.3 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.

4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount. On the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount (the “Over-Allowance Amount”) equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Allowances. The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to the disbursement of any then remaining portion of the Allowances, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Allowances. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Drawings or the Tenant Improvements, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions or any other additional costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount.

4.3.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor. With the prior review and approval of Tenant, Landlord shall enter into a “guaranteed maximum price” contract with Contractor (“Construction Contract”) to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Cost Proposal. Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor. The Construction Contract shall provide that the Architect is the “architect of record”. Landlord hereby agrees that the Construction Contract shall not be amended (including any change orders) without the prior written approval of Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord Supervision Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) two percent (2%) and (ii) an amount equal to the total hard construction costs of the Tenant Improvements (but not to exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance). The Landlord Supervision Fee shall cover all Landlord review fees other than reasonable out-of-pocket review fees paid by Landlord to third parties.

4.3.3 Contractor’s Warranties and Guaranties. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by Contractor relating to the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements, except to the extent such claim is a breach hereunder.

4.4 Tenant’s Covenants. Immediately after the Substantial Completion of the Premises, Tenant shall have prepared and delivered to the Building a copy of the “as built” plans and specifications (including all working drawings) for the Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 5

COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS;

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Ready for Occupancy. The Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” upon the Substantial Completion of the Premises, and issuance of a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent allowing the legal occupancy of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings and the Systems Plans, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor.

5.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises. Except as provided in this Section 5.2, the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease and Section 5.1, above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Lease Commencement Date, as set forth in the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to comply with the Time Deadlines;

EXHIBIT B     -5- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

5.2.2 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

5.2.3 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;

5.2.4 Changes in any of the Construction Drawings after disapproval of the same by Landlord or because the same do not comply with Code or other applicable laws;

5.2.5 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings or the Systems Plans;

5.2.6 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, the Standard Improvement Package;

5.2.7 Changes to the Base, Shell and Core required by the Approved Working Drawings;

5.2.8 Any Tenant Caused Permit Failure, any Tenant Caused Systems Permit Failure and/or any Tenant Caused C of O Failure; or

5.2.9 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

(each, a “Tenant Delay”) then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion of the Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the Premises would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion. Provided that Tenant and its agents do not materially interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant and its consultants, vendors, and suppliers access to the Premises for at least four (4) weeks prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purposes of Tenant testing and fit out of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment and installing overstandard equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment, audio visual systems, security, and low voltage cabling) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 6.1.

6.2 Freight Elevators. Landlord shall, consistent with its obligations to other tenants of the Building, make the freight elevator reasonably available to Tenant in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Premises.

6.3 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Daniel Butler of JPC Architects as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.4 Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Steven Fogarty as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.5 Tenant’s Agents. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall all be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.

EXHIBIT B     -6- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

6.6 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Tenant Work Letter to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to business days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

6.7 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an event of default as described in the Lease, or a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter, has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or cease or delay preparation of the Systems Plans and/or cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in any such case(s), Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by any Landlord election under this Section 6.7(i) pursuant to the terms of Section 5 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

EXHIBIT B     -7- [Tenant Name] [Landlord Build-Allowance]

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

TIME DEADLINES

Dates	Actions to be Performed
A.     May 23, 2012	Tenant to deliver Final Space Plan to Landlord.
B.     July 24, 2012	Tenant to deliver Final Working Drawings to Landlord.
C.     Five (5) business days after the receipt of the Cost Proposal by Tenant	Tenant to approve Cost Proposal and deliver Cost Proposal to Landlord.

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B      -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT C

PLAZA EAST

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

To:

Re: Office Lease dated                     , 20     between                     , a                      (“Landlord”), and                     , a                      (“Tenant”) concerning Suite                      on floor(s)                      of the office building located at                     , Washington                     .

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

1. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

2. Rent commenced to accrue on                     , in the amount of                     .

3. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

4. Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                     .

5. The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is                      square feet.

6. Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is                     %.

“Landlord”:
,
a
By:
	Its:

EXHIBIT C      -2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Agreed to and Accepted as of            , 20    . “Tenant”:
a
By:
	Its:

EXHIBIT C      -3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT D

PLAZA EAST

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the downtown Bellevue, Washington area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

EXHIBIT D      -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor, except in connection with normal and customary office decorations, mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

EXHIBIT D      -2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

27. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

28. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

EXHIBIT D      -3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

29. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

30. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s reasonable judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

EXHIBIT D      -4- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT E

PLAZA EAST

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of                     , 20     by and between                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                      floor(s) of the office building located at                     , Washington                     , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                     , and the Lease Term expires on                     , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                     .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                     . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                    .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of Washington and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

EXHIBIT E -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the                      day of                     , 20    .

“Tenant”:
,
a
By:
	Its:
By:
	Its:

EXHIBIT E -2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

FAX NO. [(        )         -        ]     [Insert Bank Name And Address]
SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]
		DATE OF ISSUE:
BENEFICIARY: [Insert Beneficiary Name And Address]		APPLICANT: [Insert Applicant Name And Address]
		LETTER OF CREDIT NO.
EXPIRATION                      AT OUR COUNTERS	DATE:	AMOUNT AVAILABLE: USD [Insert Dollar Amount] (U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                      IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

EXHIBIT F -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF             (120 days from the Lease Expiration Date)            .

EXHIBIT F     -2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES, WHICH FEES SHALL BE PAYABLE BY APPLICANT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: ‘‘DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                     .”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time – (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time – (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number – (    )             -            ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number – (    )             -            ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date).

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU

EXHIBIT F     -3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

(PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

Very truly yours,

(Name of Issuing Bank)

By:

EXHIBIT F     -4- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT G

BUILDING FACADE SIGNAGE

EXHIBIT G     -1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EX-10

Exhibit 10.4A

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of August 20, 2012, by and between PLAZA EAST PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated May 15, 2012 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 61,481 rentable square feet of space (the “Premises”) on the 5^th, 6^th and 7^th floors of the office building located at 11100 NE 8th Street, Bellevue, Washington (the “Building”).

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms. Except as explicitly set forth in this First Amendment, each initially capitalized term when used herein shall have the same respective meaning as is set forth in the Lease.

2. Washington State High Technology Tax Benefits. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 29.28 of the Lease: “All economic benefits of any sales and use tax deferral/waiver in connection with this Lease under RCW 82.63 and WAC 458-20-24003 shall be passed along from Landlord to Tenant.”

3. Building Façade Signage. The January 1, 2013, date set forth in Section 23.5.1.2 of the Lease is hereby amended to be December 9, 2012.

4. Use of Restroom Allowance. Section 2.1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to the Lease is hereby amended to provided that the “Restroom Allowance” may be used for the cost of Tenant Improvement Allowance Items as well as for restroom upgrades.

5. Tenant Improvement Excess. Section 2.4 of the Tenant Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

6. No Other Modifications. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unmodified by this First Amendment.

7. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts. Any such counterpart, when executed, shall constitute an original of this First Amendment, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same First Amendment.

8. Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall prevail.

-1- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this First Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

“LANDLORD”:
PLAZA CENTER PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:	/s/ Jeremy B. Fletcher
	Jeremy B. Fletcher,
	Senior Managing Director
“TENANT”:
APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
	Its:	CFO

NOTARY PAGE

STATE OF Washington)

COUNTY OF King)

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Kurt Shintaffer is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated: 8/20/2012

/s/ Elizabeth F. Pheasant

(Signature)

(Seal or stamp)

Elizabeth F. Pheasant, Notary Public, State of Washington, Commission Expires 04-22-14

Title: Notary Public                                        

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington                    

My appointment expires: 04/22/2014                    

-2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

STATE OF CALIFORNIA                               )

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES                        )

On August 24, 2012, before me Marilyn Kalif, a Notary Public, personally appeared Jeremy B. Fletcher, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the forgoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature	/s/ Marilyn Kalif	(Seal)
		MARILY KALIF
		Commission #1841023
		Notary Public – California
		Los Angeles County
		My Comm. Expires Mar 20, 2013

-3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EX-10

Exhibit 10.4 B

SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of July 31, 2014, by and between PLAZA EAST PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated May 15, 2012 (the “Office Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord 61,481 rentable square feet of space (the “Existing Premises”) on the 5th, 6th and 7th floors of the office building located at 11100 NE 8th Street, Bellevue, Washington (the “Building”). The Office Lease, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated as of August 20, 2012, is referred to herein as the “Lease”.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire (i) to extend the Lease Term of the Lease, (ii) to expand the Existing Premises to include 18,459 rentable square feet of space on the ninth (9th) floor of the Building (the “Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (iii) to make other modifications to the Lease, and in connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter provided.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms. Except as explicitly set forth in this Second Amendment, each initially capitalized term when used herein shall have the same respective meaning as is set forth in the Lease.

2. Modification of Premises. Effective as of the date (the “Expansion Commencement Date”), which is the earlier of (i) the date Tenant commences business in the Expansion Premises, and (ii) January 1, 2015, Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Expansion Premises. The Expansion Commencement Date is anticipated to occur prior to January 1, 2015. Consequently, effective upon the Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the Expansion Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to 79,940 rentable square feet. The Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises”.

3. Lease Term.

3.1 Existing Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2021, pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the term of Tenant’s lease of the Existing

PLAZA EAST

[Apptio, Inc.]

Premises is hereby extended to January 31, 2023, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease, as hereby amended. The period of time commencing on February 1, 2021, and terminating on January 31, 2023, shall be referred to herein as the “Extended Existing Premises Term.”

3.2 Expansion Premises. Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises shall commence on the Expansion Commencement Date and terminate coterminously with Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises on January 31, 2023 (the “Expansion Term”). At any time during the Expansion Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit C attached to the Lease, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof

4. Base Rent.

4.1 Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease as hereby amended, prior to February 1, 2021, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of Article 3 of the Lease. Commencing on February 1, 2021, and continuing throughout the Extended Existing Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the Existing Premises as follows:

Period During Extended Existing Premises Term	Annual Base Rent		Monthly Installment of Base Rent		Annual Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot
February 1, 2021 –– January 31, 2022	$	2,428,499.50	$	202,374.96	$	39.50
February 1, 2022 — January 31, 2023	$	2,489,980.50	$	207,498.38	$	40.50

4.2 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises as follows:

Month of Expansion Term	Annual Base Rent			Monthly Installment of Base Rent			Annual Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot
1 — 12	$	335,794.50	*	$	27,982.88	*	$	35.50
13 — 24	$	673,753.50		$	56,146.13		$	36.50
25 — 36	$	692,212.50		$	57,684.38		$	37.50
37 — 48	$	710,671.50		$	59,222.63		$	38.50
49 — 60	$	729,130.50		$	60,760.88		$	39.50
61 — 72	$	747,589.50		$	62,299.13		$	40.50
73 — 84	$	766,048.50		$	63,837.38		$	41.50
85 — 96	$	784,507.50		$	65,375.63		$	42.50
97 — January 31, 2023	$	802,966.50		$	66,913.88		$	43.50

-2- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

*Note: During the first twelve (12) months of the Expansion Term, Base Rent has been calculated as if the Expansion Premises contained only 9,459 rentable square feet (the “Space Pocket Reduction”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall continue to have the right to use the entire Expansion Premises as provided in the Lease, and all of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease, other than with respect to the payment of Base Rent, shall apply to the entire Expansion Premises.

Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises for the first full month of the Expansion Term.

4.3 Expansion Premises Abated Base Rent. Provided that Tenant is not then in default of the Lease (as hereby amended), then during the first eight (8) month of the Expansion Term (the “Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Expansion Premises (the “Rent Abatement”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Second Amendment, and for agreeing to pay the Rent and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease (as hereby amended). If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease (as hereby amended) and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to the Lease (as hereby amended), then Landlord may at its option, by notice to Tenant, elect that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Rent Abatement as of such default shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Expansion Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Expansion Premises in full.

5. Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses.

5.1 Existing Premises. Prior to February 1, 2021, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in accordance with the terms of Article 4 of the Office Lease based on a Base Year of calendar year 2013 as provided in the Office Lease. Effective as of February 1, 2021, and continuing throughout the Existing Premises Extended Term, the Base Year, with respect to the Existing Premises only, shall be amended to be calendar year 2015.

5.2 Expansion Premises. Except as specifically set forth in this Section 5.2, commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date, and continuing through the Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in connection with the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Article 4 of the Lease, provided that with respect to the calculation of

-3- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in connection with the Expansion Premises, the following shall apply:

5.2.1 Tenant’s Share shall equal 11.7193%; and

5.2.2 the Base Year shall be the calendar year 2015.

6. Improvements. Landlord shall construct the improvements in the Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter attached to the Office Lease as Exhibit B (subject to the revisions thereto set forth below). Except as specifically set forth herein and in the Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Expansion Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition.

6.1 Tenant Work Letter Revisions. The Tenant Work Letter is hereby amended as follows:

6.1.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Tenant Improvement Allowance applicable to the Expansion Premises shall be equal to $50.83 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises (i.e., $938,335.30). Tenant acknowledges that Tenant will bear, at its sole cost, including out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, any costs of installing supplemental HVAC units on the 6^th and 7^th floors of the Existing Premises.

6.1.2 Landlord Work. The items of Landlord Work set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) of Section 1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter shall apply to the delivery and construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises. Subsection (iii) of Section 1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter is no longer applicable and shall not apply in connection with the Expansion Premises. Tenant, as part of the Tenant Improvements, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to the Tenant Improvement Allowance), shall (a) cause existing fire sprinklers pipe supports in the Expansion Premises to be repaired or replaced so that the same comply with applicable laws to the extent required to allow legal occupancy of the Expansion Premises, and (b) cause the existing elevator lobby smoke control doors and automatic holder/closer units to be operational and in compliance with applicable laws to the extent required to allow the legal occupancy of the Expansion Premises (items (a) and (b), the “Compliance Work”).

6.1.3 HVAC Work. In addition to the Compliance Work, Landlord shall provide an independent system to provide cooling for the 9^th floor of the Building, designed and installed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost, and in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (the “9^th Floor HVAC System”). The 9^th Floor HVAC System shall be designed to provide not less than 1.0 CFM/USF, and shall be stubbed to the Expansion Premises. Tenant shall be responsible, as a part of the Tenant Improvements, for all distribution from the 9^th Floor HVAC System through the Premises.

6.1.3 No Restroom Allowance. Tenant shall not receive any Restroom Allowance with respect to the Expansion Premises, and, accordingly, the terms of Section 2.1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter shall not apply to the Expansion Premises.

-4- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

6.1.4 Test-Fit Allowance. Tenant shall receive a “test fit” allowance with respect to the Expansion Premises as provided in Section 2.1.3 of the Tenant Work Letter.

6.1.5 Time Deadlines. With respect to the construction of the Expansion Premises, the Time Deadlines set forth in Schedule 1 to the Tenant Work Letter shall be as follows:

	Dates	Actions to be Performed
A.	August 1, 2014	Tenant to deliver Final Space Plan to Landlord.
B.	September 22, 2014	Tenant to deliver Final Working Drawings to Landlord.
C.	Five (5) business days after the receipt of the Cost Proposal by Tenant	Tenant to approve Cost Proposal and deliver Cost Proposal to Landlord.

7. Parking. Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Expansion Term, Tenant shall be entitled to rent up to 2.25 unreserved parking passes per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises (i.e., up to 42 unreserved parking passes) in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises (the “Expansion Parking Passes”). During the first twelve (12) months of the Expansion Term, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Parking Charge with respect to the Expansion Parking Passes. Thereafter, the Expansion Parking Passes shall be rented by Tenant at the same rates as are then applicable to the Existing Premises parking passes as provided in Article 28 of the Office Lease. During the Existing Premises Extended Term, the parking rates payable by Tenant for all of the parking passes used in connection with the Existing Premises and Expansion Premises shall be at the then market parking rates charged by Comparable Buildings for covered parking. Except as provided herein, Tenant shall lease the Expansion Parking Passes in accordance with the provisions of Article 28 of the Office Lease.

8. Option Term. Tenant’s right to extend the Lease Term, as provided in Section 2.2 of the Office Lease, shall continue in effect and shall apply to the entire Premises (the Existing Premises and Expansion Premises) only. All references in such Section 2.2 to the “expiration of the Lease Term” shall be deemed to refer to the expiration of the Existing Premises Extended Term and Expansion Term.

9. Expansion Rights.

9.1 Right of First Offer. The “One Year Period” as defined in Section 1.2.3 of the Office Lease is hereby deemed to have expired, and, accordingly, the terms of Sections 1.2.4.1 and 1.2.5.1 shall be of no further force or effect. The terms of Section 1.2.8 of the Lease (Increase in L-C Amount) are hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the First Offer Rent shall include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during with respect to any First Offer Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

-5- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

9.2 Right of First Refusal. The “One Year Period” as defined in Section 1.3.2 of the Office Lease is hereby deemed to have expired, and, accordingly, the terms of Sections 1.3.3.1 and 1.3.4.1 shall be of no further force or effect. The terms of Section 1.3.7 of the Lease (Increase in L-C Amount) are hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the First Refusal Rent shall include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during with respect to any First Refusal Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

10. Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment other than CBRE, Inc., and the Broderick Group (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers. The terms of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, as hereby amended.

11. No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this [First] Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Expansion Premises and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Second Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

“LANDLORD”:
PLAZA CENTER PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:	/s/ McClure Kelly
	McClure Kelly Managing Director
“TENANT”:
APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Kurt Shintaffer
	Its: SVP

-6- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

NOTARY PAGE

STATE OF Washington

COUNTY OF King

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Kurt Shintaffer is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledge that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the SVP of APPTIO, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated: 07/30/2014

/s/ Elizabeth F. Pheasant            

(signature)

(Seal or stamp)

Elizabeth F. Pheasant, Notary Public, State of Washington, Commission Expires 04-22-18

Title: Notary Public

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

My appointment expires 04-22-2018

STATE OF WASHINGTON

COUNTY OF KING

On this day personally appeared before me William M. Kelly, to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that she/they signed the same as his/her/their free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

Given under my hand and seal of office this 31^st day of July, 2014

(Seal)

Notary Public, State of Washington, HAYLEY HUGHES, My Appointment Expires May 17, 2017

/s/ Hayley Hughes

Notary Public residing at WA

Printed Name: Hayley Hughes

My Commission Expires:

5/17/2017

-7- PLAZA EAST [Apptio, Inc.]

EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF EXPANSION PREMISES

PLAZA EAST

[Apptio, Inc.]

EX-10

Exhibit 10.5

[Apptio, Inc. Letterhead]

August 16, 2010

Chris Pick

Dear Chris:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Apptio, Inc. (the “Company”), as Chief Marketing Officer. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $235,000, which will be paid monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. You will be eligible for annual objective-based earnings of $15,000 as governed by the Apptio MBO Plan. Your objective-based earnings will be paid on a semi-annual basis as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The details of your MBO based compensation will be finalized within the first 30 days of your employment. Additionally, you will be reimbursed for up to $60,000 of direct moving expenses — this represents an all-inclusive cap which will include your temporary commuting expenses for up to 4 months (all travel, lodging, meals, etc.), 4 months of temporary residence rental in Bellevue, one real estate scouting trip for your spouse, reasonable direct moving costs, and realtor fees on the sale of your house in Houston. You will use reasonable efforts to keep this cost as low as possible.

As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including three weeks paid vacation, sick leave, and medical/dental/vision (healthcare) insurance. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 341,000 shares (# of shares to be exactly 1.25% of fully diluted shares anticipated to be outstanding following the full close of the Company’s Series C financing) of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. 25% of the shares subject to the option(s) shall vest 12 months after the date your employment begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. These option grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment. In additional, your option grant will be subject to the Company’s standard Executive Optionee change of control provision attached as Exhibit A to this agreement.

Chris Pick

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice. If between the time this offer letter is signed by both parties and your anticipated start date, business conditions of the Company change such that this position is no longer necessary, this offer can be rescinded without penalty to the Company.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any. If between the time this offer letter is signed by both parties and your anticipated start date, business conditions of the Company change such that this position is no longer necessary, this offer can be rescinded without any penalty to the Company.

Notwithstanding the above paragraph regarding the ability of the company to terminate the employee without cause and notice, in the event of the Company’s termination of your employment within the first 18 months of your employment with Company, other than a termination for Cause (as defined below), you shall receive a severance payment equal to six months of your annual base salary prior to the termination without Cause, and such severance shall be payable as soon as administratively feasible following the execution of a separation and release agreement with the Company.

For purposes of this Severance, “Cause” means: (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of your duties, (ii) any act of fraud, embezzlement, theft by you or fraudulent conduct by you that materially discredits the Company, including conviction of a felony; (iii) your material breach, if incurable, of the Company’s At-Will Employee Agreement.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, without written approval from the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.

Chris Pick

Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook, which the Company will soon complete and distribute.

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees (superseding the At-Will Employee Agreement paragraph 13.1). Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be on or before Wednesday, September 1, 2010. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the CEO or CFO of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Wednesday August 18, 2009. If you voluntarily leave the Company within the initial 18 months of employment, you will be obligated to repay the Company the pro-rated amount of moving expense and temporary housing allowance.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Apptio, Inc.

Sincerely,

/s/ Kurt Shintaffer

Kurt Shintaffer

CFO

Chris Pick

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:	/s/ Chris M. Pick

Printed Name: Chris M. Pick

Date: August 18, 2010

Enclosure:

At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement

EX-10

Exhibit 10.6

[Apptio, Inc. Letterhead]

September 6, 2014

John Morrow

Dear John:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Apptio, Inc. (the “Company”), as SVP, General Counsel & Secretary, reporting to Sunny Gupta, CEO. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $210,000 which will be paid monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. You will be eligible for annual objective-based earnings of $52,500 as governed by the Apptio MBO Plan. Your objective-based earnings will be paid on an annual basis as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The details of your MBO based compensation will be finalized within the first 30 days of your employment.

As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including three weeks paid vacation, sick leave, and medical/dental/vision (healthcare) insurance. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. 25% of the shares subject to the option(s) shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. These option grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment. In addition, your option grant will be subject to the Company’s standard Executive Optionee change of control provision attached as Exhibit A to this agreement.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is

free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice: We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any. If between the time this offer letter is signed by both parties and your anticipated start date, business conditions of the Company change such that this position is no longer necessary, this offer can be rescinded without any penalty to the Company.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, without written approval from the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook, which the Company will soon complete and distribute.

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be Monday, September 22, 2014. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to. Any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the CEO of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Monday, September 8, 2014.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Apptio, Inc.

Sincerely,

/s/ Britt Provost

Britt Provost

VP, People & Culture

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:	/s/ John Morrow

Printed Name: John Morrow

Date: 9-6-2014

Enclosure:

At-Will Employment, Confidential information, Invention Assignment & Arbitration Agreement